Crescent City - Amador Tank - Phase II - Final Submittal — Crescent City City Council, July 18, 2022 (part 1 of 2)

CITY OF CRESCENT CITY

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
________________________________________________________

NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS,

SPECIAL PROVISIONS,

PROPOSAL AND CONTRACT

AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION PROJECT

CRESCENT CITY, DEL NORTE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
_______________________________________________________ For Use in Connection with CALTRANS 2018 Standard Specifications and Standard Plans, and Current Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates.
__________________________________________________________ CONTRACT NUMBER 2021-1008.1
Bids Open: September 27, 2022
Dated: September 1, 2022

IMPORTANT

SPECIAL NOTICES
The Bidder’s attention is directed to the following:
• There is a Base Bid with 12 bid items. There are 11 Alternatives comprising bid items 13 to 23. A bid must be submitted for all bid items, including Alternative Bid Items. The Contract award will be based on the Base Bid and Alternative Bids, but the City may, at its sole discretion, delete any or all the alternatives.

The above special notices do not relieve the Bidder of his/her responsibility to become fully familiar with the Contract Documents including the Plans and Specifications.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 01 10 – TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 of 3

CITY OF CRESCENT CITY

AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION PROJECT
SECTION 00 01 10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Title
PART A – BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS GROUP
DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
00 01 10 Table of Contents

PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS
00 10 00 Invitation to Bid
00 20 00 Instructions to Bidders
00 31 46 Permits
00 40 00 Bid
00 41 00 Bidding Schedule
00 43 13 Bid Guaranty Bond
00 43 36 Proposed Subcontractors
00 45 13 Certification of Bidder’s Experience and Qualifications 00 45 19 Non-Collusion Affidavit

CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
00 52 00 Agreement
00 61 05 Faithful Performance Bond
00 61 10 Payment Bond
00 62 00 Certificates and Other Forms
00 72 00 General Conditions
PART B – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 00 00 General Requirements
01 11 00 Summary of Work
01 11 05 Contract Time
01 20 00 Measurement and Payment
01 33 00 Submittals
01 45 00 Quality Control
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 01 10 – TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 of 3
01 45 29 Testing Laboratory Services
01 55 26 Temporary Traffic Control
01 57 23 Water Pollution Prevention
01 71 33 Protection of Property
01 74 23 Final Cleaning

FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUP
DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 00 00 Existing Conditions
DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE
03 10 00 Concrete Formwork
03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcement
03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete
DIVISIONS 04 - 08 – NOT USED
DIVISION 09 – FINISHES
09 97 14 Tank Coating and Painting Specification
DIVISIONS 10 - 25 – NOT USED
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
26 42 00 Cathodic Protection by Galvanic Anodes
DIVISIONS 27 - 30 – NOT USED
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
31 22 13 Earthwork
31 23 17 Sheeting, Shoring, and Bracing
31 23 33 Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS – NOT USED
DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES
33 11 13 Pipelines and Appurtenances
33 12 16 Manual Valves
33 13 00 Chlorination of Water Mains for Disinfection
33 14 00 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines
33 16 19 Miscellaneous Structural Modifications
DIVISIONS 34 - 39 – NOT USED
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 01 10 – TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 of 3
PART C – PLANS GROUP ENTITLED “AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION PROJECT”

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 10 00 – INVITATION TO BID 1 of 3
SECTION 00 10 00

INVITATION TO BID AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION PROJECT

ELK VALLEY RANCHERIA, CALIFORNIA

CITY OF CRESCENT CITY
Sealed bids for the construction of the Amador Tank Rehabilitation Project will be received by the City of Crescent City at the Crescent City Public Works Department office until 2:00 PM on September 27, 2022, for the Owner, Elk Valley Rancheria, California. The bids will be opened publicly and read aloud at 2:00 PM on the same day outside the Public Works Office. Bids must be addressed to:

Elk Valley Rancheria, California
c/o City of Crescent City
Public Works Department
377 J Street
Crescent City, CA 95531
and labeled "Bids for the AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION PROJECT".

The work includes the furnishing of the labor, materials, and equipment for recoating interior surfaces, disinfection; exterior painting; construction of foundation and anchor bolts, and miscellaneous structural modifications per the drawings and specifications. The project is located at 204 Amador Street, Crescent City, CA.

The project manual may be inspected at the following locations:

Elk Valley Rancheria, California
2332 Howland Hill Rd.

Crescent City, CA 95531
https://elk-valley.com
City of Crescent City
Public Works Department
377 J Street
Crescent City, CA 95531
https://www.crescentcity.org/rfp_bid.html

Humboldt Builders Exchange
1213 5th Street
Eureka, CA 95501
www.humbx.com
(707) 442-3708
Shasta Builders Exchange
2985 Innsbruck Drive
Redding, CA 96003
www.shastabe.com
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 10 00 – INVITATION TO BID 2 of 3
(530) 221-5556
Placer County Contractors Association
10656 Industrial Ave #160
Roseville, CA 95678
www.pccamembers.com
(916) 771-7229
Dodge Data & Analytics
830 Third Avenue, 6th Floor
New York, NY 10022
www.construction.com
(877) 784-9556
Construction Bidboard (Ebidboard)
11622 El Camino Real #100
San Diego, CA 92130
www.ebidboard.com
(619) 688-0588
Medford Builders Exchange
2330 Crater Lake Ave.

Medford, OR 97504
(541) 773-5327
Full-size and half-size copies of the project manual may be obtained at City of Crescent City Public Works Department 377 J Street, Crescent City, CA 95531 [(707) 464-9506], upon payment of postage fees.

A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the Project Site in Crescent City, CA on September 8, 2022 at 2:00 PM.

Bidders must correctly prepare and submit the documents listed in Section 00 40 00, Bid.

Each bid must be accompanied by a bid guaranty bond, or a certified or cashier's check payable to the order of the Owner in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount of the bid as a guaranty that the bidder will execute the contract if it is awarded in conformity with the bid form.

The successful bidder will be required to furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price.

At the successful Bidder's option, securities may be substituted for the required retention, in accordance with the provisions of Section 22300 of the State of California Public Contract Code.

The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to determine which bid is, in the Owner's judgment, the lowest responsive bid of a bidder or group of bidders. The Owner also reserves the right to waive any informalities in any bid and to delete items listed in the bid.

Bids received after the time established for receiving bids will not be considered. Except as provided in paragraph 00 20 10-1.04(A), no bidder may withdraw his bid after the time established HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 10 00 – INVITATION TO BID 3 of 3
for receiving bids or before the award and execution of the contract, unless the award is delayed for a period exceeding ninety (90) calendar days.

Bidders are hereby notified that pursuant to Section 1773 et seq. of the Labor Code of the Statutes of the State of California, the Owner has obtained from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations the general prevailing rate of wages and employer payments for health and welfare, vacation, pension, and similar purposes for work to be done within Del Norte County, California. Regulations regarding the application of these wage rates are given in paragraph 00 20 00-1.12.

No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)].

No contractor or subcontractor may be awarded a contract for public work on a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5.

This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.

Bidders on this work must comply with all applicable governmental and local agency requirements.

Date: September 1, 2022 By:

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 20 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 of 8 SECTION 00 20 00

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1.01 INSPECTION OF SITE
Bidders are required to inspect the site of the work to satisfy themselves by personal examination or by such other means as they may prefer, of the location of the proposed work, and of the actual conditions of and at the site of work. Bidders should plan to inspect the site of the work during the pre-bid meeting and can schedule additional time by special arrangement with the Owner.

Entrance by bidders to the site of the work for purposes of making exploratory excavations shall be by special arrangement with the Owner and under conditions established by the Owner. If, during the course of his examination, a bidder finds facts or conditions which appear to him to be in conflict with the letter or spirit of the project manual, he may apply to the Owner, in writing, for additional information and explanation before submitting his bid.

Submission of a bid by the bidder is an acknowledgment that, if awarded the contract, bidder has relied and is relying on bidder’s own examination of (1) the site of the work, (2) access to the site, and (3) all other data and matters requisite to the fulfillment of the work and on his own knowledge of existing facilities on and in the vicinity of the site of the work to be constructed under the contract.

The information provided by the Owner is not intended to be a substitute for, or a supplement to the independent verification by the bidder to the extent such independent investigation of site conditions is deemed necessary or desirable by the bidder. Bidder acknowledges that he has not relied upon Owner-furnished information regarding site conditions in preparing and submitting a bid.

1.02 EXAMINATION OF PROJECT MANUAL
Each bidder must thoroughly examine and be familiar with those contract documents contained in the project manual. Submission of a bid constitutes acknowledgment, upon which the Owner may rely, that the bidder has thoroughly examined and is familiar with the project manual.

Failure or neglect of a bidder to examine any of the contract documents contained in the project manual in no way relieves bidder from any obligation with respect to his bid or to the contract. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed that is based upon a lack of knowledge of the contract documents or the work.

1.03 INTERPRETATION OF PROJECT MANUAL
Bidders, prospective subcontractors, manufacturers, and suppliers may request interpretation of the project manual prior to bid opening. Requests for interpretation must be directed in writing to Krista Harper, Harper & Associates Engineering, Inc., at [email protected] [(951) 372-9196]. Requests to clarify the source of materials, equipment, suppliers, or any other matter that does not modify, change, increase, or decrease the scope of work, requires no action by the Owner other than a response to the bidder requesting the HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 20 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2 of 8 clarification. Requests to clarify possible ambiguous, conflicting, or incomplete statements or designs, or any other clarification that modifies, changes, increases or decreases the scope of work, requires issuance of an addendum by the Owner for the interpretation to become effective.

Reference information has been made available on the City of Crescent City website https://www.crescentcity.org/rfp_bid.html which includes information used by the Engineer to prepare the Contract. The City’s website contains information for use by bidder during preparation of the bid and execution of the Contract. The Owner disclaims responsibility for the interpretation by bidders of the reference information. In some cases, the information was prepared for design purposes and is not intended to provide all the information required by the bidder to tender a bid, construct the system, and provide startup and commissioning services. Reference information available on City’s website includes:
• Plans
• Specifications
• 1982 Design Drawings

1.04 BID DOCUMENTS
A. BID FORMS:

1. GENERAL: Bids must be made on the blank bid forms prepared and provided by the Owner. Bids must give the prices proposed, both in writing and in figures, must give all other information requested, and must be signed by the bidder or his authorized representative, with his address.

2. BID PRICES: Bid prices must include everything necessary for the completion of the work including but not limited to providing the materials, equipment, tools, plant and other facilities, and the management, superintendence, labor and services, and bonds. Bid prices must include allowance for federal, state, and local taxes. Bid prices shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for 90 days.

In the event of a difference between a price quoted in words and a price quoted in figures for the same quotation, the words are the amount bid. In the event that the product of a unit price and an estimated quantity does not equal the extended amount quoted, the unit price governs, and the correct product of the unit price and the estimated quantity is deemed to be the amount bid. If the sum of two or more items in a bidding schedule does not equal the total amounts quoted, the individual item amounts govern and the correct total is deemed to be the amount bid.

3. BIDDER'S SIGNATURE AND AUTHORITY: If the bid is made by an individual, his name, signature, and post office address must be shown; if made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of the firm or partnership, a list of the partners, and the signature of at least one of the general partners must be shown; if made by a corporation, the bid must show the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation is chartered, the name and post office address of the corporation, and the title of the person who signs on behalf of the corporation. If the bid is made by the corporation, a certified copy of the bylaws or resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation must be furnished, showing the authority of the officer signing the bid to execute contracts on behalf of the corporation. If the bid is made by a joint venture, the bid must be signed by a representative of one of the joint venture firms. Additionally, HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 20 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3 of 8 the bid must include a copy of the resolution or agreement empowering the representative to execute the bid and bind the joint venture.

4. BID IRREGULARITIES: Each bid and the information requested, bound in the project manual, shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope and labeled as specified in the Invitation to Bid. Bidders are warned against making erasures or alterations of any kind, and bids containing omissions, erasures, or irregularities of any kind may be rejected. No oral, telegraphic, or telephonic bids or modifications will be considered.

5. MODIFICATION OF BID: Modification of a bid already received will be considered only if the modification is received prior to the time established for receiving bids.

Modifications must be made in writing, executed, and submitted in the same form and manner as the original bid.

6. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS: Within five days after the opening of bids, a bidder may withdraw his bid, if he establishes to the Owner's satisfaction that a mistake was made in preparing the bid. A bidder who wants to withdraw must give written notice to the Owner, specifying, in detail, how the mistake occurred and how the mistake made the bid materially different than it was intended to be. Withdrawal is not permitted for mistakes resulting from errors in judgment or carelessness in inspecting the site of the work or in reading the project manual.

7. MAJOR EQUIPMENT ITEMS: Certain items of major equipment to be provided under this contract are shown on the plans. The bidder shall provide the name of the manufacturer of the equipment to be provided for all major equipment. Only one manufacturer shall be indicated for each item. By so indicating, the bidder warrants that equipment manufactured and/or supplied by the named manufacturer will be provided on the project unless review of submittal information or performance under tests reveals that the manufacturer is unresponsive to the contract. Failure to indicate a manufacturer for any equipment may render the bid unresponsive to the invitation to bid and may be a basis for rejection of the bid.

The arrangements specified on the drawings are based on a particular manufacturer's equipment. Where the Contractor selects a manufacturer whose equipment arrangement is different than specified, the total amount listed in the bid shall provide for a complete operating installation for each equipment item listed, including any and all changes and additions in structure, piping, buildings, mechanical, electrical and control systems and accessories required to accommodate the listed manufacturer's equipment. The bid shall also include the preparation and submission of detailed drawings, calculations and manufacturer's data to allow evaluation of the proposed equipment and to show all modifications to the work as necessary to accommodate the proposed manufacturer's equipment.

In the event that the Owner, at its sole discretion, determines that the equipment of the manufacturer listed by the Contractor and submitted for review does not meet the requirements of the contract, the Contractor shall select and submit for review equipment of another manufacturer which does meet the contract, and no increase in the total amount of the contract shall be allowed.

B. ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:

The bidder may offer a deductive price to the Owner for supplying alternative or substitute equipment or material for items specified or shown in the plans by listing the specification section, HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 20 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4 of 8 item description, manufacturer, and deductive amount as a supplement to the bid. The bid shall be based on supplying equipment or material from manufacturers or suppliers specified or shown on the plans. Alternative or substitute equipment or material will be considered by the Owner after contract award and shall not be used in determining the basis of award. Selection of any offered alternate or substitution shall be at the Owner’s sole discretion and will be accomplished by issuing a deductive change order for an amount agreed upon.

Manufacturers or suppliers of materials and equipment may offer an alternative product to the Contractor and request that alternatives to specified products be considered equal. Inclusion of such alternatives in the bid is the responsibility of the Contractor. Inclusion should only be considered if the Contractor believes the offered alternative is equal in quality to the specified product. After award of contract, such offers of alternative products will be reviewed and processed as a substitution provided under paragraph 00 72 00-4.05.

C. BID GUARANTY:

The bid form must be accompanied by a bid guaranty bond provided by a guaranty company authorized to carry on business in the State of California for payment to the Owner in the sum of at least ten (10) percent of the total amount of the bid price, or, alternatively, by a certified or cashier's check, payable to the Owner in the sum of at least ten (10) percent of the total amount of the bid price. The bonds must be executed by a duly licensed surety company, listed in the latest Circular 570 of the United States Treasury Department as being acceptable as surety on federal bonds. The bid guaranty bond must be provided on the form included in Section 00 43 13 of this project manual. The amount payable to the Owner under the bid guaranty bond or the certified or cashier's check, as the case may be, must be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages in case of a failure or neglect of the bidder to furnish, execute, and deliver to the Owner the required performance and payment bonds provided respectively in Sections 00 61 05 and 00 61 10, the evidences of insurance, and to enter into, execute, and deliver to the Owner the agreement on the form provided in Section 00 52 00, within ten (10) calendar days after receiving written notice from the Owner that the award has been made and the agreement is ready for execution.

D. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS:

Each bidder must have listed, on the form provided in Section 00 43 36, the name, address, and description of the work, of each subcontractor to whom the bidder proposes to sublet portions of the work. For the purpose of this paragraph, a subcontractor is defined as one who contracts with the Contractor to provide materials and labor, labor only, or who specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to drawings contained in the project manual. Listings and subsequent substitutions, if any, must be done in conformance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act, commencing at Section 4100 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California. Failure to list subcontractors may render a bid nonresponsive and may be grounds for rejection of the bid.

1.05 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATIONS
A. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDER:

Bidder must certify that he is, at the time of bidding, and will be, throughout the period of the contract, licensed under the provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3 of the Business and Professions HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 20 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 5 of 8 Code of the State of California to do the type of work contemplated in the project manual. Bidder must further certify that he is skilled and regularly engaged in the general class and type of work called for in the project manual.

The bidder must also certify that he is knowledgeable of the unusual and peculiar hazards associated with the general class and type of work required to construct the specified project within the terms given in the project manual. Bidder must be competent and skilled in the protective measures necessary for the safe performance of the construction work with respect to such unusual and peculiar hazards.

B. ADDENDA:

Each bid form must include specific acknowledgment, in the space provided, of receipt of all addenda issued and mailed by the Owner during the bidding period. Failure to so acknowledge may result in the bid being rejected as not responsive.

C. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT:

Pursuant to Section 7106 of the California Public Contract Code, a noncollusion affidavit is required on any public works contract of a public entity. The non-collusion affidavit must be executed by the bidder and notarized on the form provided in Section 00 45 19 of this project manual.

D. ANTI-LOBBYING CERTIFICATION (NOT USED)

1.06 POSTPONEMENT OF OPENING
The Owner reserves the right to postpone the date and time for receiving and/or opening of bids at any time prior to the date and time established in the Invitation to Bid. Postponement notices will be transmitted via email or mailing service to bidders in the form of addenda.

1.07 REJECTION OF BIDS
A. IRREGULAR BIDS:

The Owner reserves the right to reject bids which are incomplete, obscure, or irregular; bids which omit a bid on any one or more items for which bids are required; bids which omit unit prices if unit prices are required; bids in which unit prices are unbalanced in the opinion of the Owner; bids accompanied by insufficient or irregular bid security; and bids from bidders who have previously failed to perform properly or to complete on time contracts of any nature.

B. COLLUSION:

If the Owner has reason to believe that collusion exists among bidders, the Owner will reject the bids of the known participants in such collusion and may, at its option, require that all bidders certify under penalty of perjury that no collusion has occurred or exists. The Owner also, at its option, may reject all bids received.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 20 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 6 of 8

1.08 RETURN OF BID GUARANTIES
Within 15 calendar days after the bids are opened, the Owner will return the bid guaranties accompanying the bids which are not to be considered in making the award. All other bid guaranties will be held until the contract has been fully executed. After that time they will be returned to the respective bidders whose bids they accompanied.

1.09 AWARD OF CONTRACT
Within ninety (90) calendar days after the date of opening bids, the Owner will act either to accept a bid or to reject all bids. Acceptance of a bid will be evidenced by a notice of award of contract in writing, delivered in person, or by certified mail, to the bidder whose bid is accepted. No other act of the Owner constitutes acceptance of a bid. The award of contract obligates the bidder whose bid is accepted to furnish performance and payment bonds and evidences of insurance, and to execute the agreement set forth in the project manual. The Owner will award a contract to the lowest responsive bidder on the basis of lowest total bid.

The Owner may initially Award the Contract for a portion of the work and reserves the right to add or remove any Bid Item or Alternative during the course of the Contract. Owner expects to receive additional funding in February that will affect selected scope of the final project. Items added or deleted after the Award will be completed as Change Orders at the Bid Price.

1.10 BASIS OF AWARD
The award will be made by the Owner to that responsive, responsible, qualified bidder submitting the proposal which in its sole and absolute judgment will best serve its interests.

Inclusion of bid items and alternatives in the final contract awarded will be at the Owner's sole discretion.

If, at any time the contract is to be awarded, the total of the lowest acceptable Proposal exceeds the funds then estimated by the Owner as available, the Owner may reject all bids or take such other action as best serves the Owner's interests.

The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals, and to waive any informalities and irregularities in said proposals, delete certain items from the proposal and postpone the award decision date to one that is mutually agreeable to the Owner and the low bidder.

1.11 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
Within 10 calendar days after receiving written notice of the award of the contract, the contract agreement as provided in Section 00 52 00 must be executed in quadruplicate by the successful bidder and returned with the performance and payment bonds and evidences of insurance. After execution by the Owner, one copy of the agreement will be returned to the Contractor.

1.12 LABOR REQUIREMENTS
A. WAGE DETERMINATION:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 20 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7 of 8 Wages to be paid laborers and mechanics on this project must be no less than the minimum either as determined by the Secretary of Labor or as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations in accordance with California Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, Sections 1770, 1773 and 1773.1.

Pursuant to Section 1770, et seq., of the California Labor Code, the successful bidder must pay not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. Copies of such prevailing rate of per diem wages are located on California Department of Industrial Relations website on request. The successful bidder must post a copy of the Director’s determination at each job site.

B. SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION:

The Contractor must comply with all state and federal laws and county and local ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those engaged or employed in the work.

C. EMPLOYMENT PERMITS:

The Contractor shall provide an employment permit prior to the initiation of any practices, work, method, or operation in accordance with Labor Code Section 6500.

1.13 SOIL INFORMATION
Subsoil investigations have not been conducted at the site of the work.

1.14 SHEETING, SHORING AND BRACING
In accordance with the provisions of Section 6707 of the California State Labor Code, each bidder must list, in the bid item indicated, the amount included in his bid for trench and excavation, adequate sheeting, shoring, and bracing, or equivalent method for the protection of life and limb, work which must conform to applicable State of California Construction Safety Orders. By listing this sum in his bid, the bidder warrants that his action does not convey tort liability to the Owner, the Owner's employees, or the Construction Manager.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 20 00 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 8 of 8

1.15 OFFER OF ASSIGNMENT OF ANTITRUST ACTIONS
As provided by Sections 4550 and 4552 of the California Government Code, in submitting a bid to a public purchasing body, the bidder offers and agrees that if the bid is accepted, it will assign to the Owner all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, materials, or services by the bidder for sale to the purchasing body pursuant to the bid. Such assignment is made and becomes effective at the time the purchasing body tenders final payment to the bidder.

1.16 SALES AND USE TAX
Bidder shall refer to General Conditions paragraph 00 72 00-2.04 K for sales and use tax requirements for this project.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 31 46 - PERMITS 1 of 1
SECTION 00 31 46

PERMITS
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 The following permits for this project must be obtained and paid for by the Contractor.

A. City of Crescent City Business License
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 40 00 – BID 1 of 2
SECTION 00 40 00
BID
City of Crescent City Date:
377 J Street
Crescent City, CA 95531
The undersigned, as bidder, declares that we have received and examined the project manual entitled “Amador Tank Phase II Rehabilitation Project” and will contract with the Owner, on the form of agreement provided herewith, to do everything required for the fulfillment of the contract for the construction on the project at the prices and on the terms and conditions herein contained.

We agree that the contract documents include Parts A, B and C of this project manual as well as the referenced federal, state, and local agency requirements.

We agree that the following are part of this bid:

Section Title
00 40 00 Bid
00 41 00 Bidding Schedule
00 43 13 Bid Guaranty Bond
00 43 36 Proposed Subcontractors
00 45 13 Certification of Bidder’s Experience and Qualifications 00 45 19 Non-Collusion Affidavit

We acknowledge that addenda numbers through have been received and have been examined as part of the project manual.

Attached is a bidder’s security in the amount of at least ten (10) percent of the total amount of our bid in one of the following acceptable forms: (i) a guaranty bond duly completed by a guaranty company authorized to carry on business in the State of California; (ii) a certified or cashier's check payable to the Owner; or (iii) cash.

If our bid is accepted, we agree to sign the agreement without qualifications and to furnish the performance and payment bonds and the required evidences of insurance within 10 calendar days after receiving written notice of the award of the contract.

We further agree, if our bid is accepted and a contract for performance of the work is entered into with the Owner, to so plan work and to prosecute it with such diligence that the work shall be completed within the time stipulated.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 40 00 – BID 2 of 2
The bidder declares that the Contractor’s license number and expiration date and representations made therein are stated under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California.

Name of Bidder
Contractor's License No.

License Expiration Date
Signature of Bidder
Title of Signatory

Witness Address of Bidder

Title of Witness State of Incorporation

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 41 00 – BIDDING SCHEDULE 1 of 5
SECTION 00 41 00

BIDDING SCHEDULE
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION PROJECT THE BID IS SUBMITTED TO: Elk Valley Rancheria, California Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, applicable taxes, and incidentals necessary for the accomplishment of the following specific work items:

ITEM
NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT

PRICE ITEM TOTAL

1. Mobilization: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to mobilize
onto the site.

LUMP
SUM 1

2. Water Pollution Prevention: Furnish
all labor, materials, and equipment to
provide all additional work necessary
for water pollution prevention.

LUMP
SUM 1

3. Interior Coating: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to prepare all
interior surfaces to SSPC-SP10, and
coat interior with an epoxy coating
system, in accordance with the
specifications.

LUMP
SUM 1

4. Disinfection: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to prepare
surfaces and disinfect interior.

LUMP
SUM 1

5. Exterior Paint: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to prepare
surfaces to SSPC-SP10 and paint the
exterior surfaces with an
epoxy/urethane system, including
piping, and paint the 12" portion below
grade with 100% solids epoxy, in
accordance with the specifications.

LUMP
SUM 1

6. Interior Caulking: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to caulk all
designated voids on the interior
surfaces, in accordance with the
specifications.

LUMP
SUM 1

7. Lateral Bracing: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to furnish
and install lateral bracing, in
accordance with the plans.

LUMP
SUM 1
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 41 00 – BIDDING SCHEDULE 2 of 5

8. Pipe Flexible Expansion
Connection: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to furnish
and install force balanced flexible
expansion connection on the 12" dia.
piping, including all piping, nozzle,
flanges and fittings, tie-in to existing
pipe, adjustable pipe supports, two 7/8"
dia. steel rods with threaded ends, in
accordance with the plans.

LUMP
SUM 1

9. 36" Dia. Manholes: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to remove
and dispose of existing 24" diameter
manholes, furnish and install insert
plates, and furnish and install new 36"
diameter manholes, in accordance with
the plans and specifications.

EACH 2

10. Interior Ladders and Platforms:

Furnish all labor, materials, and
equipment to install new fiberglass
ladders and platforms at the new
manholes, in accordance with the
plans and specifications.

EACH 2

11. Cathodic Protection System: Furnish
all labor, materials, and equipment to
furnish and install a new galvanic
cathodic protection system, in
accordance with the plans and
specifications.

LUMP
SUM 1

12. Vent Screens, Fall Restraint System,
and Ladder Safety Systems: Furnish
all labor, materials, and equipment to
remove existing vent aluminum
screening and hardware, fall restraint
system, and ladder safety systems
prior to coating and painting, store onsite, and reinstall, in accordance with the specifications.

LUMP
SUM 1
TOTAL OF ITEMS 1 THROUGH 12
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 41 00 – BIDDING SCHEDULE 3 of 5

ALTERNATIVE BID ITEMS
Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, applicable taxes, and incidentals necessary for the accomplishment of the following additive work items (if required):

ITEM
NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY
UNIT

PRICE ITEM TOTAL

13. Dehumidification: Furnish all
labor, materials, and equipment to
use dehumidification system for
interior work, including curing of
coatings, in accordance with the
specifications. Sound barriers shall
be provided as required.

COST
PER
WEEK
8 14.

Pitted Areas: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to fill or
weld plates over excessively pitted
or corroded areas, as determined
necessary by the Engineer.

CREW
HOUR 16

15. Grinding: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to grind
smooth sharp edges of the rafters
and/or girder flanges that comprise
of sharp edges from sandblasting,
as determined necessary by the
Engineer.

CREW
HOUR 16

16. Inspection Blast: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to
abrasively blast clean severely
corroded surfaces, as determined
necessary by the Engineer for
inspection.

CREW
HOUR 8

17. Patch Plates: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to seal
weld patch plates over holes in the
exterior roof, as determined
necessary by the Engineer.

SQ. FT. 100

18. Straighten Rafters: Furnish all
labor, materials, and equipment to
straighten the existing rafters, in
accordance with the specifications,
as determined necessary by the
Engineer.

EACH 15
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 41 00 – BIDDING SCHEDULE 4 of 5

19. Rafter Full Length Replacement:

Furnish all labor, materials, and
equipment to remove existing fulllength rafters and replace with new rafters in like-kind, including new
gusset plates and nuts and bolts, as
determined necessary by the
Engineer.

EACH 15

20. Rafter 3-Foot Section
Replacement: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to remove
3-foot section of existing rafters at
the center support plate and replace
with new 3-foot section of rafters in
like-kind, including new gusset
plates and nuts and bolts, as
determined necessary by the
Engineer.

EACH 38

21. Overflow Pipe: Furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment to remove
existing 8" overflow pipe and weir,
furnish and install new pipe in likekind, and reinstall the existing weir, as determined necessary by the
Engineer.

LUMP
SUM 1

22. Foundation and Anchor Bolts:

Furnish all labor, materials, and
equipment to furnish and install a
new 3 ft. 4 in. wide by 3 ft. deep
foundation, anchor bolts, and chairs
under the existing tank, including
excavation, removal of existing slab,
backfilling, and shoring, in
accordance with the plans.

LUMP
SUM 1

23. Below Grade Exterior Paint:

Furnish all labor, materials, and
equipment to prepare surfaces to
SSPC-SP10 and paint below grade
surfaces with 100% solids epoxy, in
accordance with the specifications.

LUMP
SUM 1

TOTAL OF ALTERNATIVE ITEMS
13 THROUGH 23
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 41 00 – BIDDING SCHEDULE 5 of 5
TOTAL BID AMOUNT (Sum of Items 1-12 and Alternative Items 13-23) ____________________________________________________________________________ ($________________________________).

The cost of all work in the Contract Documents not specifically identified as an item or described as an item shall be included in the items and no additional compensation shall become due the Contractor by nature of compliance with the Contract Documents except as provided for in the provisions relating to extra work or changes in the work.

Bid award will be based on the lowest aggregate of the Total Bid Amount.

Actual contract amount will include all items and alternatives selected by the Owner in accordance with paragraph 00 20 00-1.10.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 43 13 – BID GUARANTY BOND 1 of 2
SECTION 00 43 13

BID GUARANTY BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we _________________________, as Principal, and , as Surety, are held and
firmly bound unto Elk Valley Rancheria, State of California, as Obligee, each in the penal sum of ten (10) percent of the total amount of the bid of the Principal for the work, this sum not to exceed dollars ($ ) of lawful money of the United States for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted or is about to submit a bid to the Obligee for the work described as construction of the “Amador Tank Phase II Rehabilitation Project” and to which reference is hereby made for all particulars;
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal is awarded the contract, and if the Principal, within the time specified in the bid for such contract, enters into, executes, and delivers to the Obligee an agreement in the form provided therein complete with evidences of insurance and files with the Obligee two bonds, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials, as required by law, and in the form provided by Obligee, then this obligation will be null and void; otherwise, this obligation will remain in full force and virtue.

AND IT IS HEREBY DECLARED AND AGREED that the Surety will be liable under this obligation as Principal, and that nothing of any kind or nature whatsoever that will not discharge the Principal may operate as a discharge or a release of liability of the Surety. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the Obligee and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Obligee in such suit.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their seals this day of , 20 , the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.

SIGNED AND SEALED this day of , 20____.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 43 13 – BID GUARANTY BOND 2 of 2
(SEAL)
Principal

Signature for Principal

Title of Signatory
(SEAL)
Surety

Signature for Surety
Title of Signatory

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 43 36 – PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS 1 of 1 SECTION 00 43 36

PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS
The following information gives the name, business address, and portion of work (description of work to be done) for each subcontractor that will be used in the work if the bidder is awarded the contract. No subcontractor who is not listed may be used without the written approval of the Owner in accordance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act, commencing with Section 4100 of the Public Contract Code and CDBG Requirements. (Additional supporting data may be attached to this page. Each page must be sequentially numbered, e.g., 00 43 36-2, and headed "Proposed Subcontractors" and shall be signed.) Contractor shall attach verification sheet from Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) showing that all subcontractors are registered in accordance with Labor Code Section 1725.5.

Name Location Place of Business Description of Work DIR

Signature of Bidder

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 45 13 – EXPERIENCE AND QUALIFICATIONS 1 of 1 SECTION 00 45 13
CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER’S

EXPERIENCE AND QUALIFICATIONS
The undersigned bidder certifies that he or she is, when the bid is submitted and will be, throughout the period of the contract, licensed by the State of California to do the type of work required under terms of the contract documents. Bidder further certifies that he or she is skilled and regularly engaged in the general class and type of work called for in the contract documents.

In accordance with the requirements of paragraph 00 20 00-1.05 A, the bidder represents that he is competent, knowledgeable and has special skills with respect to the nature, extent, and inherent conditions of the work to be performed. Bidder acknowledges that there are certain peculiar and inherent conditions existent in the construction of the particular facilities he is bidding on that may create, during the construction program, unusual or peculiar unsafe conditions that will be hazardous to persons or property. Bidder expressly acknowledges that he is aware of these peculiar risks and that he has the skill and experience to foresee them, assess them, and to adopt protective measures to adequately and safely perform the construction work with respect to the hazards.

Signed this day of , 20 .

Name of Bidder

Contractor’s License No. and State
__________________________________________
Contractor’s DUNS Number

Signature of Bidder
Title of Signatory

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 45 19 – NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 1 of 1 SECTION 00 45 19

NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT

NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY

BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID FOR PUBLIC WORKS

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
)ss
COUNTY OF__________________________ )
_______________________________________being first duly sworn, deposes and says (name)
that he or she is ________________________________________________________ of (Position Title)
_______________________________________________________________________,

(the Bidder)
the party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid.

DATED:______________________ By__________________________________ (Person signing for Bidder)
Subscribed and sworn to before me on
(Notarial Seal) ____________________________________
____________________________________
(Notary Public)

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 52 00 – AGREEMENT 1 of 2
SECTION 00 52 00

AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made this day of , 20 , by and between the Elk Valley Rancheria, a California municipal corporation, hereinafter called the "Owner," and , hereinafter called the "Contractor."
WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Owner has caused a project manual to be prepared comprised of one volume of bidding and contract requirements and technical specifications and one volume of drawings for the construction of the Crescent City Amador Tank Phase II Rehabilitation Project as described therein, and
WHEREAS, the Contractor has offered to perform the proposed work in accordance with the terms of the contract as defined in Section 00 72 00 of the specifications.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements of the parties contained in the contract and to be performed, the Contractor hereby agrees to complete the work at the price and on the terms and conditions therein contained, and the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the contract price provided therein for the fulfillment of the work and the performance of the covenants set forth herein.

The further terms, conditions, and covenants of this agreement are set forth in the contract documents, each of which is attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof:

Volume one containing Part A, Bidding and Contract Requirements (including Addenda numbers through ); Part B, Technical Specifications; and Part C, a set of drawings consisting of one volume.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 52 00 – AGREEMENT 2 of 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this agreement has been executed on this day of , 20 .

Signature for Owner

Title of Signatory
Attest:

Signature

Title of Signatory

Name of Contractor
Signature for Contractor
Title of Signatory
Attest:

Signature

Title of Signatory

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 61 05 – FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND 1 of 2 SECTION 00 61 05

FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND

NOW, THEREFORE, WE, the Principal, and , as Surety,
are held and firmly bound unto the Owner the penal sum of dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden Principal, his or her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and faithfully perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the said contract and any alterations made as therein provided, on his or her or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless, the Owner, its officers and agents as therein stipulated, then this obligation will become null and void; otherwise it will be and remain in full force and virtue and Principal and Surety, in the event suit is brought on this bond, will pay to the Owner such reasonable attorney's fees as fixed by the court.

As a condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the said contract, the above obligation in the said amount will hold good for a period of one (l) year after the completion and acceptance of the said work, during which time if the above bounden Principal, his or her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns shall fail to make full, complete, and satisfactory repair and replacements or totally protect the said Owner from loss or damage made evident during said period of one year from the date of acceptance of said work, and resulting from or caused by defective materials and/or faulty workmanship in the prosecution of the work done, the above obligation in the said amount will remain in full force and effect. However, anything in this paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligation of the Surety hereunder will continue so long as any obligation of the Principal remains.

And the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same will, in any way, affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. Said Surety hereby waives the provisions of Sections 2819 and 2845 of the Civil Code of the State of California.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 61 05 – FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND 2 of 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their seals this day of , 20 , the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.

Principal
(Seal)

Signature for Principal
Title of Signatory
Surety
(Seal)
Signature for Surety
Title of Signatory

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 61 10 – PAYMENT BOND 1 of 2
SECTION 00 61 10

PAYMENT BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT,
WHEREAS, the Elk Valley Rancheria, California hereinafter designated the "Owner", has, on , 20 , awarded to
, hereinafter designated as the "Principal", a contract for the construction of the Crescent City Amador Tank Phase II Rehabilitation Project; and
WHEREAS, said Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection and with said contract, providing that if said Principal, or any of his or her or its subcontractors, should fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety of this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth:

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if said Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, should fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind or for amount due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts due, or to be withheld pursuant to Sections l8806 of the Revenue and Taxation Code of the State of California with respect to such work or labor, as required by the provisions of Chapter III, Division V, Title I, of the Government Code of the State of California, and provided that the persons, companies, or corporations so furnishing said materials, provisions, or other supplies, appliances, or power use, in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be executed or performed, or any person who performs work or labor upon same, or any person who supplies both work and materials, thereto, shall have complied with the provisions of said Government Code, then said surety will pay the same in or to an amount not exceeding the amount hereinabove set forth, and also will pay in case suit is brought upon this bond, such reasonable attorney's fees to the Owner as fixed by the court.

This bond will inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under said Government Code, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.

And the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition of the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same will, in any way, affect its obligations of this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. Said Surety hereby waives the provisions of Sections 2819 and 2845 of the Civil Code of the State of California.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 61 10 – PAYMENT BOND 2 of 2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their seals this day of , 20 , the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.

Principal
(Seal)

Signature for Principal Title
Surety
(Seal)

Signature for Surety Title

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 62 00 – CERTIFICATES AND OTHER FORMS 1 of 1 SECTION 00 62 00

CERTIFICATES AND OTHER FORMS
The forms listed below and included in this Section shall be used for this project and may be referenced from other Sections of the project manual:

Form No. Title

01300-A Submittal Transmittal Form

Contractor may use electronic versions of these forms or submit without forms if using Virtual Project Manager.

01300-A. SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM:

SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL
Submittal Description: Submittal No:1

Spec Section:

Routing Sent Received
OWNER: Contractor/CM
PROJECT: CM/Engineer
Engineer/CM
CONTRACTOR: CM/Contractor
We are sending you Attached Under separate cover via ________________. Submittals for review and comment
Product data for information only
Remarks:

Item Copies Date
Section
No. Description
Review
actiona
Reviewer
initials
Review
comments
attached

a
Note: NET = No exceptions taken; MCN = Make corrections noted; A&R = Amend and resubmit; R = Rejected Attach additional sheets if necessary.

Contractor
Certify either A or B:
A. We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements, including coordination with all related work, specified (no exceptions). B. We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements specified except for the attached deviations.

No. Deviation
Certified by:

Contractor's Signature
1 See paragraph 00 33 00-4.0 A, Transmittal Procedure.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 of 37 SECTION 00 72 00

GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART 1--GENERAL INFORMATION

1.01 DEFINITIONS OF WORDS AND TERMS
Where used in the project manual, the following words and terms have the meanings indicated. The meanings are applicable to the singular, plural, masculine and feminine forms of the words and terms.

Acceptance. Formal action of the Owner in determining that the Contractor’s work has been completed in accordance with the contract and in notifying the Contractor in writing of the acceptability of the work.

Act of God. A cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, such as an earthquake, flood, tsunami or cyclone. Rain, wind, high water, or other natural phenomenon which might reasonably have been anticipated from historical records of the general locality of the work are not be treated as Acts of God.

Addenda. Supplemental written specifications or drawings issued prior to execution of the contract which modify or interpret the project manual by addition, deletion, clarification, or corrections.

Bid. Offer of a bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the price or prices of the work to be performed.

Bidder. Individual, partnership, corporation, or a combination thereof, including joint venturers, offering a bid to perform the work.

City of Crescent City and/or Elk Valley Rancheria, California. To be considered the same as “Owner”, refer to “Owner”.

Construction Manager. The person designated, in writing, by the Owner to act as its representative at the construction site and to perform construction inspection services and administrative functions relating to this contract. Initial contact by the Contractor with the Owner will be through the Construction Manager.

Contract. The writings and drawings embodying the legally binding obligations between the Owner and the Contractor for completion of the work. The contract includes the following documents:

Project Manual
Invitation to Bid
Information for Bidders
Bid Proposal
General Conditions
Supplementary Conditions
Special Conditions
Specifications
Contract Drawings
Addenda
Bonds
Agreement
Notice of Award
Notice to Proceed
Change Orders
Directives
Design Brief
Contract Drawings. The drawings included in the project manual plus those prepared by the Owner and the Contractor pursuant to the terms of the contract. They include:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 2 of 37

1. Drawings in Part C of the project manual.

2. Modifying drawings issued by addenda.

3. Drawings submitted by the Contractor during the progress of the work and accepted by the Owner either as attachments to change orders or as nonmodifying supplements to drawings in Part C and drawings issued by addenda.

4. Drawings submitted by the Owner to the Contractor during the progress of the work either as attachments to the change orders or as explanatory supplements to drawings in Part C and drawings issued by addenda.

Contract Price. Amount payable to the Contractor under the terms and conditions of the contract based on the price given on the bidding schedule, with adjustments made in accordance with the contract. The base amount given in the bidding schedule must be either a lump sum bid or the summation of the unit price bids multiplied by the estimated quantities set forth in the bid form.

Contract Time. Number of calendar days stated in the contract for the completion of the work or portions thereof.

Contractor. The individual, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, including joint venturers who enter into the contract with the Owner for the performance of the work. The term covers subcontractors, equipment and material suppliers, and their employees.

Contractor's Plant and Equipment. Equipment, material, supplies, and all other items, except labor, brought onto the site by the Contractor to carry out the work, but not to be incorporated in the work.

Day. Calendar day.

Department. Department of Housing and Community Development.

Design Professional. Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of California retained by the Contractor.

Direct. Action of the Owner or Construction Manager by which the Contractor is ordered to perform or refrain from performing work under the contract.

Directive. Written documentation of the actions of the Owner or Construction Manager in directing the Contractor.

Equipment. Mechanical, electrical, instrumentation, or other device with one or more moving parts, or devices requiring an electrical, pneumatic, electronic, or hydraulic connection.

Furnish. To deliver to the job site or other specified location any item, equipment or material.

Herein. Refers to information presented in the project manual.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 3 of 37 Holidays. Legal holidays designated by the state or specifically identified in the supplementary conditions.

Install. Placing, erecting, or constructing complete in place any item, equipment, or material.

May. Refers to permissive actions.

Owner. A public or quasi-public agency or authority, corporation, association, partnership, or individual for whom the work is to be performed. Under this contract, the Owner is identified by name in the agreement.

Owner's Representative. The person other than the Construction Manager designated in writing by the Owner to act as its agent on matters relating to this contract.

Paragraph. For reference or citation purposes, paragraph shall refer to the paragraph, or paragraphs, called out by section number and alphanumeric designator. For example, this definition is found in paragraph 00 72 00-1.01; permits and licenses are discussed in paragraph 00 72 00-1.05 B.

Person. The term, person, includes firms, companies, corporations, partnerships, and joint ventures.

Project. The undertaking to be performed under the provisions of the contract.

Project Manual. Those contract documents prepared for bidding and as amended by addenda.

Provide. Furnish and install, complete in place.

Punch List. List of incomplete items of work and of items of work that are not in conformance with the contract. The list will be prepared by the Construction Manager when the Contractor (1) notifies the Construction Manager in writing that the work has been completed in accordance with the contract and (2) requests in writing that the Owner accept the work.

Shall. Refers to actions by either the Contractor or the Owner and means the Contractor or Owner has entered into a covenant with the other party to do or perform the action.

Shown. Refers to information presented on the drawings, with or without reference to the drawings.

Specifications. That part of the contract documents consisting of written descriptions of the technical features of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship.

Specify. Refers to information described, shown, noted or presented in any manner in any part of the contract.

Submittals. The information which is specified for submission to the Construction Manager in accordance with Division 1 of the project manual.

Substantial Completion. Sufficient completion of the project or the portion thereof to permit utilization of the project, or portion thereof for its intended purpose. Substantial completion requires HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 of 37 not only that the work be sufficiently completed to permit utilization, but that the Owner can effectively utilize the substantially completed work. Determination of substantial completion is solely at the discretion of the Owner. Substantial completion does not mean complete in accordance with the contract nor shall substantial completion of all or any part of the project entitle the Contractor to acceptance under the contract.

Substantial Completion Date. Date when the Owner puts into service the project, or that portion of the project that has been determined to be substantially complete.

Will. Refers to actions entered into by the Contractor or the Owner as a covenant with the other party to do or to perform the action.

Work. The labor, materials, equipment, supplies, services, and other items necessary for the execution, completion and fulfillment of the contract.

Working Day. Refers to definition as outlined in Section 8-1.06 of the State of California, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications, 2006 edition.

1.02 JOINT VENTURE CONTRACTOR
If Contractor is a joint venture of two or more contractors, the grants, covenants, provisos and claims, rights, power, privileges and liabilities of the contract are joint and several. Any notice, order, direct request or any communication required to be or that may be given by the Owner or the Construction Manager to the Contractor under this contract, is sufficiently given to all persons in the joint-venture Contractor if it is given to any one or more of such persons. Any notice, request or other communication given by any one of such persons to the Owner or the Construction Manager under this contract is deemed to have been given by and binds all persons in the joint-venture Contractor.

1.03 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
A. SUCCESSORS' OBLIGATIONS:

The grants, covenants, provisos and claims, rights, powers, privileges and liabilities obtained in the contract documents must be read and held as made by and with, and granted to and imposed upon, the Contractor and the Owner and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

B. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT:

The contract must not be assigned in whole or in part without the written consent of the Owner. Involuntary assignment of the contract as caused by the Contractor being adjudged bankrupt, assignment of the contract for the benefit of Contractor's creditors or appointment of a receiver on account of Contractor's insolvency is considered as failure to comply with the provisions of the contract and subject to the termination provisions contained herein.

C. WAIVER OF RIGHTS:

Except as herein provided, no action or want of action on the part of the Contractor, Owner, Owner's Representative, or Construction Manager at any time with respect to the exercise of any right or remedies conferred upon them under this contract is a waiver on the part of the Contractor and Owner of any of their rights or remedies. No waiver is effective except in writing by the party to HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 5 of 37 be charged. No waiver of one right or remedy acts as a waiver of any other right or remedy or as a subsequent waiver of the same right or remedy.

D. OFFER OF ASSIGNMENT OF ANTITRUST ACTIONS:

As provided by Sections 4550 and 4551 of the Government Code, in entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment is effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties.

E. AMENDMENT OF GENERAL CONDITIONS:

These general conditions may be amended only by mutual consent of the Owner and the Contractor in writing.

1.04 LABOR STANDARDS
A. WAGES:

1. GENERAL: The Contractor and each subcontractor engaged in the work must pay each employee an amount not less than the rate established for each trade or occupation listed by the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations, State of California, or the Secretary of Labor, whichever is greater. An employee whose type of work is not covered by any of the classified wage rates must be paid not less than the rate of wage listed for the classification which most nearly corresponds to the type of work to be performed.

2. STATE: The Contractor is directed to the Department of Industrial Relations website for the general prevailing rate of wages in the vicinity of the work to be performed under this contract.

The Contractor must forfeit, as penalty, to the Owner twenty-five dollars ($25.00) for each laborer, worker, or mechanic employed for each calendar day or portion thereof such laborer, worker, or mechanic is paid less than the general prevailing rate of wages for any work done under this contract, by him or by a subcontractor under him, in violation of the provisions of the California Labor Code, and, in particular, Sections 1770 and 1780 thereof.

B. PREFERENCE FOR RESIDENT LABOR:

In the employment of labor for performance of the work, the Contractor must give preference to qualified persons residing within the general area of the work.

C. HOURS OF LABOR:

Pursuant to the California Labor Code, eight hours of labor constitutes a legal day's work.

The Contractor or any subcontractor may not require any more than eight hours of labor in a day from any person employed in the performance of the work under this contract. Failure of the HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 6 of 37 Contractor to perform the work in accordance with this policy of the State of California is a failure on his part to comply with the provisions of this contract.

D. OVERTIME WORK:

Overtime and shift work may be established as a regular procedure by the Contractor with reasonable notice and written permission of the Owner. No work other than overtime and shift work established as a regular procedure will be performed between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. nor on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays except such work as is necessary for the proper care and protection of the work already performed or in case of an emergency.

Contractor agrees to pay the costs of overtime inspection except those occurring as a result of overtime and shift work established as a regular procedure. Overtime inspection includes inspection required during holidays, Saturdays, Sundays and weekdays between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. Costs of overtime inspection will cover engineering, inspection, general supervision and overhead expenses that are directly chargeable to the overtime work. Contractor agrees that Owner will deduct such charges from payments due the Contractor.

E. APPRENTICES:

The Contractor and subcontractors under him must comply with the requirements of Sections 1777.5 and 1777.6 of the Labor Code in the employment of apprentices.

Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules, and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, ex-officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices.

F. TRAVEL AND SUBSISTENCE PAY:

The Contractor and subcontractors under him must comply with the requirements of Section 1773.8 of the Labor Code in the payment of travel and subsistence payments to each workman needed to execute the work, as such travel and subsistence payments are defined in the applicable collective bargaining agreements filed in accordance with Section 1773.8.

1.05 LAWS, REGULATIONS AND PERMITS
A. GENERAL:

The Contractor must give the notices required by law and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations pertaining to the conduct of the work. The Contractor is liable for violations of the law in connection with any work provided by the Contractor. If the Contractor observes that the drawings, specifications or other portions of the project manual are at variance with any laws, ordinances, rules or regulations, he must promptly notify the Construction Manager in writing of such variance. The Owner must promptly review the matter and, if necessary, issue a change order or take any other action necessary to bring about compliance with the law, ordinance, rule or regulation in question. Contractor agrees not to perform work known to be contrary to any laws, ordinances, rules or regulations.

B. PERMITS AND LICENSES:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 7 of 37 Unless otherwise specified herein, permits and licenses from governmental agencies that are necessary only for and during the prosecution of the work and the subsequent guarantee period must be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits and licenses of regulatory agencies that are necessary to be maintained after completion of the guarantee period must be secured and paid for by the Owner.

C. PATENTS AND ROYALTIES:

The costs involved in fees, royalties or claims for any patented invention, article, process or method that may be used upon or in a manner connected with the work under this contract or with the use of completed work by the Owner, must be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor and his or her sureties must protect and hold the Owner, the design engineer, and the Construction Manager, together with their officers, agents and employees, harmless from any and all loss, defense costs and expenses, including attorneys fees, and against any and all demands made for such fees or claims brought or made by the holder of any invention or patent. Before final payment is made on the account of this contract, the Contractor must, if requested by the Owner, furnish acceptable proof of a valid release from all such fees or claims.

Should the Contractor, his or her agent, employee or any of them be enjoined from furnishing or using any invention, article, material or plans supplied or required to be supplied or used under this contract, the Contractor must promptly pay such royalties and secure the requisite licenses; or, subject to acceptance by the Owner, substitute other articles, materials or appliances in lieu thereof which are of equal efficiency, quality, finish, suitability, and market value to those planned or required under the contract. Descriptive information of these substitutions must be submitted to the Construction Manager for determination of general conformance to the design concept and the construction contract. Should the Owner elect to refuse the substitution, the Contractor agrees to pay such royalties and secure such valid licenses as may be requisite for the Owner, his or her officers, agents and employees or any of them, to use such invention, article, material or appliance without being disturbed or in any way interfered with by any proceeding in law or equity arising from that use.

1.06 HEADINGS
Headings to parts, divisions, sections, paragraphs, subparagraphs and forms are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of the contract documents.

1.07 SUBCONTRACTS
The Contractor must perform with his or her own organization not less than one-half of the work and must not sublet to one subcontractor more than one-third of the work without the prior written consent of the Owner.

1.08 CONFLICT OF INTEREST
A. GENERAL:

If Contractor violates any provisions of the following Sections, such actions by the Contractor will render this Agreement void. (Public Contracts Code Section 10420).

B. CURRENT STATE EMPLOYEES: (Public Contracts Code Section10410) HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 8 of 37

1. No officer or employee shall engage in any employment, activity or enterprise from which the officer or employee receives compensation or has a financial interest and which is sponsored or funded by any state agency, unless the employment, activity or enterprise is required as a condition of regular State employment.

2. No officer or employee shall contract on his or her own behalf as an independent contractor with any State agency to provide goods or services.

C. FORMER STATE EMPLOYEES: (Public Contracts Code Section 10411)

1. For the two-year period from the date he or she left State employment, no former state officer or employee may enter into a contract in which he or she engaged in any of the negotiations, transactions, planning, arrangements or any part of the decision-making process relevant to the contract while employed in any capacity by any State agency.

2. For the twelve-month period from the date he or she left State employment, no former State officer or employee may enter into a contract with any State agency if he or she was employed by the State agency in a policy-making position in the same general subject area as the proposed contract within the 12-month period prior to his or her leaving State service.

1.09 NON-DISCRIMINATION
Contractor, subcontractors, manufacturers and suppliers shall not unlawfully discriminate, harass, or allow harassment against any employee or applicant for employment because of sex, race, color, ancestry, religious creed, national origin, physical disability (including HIV and AIDS), mental disability, medical condition (cancer), age (over 40), marital status, and denial of family care leave. Contractor, subcontractors, manufacturers and suppliers shall ensure that the evaluation and treatment of their employees and applicants for employment are free from such discrimination and harassment. Contractor, subcontractor, manufacturers and suppliers shall comply with the provisions of the Fair Employment and Housing Act (Government Code Section 12990 (a-f) et seq.) and the applicable regulations promulgated thereunder (California Code of Regulations, Title 2, Section 7285 et seq.). The applicable regulations of the Fair Employment and Housing Commission implementing Government Code Section 12990 (a-f), set forth in Chapter 5 of Division 4 of Title 2 of the California Code of Regulations, are incorporated into this Agreement by reference and made a part hereof as if set forth in full. Contractor, subcontractors, manufacturers and suppliers shall give written notice of their obligations under this clause to labor organizations with which they have a collective bargaining or other Agreement.

Contractor shall include the nondiscrimination and compliance provisions of this clause in all subcontracts to perform work under the Agreement.

1.10 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY
A. The Civil Rights, Housing and Community Development, and Age Discrimination Act Assurances:

The Contractor, subcontractor, manufacturers and suppliers assures that no otherwise qualified person shall be excluded from participation or employment, HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 9 of 37 denied program benefits, or be subjected to discrimination based on race, color, national origin, sex, age, handicap, religion, familial status, or religious preference, under any grant activity funded by this Agreement, as required by Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title I of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, as amended, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, the Fair Housing Amendment Act of 1988, and all implementing regulations.

B. Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the “504 Coordinator”:

The Contractor, subcontractors, manufacturers and suppliers further agrees to implement the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and its regulations, 24 CFR Part 8, including, but not limited to, for Contractors, subcontractors, manufacturers and suppliers with fifteen (15) or more permanent full or part time employees, the local designation for a specific person charged with local enforcement of this Act, as the “504 Coordinator.”
C. The Training, Employment, and Contracting Opportunities for Business and LowerIncome Persons Assurance of Compliance:

1. The grant activity(ies) to be performed under this agreement is on a project assisted under a program providing direct Federal financial assistance from HUD and is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the HUD Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u. Recipients, contractors and subcontractors shall direct their efforts to provide, to the greatest extent feasible, training and employment opportunities generated from the expenditure of Section 3 covered assistance to Section 3 residents in the order of priority provided in 24 CFR 135.34(a)(2).

2. The parties to this Agreement will comply with the provisions of said Section 3 and the regulations issued pursuant thereto by the Secretary of HUD set forth in 24 CFR Part 135, and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of this Agreement. The parties to this Agreement certify and agree that they are under no contractual or other disability which would prevent them from complying with these requirements.

3. The Contractor, subcontractor, manufacturers and suppliers will include these Section 3 clauses in every contract and subcontract for work in connection with the grant activity(ies) and will, at the direction of the Department, take appropriate action pursuant to the contract or subcontract upon a finding that the Contractor or any subcontractor is in violation of regulations issued by the Secretary of HUD, 24 CFR Part 135 and, will not let any contract unless the Contractor or subcontractor has first provided it with a preliminary statement of ability to comply with the requirements of these regulations.

4. Compliance with the provisions of Section 3, the regulations set forth in 24 CFR Part 135, and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of this Agreement shall be a condition of the Federal Financial assistance provided to the grant activity(ies), binding upon the Contractor, its successors, and assigns. Failure to fulfill these requirements shall subject the Contractor, its subcontractors, its successors, HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 10 of 37 and assigns to those sanctions specified by the Agreement through which federal assistance is provided, and to such sanctions as are specified by 24 CFR Part 135.

D. Assurance of Compliance with Requirements Placed on Construction Contracts of $10,000 or more:

The Contractor hereby agrees to place in every contract and subcontract for construction exceeding $10,000 the Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246), the Standard Equal Employment Opportunity, and the Construction Contract Specifications. The Contractor furthermore agrees to insert the appropriate Goals and Timetables issued by the U.S. Department of Labor in such contracts and subcontracts.

PART 2--OWNER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONS

2.01 AUTHORITY OF OWNER
A. GENERAL:

The Owner, acting through the Owner's Representative and the Construction Manager, has the authority to act as the sole judge of the work and materials with respect to both quantity and quality as set forth in the contract. It is expressly stipulated that the drawings, specifications and other contract documents establish the requirements as to the nature of the completed work and, except in those instances where the nature of the completed work is dependent on the method of performance, do not purport to control the method of performing work.

B. AUTHORITY OF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE:

1. GENERAL: Except for those decisions expressly reserved to the Tribal Council of Elk Valley Rancheria, California, the Owner's Representative has the authority to act on behalf of the Owner on change orders, progress payments, contract decisions, and acceptability of the Contractor's work.

2. CHANGE ORDERS: Up to an aggregate limit of 10% of the Contract price, the Owner's Representative has the authority to accept or reject change orders proposed by either the Construction Manager or the Contractor.

3. PROGRESS PAYMENTS: The Owner's Representative has the authority to accept or reject requests for progress payments which have been submitted by the Contractor and recommended by the Construction Manager.

4. CONTRACT DECISIONS: Should the Contractor disagree with the Construction Manager's decision with respect to the contract, the Contractor may request that the Owner's Representative review the Construction Manager's decision and make a determination on behalf of the Owner in the manner provided under paragraph 00 72 00-2.05 F.2.

5. ACCEPTABILITY OF WORK: The Owner's Representative has the authority to make the initial determination of the acceptability of the work as provided under paragraph 00 72 00-7.05. The Owner's Representative also has the authority to accept or reject initially the HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 11 of 37 Construction Manager's recommendations regarding retention of defective work as provided in paragraph 00 72 00-4.09 B. Each of these determinations is made subject to the authority of the Tribal Council of the Elk Valley Rancheria.

6. EARLY POSSESSION: The Owner's Representative has the authority to take early possession in accordance with paragraph 00 72 00-7.06.

C. AUTHORITY OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGER:

1. GENERAL: The Construction Manager is the construction site representative of the Owner, employed to act as advisor and consultant to the Owner in construction matters related to the contract. The Owner has delegated his authority to the Construction Manager to make initial decisions regarding questions which may arise as to the quality or acceptability of materials furnished and work performed and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work under the contract. The Construction Manager interprets the intent and meaning of the contract and makes initial decisions with respect to the Contractor's fulfillment of the contract and the Contractor's entitlement to compensation. The Contractor must look initially to the Construction Manager in matters relating to the contract. The Construction Manager's decisions are subject to review by the Owner's Representative in accordance with paragraph 00 72 00-2.05 F.2.

2. INSPECTION OF CONSTRUCTION: The Construction Manager has access to the work and to the site of the work and to the places where work is being prepared or where materials, equipment, and machinery are being obtained for the work. If requested by the Construction Manager, the Contractor must provide the assistance necessary for obtaining such access, and must provide information related to the inspection of construction.

3. CHANGE ORDERS: The Construction Manager has the authority to initiate or recommend change orders. Change orders are subject to review and approval by the Owner.

D. USE OF CONTRACTOR'S PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

Contractor agrees to make available to the Owner his plant and equipment for the performance of work at the project site. The Owner agrees that the use of such plant and equipment is extra work and will be paid for accordingly.

2.02 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OWNER
A. ATTENTION TO WORK:

The Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of the name of the Owner's Representative and of the Construction Manager. The Construction Manager normally will be at the site of the work.

During his absences, the Contractor may contact a previously designated representative of the Construction Manager.

B. OWNER'S EMPLOYEES:

The Owner is responsible for the adequacy, efficiency, and sufficiency of his employees and of any consultant, supplier or subcontractor employed by the Owner.

2.03 AUTHORITY OF CONTRACTOR
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 12 of 37 A. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE:

The Contractor must notify the Owner in writing of the name of the person who will act as the Contractor's representative and will have the authority to act in matters relating to this contract. This person must have authority to carry out the provisions of the contract and to supply materials, equipment, tools, and labor without delay for the performance of the work.

B. CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES:

The Contractor will supervise and direct the work. He has the authority to determine the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, except in those instances where the Owner, to define the quality of an item of work, specifies in the contract, a means, method, technique, sequence or procedure for construction of that item of work.

C. SUBCONTRACTORS:

Subcontractors do not have a direct relationship with the Owner. The persons engaged in the work, including employees of subcontractors and suppliers, are considered employees of the Contractor and their work is subject to the provisions of the contract. References in the project manual to actions required of subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers, or any person other than the Contractor, the Owner or the Construction Manager require the Contractor in turn to require that subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or person to perform the specified action.

2.04 RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR
A. SUBCONTRACTORS, MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS:

The Contractor is responsible for the adequacy, efficiency and sufficiency of subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and their employees. The Contractor shall perform, with Contractor’s own organization, contract work amounting to not less than 50 percent of the original total contract price.

B. CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEES:

The Contractor is responsible for the adequacy, efficiency, and sufficiency of his employees.

Workers must have sufficient knowledge, skill, and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them.

C. PAYMENT FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS:

The Contractor must pay and require his subcontractors to pay any and all accounts for labor including Workers Compensation premiums, State Unemployment and Federal Social Security payments and other wage and salary deductions required by law. The Contractor also must pay and require his or her subcontractors to pay any and all accounts for services, equipment, and materials used by him and by his subcontractors during the performance of work under this contract. These accounts must be paid as they become due and payable. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor must furnish to the Owner proof of payment of these accounts.

D. ATTENTION TO WORK:

The Contractor, acting through his or her representative, must give personal attention to and manage the work so that it is prosecuted faithfully. When his or her representative is not personally HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 13 of 37 present at the project site, his designated alternate must be available and have the authority to act on the contract.

E. EMPLOYEE SAFETY:

The Contractor alone is responsible for the safety of his or her own employees and his or her subcontractor's employees. The Contractor must maintain the project site and perform the work in a manner that meets the Owner's responsibility under statutory and common law for the provision of a safe place to work.

F. PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE:

The Contractor must conduct his or her work so as to insure the least possible obstruction to traffic and inconvenience to the general public and the residents in the vicinity of the work. Work will be performed so as to insure the protection of persons and property. No road or street will be closed to the public except with the permission of the Construction Manager and the proper governmental authority. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the work must be accessible to fire fighting equipment.

Temporary provisions must be made by the Contractor to insure the use of sidewalks, private and public driveways and proper functioning of gutters, sewer inlets, drainage ditches and culverts, irrigation ditches, and natural water courses.

G. COOPERATION WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER:

The Contractor, when requested, must assist the Construction Manager in obtaining access to work which is to be inspected. The Contractor must provide the Construction Manager with information requested in connection with the inspection of the work.

H. RECORDS RETENTION
The Contractor shall retain all books, records, accounts, documentation, and all other materials relevant to this Agreement for a period of five (5) years from date of termination of this Agreement, or five (5) years from the conclusion or resolution of any and all audits or litigation relevant to this Agreement and any amendments, whichever is later.

I. WORK SITE SECURITY
The Owner has limited security at the area the work is to take place; therefore the Contractor shall not rely upon the Owner’s security to protect the work site from theft or vandalism. The Contractor is responsible for providing necessary security measures to prevent theft or vandalism of material and equipment stored on site, work that has been completed, and work that is in the process of being completed. The Contractor shall repair or replace any damage or theft that occurs throughout the course of the work at no additional cost to the Owner.

J. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS DAILY WORK REPORTS
The Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Construction Manager at the end of each shift worked. Daily reports shall include the following:

1. List all personnel working on the project and their classification,

2. Equipment utilized,

3. Shift and hours worked,
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 14 of 37

4. Accident report(s) if applicable,

5. Material/Equipment deliveries,

6. Production report covering day’s activities.

K. SALES AND USE TAX REQUIREMENTS
During the performance of this Agreement, Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest, must:

1. USE TAX DIRECT PAYMENT PERMIT: For all leases and purchases of materials, equipment, supplies or other tangible property used to perform the Contract and shipped from outside California, the Contractor and any subcontractor leasing or purchasing the materials, equipment, supplies or other tangible personal property must obtain a Use Tax Direct Payment Permit from the California State Board of Equalization (SBE) in accordance with the applicable SBE criteria and requirements.

2. SELLER’S PERMIT: Contractor and any construction subcontractor whose subcontract is for $5,000,000 or more must elect to allocate the local sales and use tax derived from the Contract directly to the local jurisdiction (Del Norte County) where the jobsite is located. For this purpose, the Contractor and such subcontractors must obtain a seller’s permit or a sub-permit of their seller’s permit for the specific jobsite and allocate the local tax to the jobsite on Schedule C of their sales and use tax return.

2.05 OWNER-CONTRACTOR COORDINATION
A. SERVICE OF NOTICE:

Notice, order, direction, request or other communication given by the Construction Manager or Owner to the Contractor is well and sufficiently given to the Contractor if left at any office used by the Contractor or delivered to any of his officers, clerks or employees or posted at the site of the work or mailed to the Contractor at the address given in the contract document or mailed to the Contractor's last known place of business. If mailed by first-class mail, any form of communication is deemed to have been given to and received by the Contractor a day after the day of mailing.

B. SUGGESTIONS TO CONTRACTOR:

A plan or method of work suggested by the Owner or the Construction Manager to the Contractor but not specified or required, if adopted or followed by the Contractor in whole or in part, is used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner and the Construction Manager assume no responsibility for the decision to use that plan or method of work and they are not liable for any defects in the work that result from or are caused by use of such plan or method of work.

C. COOPERATION:

The Contractor agrees to permit entry to the site of the work by the Owner or other contractors performing work on behalf of the Owner. The Contractor must afford to the Owner and other contractors and their employees, reasonable facilities and cooperation and must arrange his or her work and dispose of his or her materials so as not to interfere with the activities of the Owner or of others upon the site of the work. The Contractor must promptly make good any injury or damage that may be sustained by other contractors or employees of the Owner at his or her hands. The Contractor HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 15 of 37 must join his work to that of others and perform his work in proper sequence in relation to that of others.

If requested by the Contractor, the Owner will arrange meetings with other contractors performing work on behalf of the Owner to plan coordination of construction activities. The Owner must keep the Contractor informed of the planned activities of other contractors.

Differences or conflicts arising between the Contractor and other contractors employed by the Owner or between the Contractor and the workers of the Owner with regard to their work must be submitted to the Construction Manager for his decision in the matter. If the work of the Contractor is affected or delayed because of any act or omission of other contractors or of the Owner, the Contractor may submit for the Owner's consideration, a documented request for a change order.

D. DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT:

Neither the Contractor nor the Owner may make an alteration or variation in, addition to, or deviation or omission from the terms of this contract without the written consent of the other party.

E. DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS:

The Contractor must promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Owner in writing of:

1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in this contract.

2. Unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially from those both ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inhering in work of the character provided for in this contract.

The Owner must promptly investigate the conditions. If Owner finds that such conditions do materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work under this contract, whether or not the work is changed as a result of such conditions, an equitable adjustment will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly.

No claim by the Contractor under this clause is allowed unless the Contractor has given the notice required, except that the Owner may extend the prescribed time.

No claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment under this clause will be allowed if it is asserted after final payment under this contract.

F. CLAIMS:

1. DETERMINATION BY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER: Questions regarding the meaning and intent of the contract documents must be referred by the Contractor in writing to the Construction Manager for his decision. The Construction Manager must respond to the Contractor in writing with his decision. If the Contractor disagrees with the Construction Manager's decision or considers that the decision requires extra work, he must, within five calendar days, notify the Construction Manager in writing of the disagreement or of the claimed extra work involved and of the estimated cost of said work.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 16 of 37

2. APPEALS TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: In the event the Contractor disagrees with any determination or decision of the Construction Manager, the Contractor may, within 15 calendar days of the date of such determination or decision, appeal the determination or decision to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative must review the appeal and transmit his decision in writing to the Contractor within 30 calendar days from the receipt of the appeal. Any failure of the Contractor to appeal the decision or the determination of the Construction Manager within the 15-day period is a waiver of the Contractor's right thereafter to assert a claim resulting from such determination or decision.

3. ARBITRATION: All claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor that are not resolved between the Owner's Representative and the Contractor will be decided by arbitration if the parties mutually agree, or in a court of competent jurisdiction within the state in which the Owner is located.

PART 3--SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS

3.01 INTERPRETATION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS
A. GENERAL:

The specifications and drawings are intended to be explanatory of each other. Work specified on the drawings and not in the specifications, or vice versa, must be executed as if it were specified in both.

B. REQUEST FOR CLARIFICATION:

In the event the work to be done or matters related to the work are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the contract documents, the Contractor must apply to the Construction Manager for further explanations as may be necessary and must conform thereto so far as may be consistent with the terms of the contract. In the event of doubt or question arising respecting the true meaning of the specifications or drawings, reference must be made to the Construction Manager for his decision. Should the Contractor disagree with the Construction Manager's decision, he may appeal to the Owner's Representative in accordance with paragraph 00 72 00-2.05 F.2.

3.02 DIVISION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS
Specifications and drawings are divided into groups for the convenience of the Owner and Construction Manager. These divisions are not for the purpose of apportioning work or responsibility for work among subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers.

3.03 DISCREPANCIES IN SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS
A. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS:

If the Contractor, in the course of the work, becomes aware of any claimed errors or omissions in the contract documents or in the Owner's field work, he must immediately inform the Construction Manager in writing. The Construction Manager must promptly review the matter and if he finds an error or omission has been made, he must determine the corrective actions and advise the Contractor accordingly. If the corrective work associated with an error or omission increases or HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 17 of 37 decreases the amount of work called for in the contract, the Owner must issue an appropriate change order. After discovery of an error or omission by the Contractor, related work performed by the Contractor is done at his risk unless authorized by the Construction Manager. In the event the Contractor disagrees with the determination of the Construction Manager under this provision, he may appeal to the Owner's Representative in accordance with paragraph 00 72 00-2.05 F.2.

B. CONFLICTING PROVISIONS:

In cases of conflict between the specifications and drawings, the more stringent governs.

Figure dimensions on drawings govern over scale dimensions and detail drawings govern over general drawings. In the event an item of work is described differently in two or more locations on the drawings and in the specifications, the Contractor must request a clarification from the Construction Manager.

C. UTILITIES:

The Owner has endeavored to determine the existence of utilities at the site of the work from the records of the owners of known utilities in the vicinity of the work. The positions of these utilities as derived from such records are shown on the drawings. No excavations were made to verify the locations shown for underground utilities. The service connections to these utilities are not shown on the drawings. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the exact location of utilities and service connections thereto. The Contractor must make his own investigations, including exploratory excavations, to determine the locations and type of existing utilities, including service connections, prior to commencing any work that could result in damage to those utilities. The Contractor must immediately notify the Construction Manager as to any utility discovered by him in a different position than shown on the drawings or that is not shown on the drawings.

Work on utilities must be performed and paid for as follows:

1. Known utilities. The Contractor must provide all labor, equipment, materials, and services necessary to remove, relocate or maintain utilities specified on the drawings. The work on each utility must be performed in a manner satisfactory to the utility owner. The utility owner has the option of doing such work with his own forces at the Contractor's expense, or permitting the work to be performed by the Contractor.

2. Service connections. Locations of service connections are not specified on the drawings. The Contractor must provide all labor, equipment and material to remove, relocate or maintain service connections. The work on service connections must be performed in a manner satisfactory to the service connection owner. The service connection owner has the option of doing such work with his own forces at the Contractor's expense, or permitting the work to be performed by the Contractor.

3. Unknown utilities. When a utility is not specified on the drawings, or it is located in a position different from that specified on the drawings, and interferes with the work, a change order based on changed site conditions will be issued in accordance with paragraph 00 72 00-7.02. Interference with the work is defined as a utility that crosses or projects into the plane of the work at an elevation between the top and bottom of the work. If it is necessary to remove, relocate, or temporarily maintain the utility, that work shall be HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 18 of 37 included in the change order. The utility owner has the option of doing such work at the Contractor's expense or permitting the work to be performed by the Contractor. In either case, the cost of the work will be included in the change order.

No representations are made that the obligations to move or temporarily maintain the utility and to pay the cost thereof is or is not required to be borne by the owner of such utility, and it is the responsibility of the Contractor to investigate to find out whether or not the cost is required to be borne by the owner of the utility.

The right is reserved to governmental agencies and to owners of utilities to enter upon streets, alleys, rights-of-way or easements for the purpose of making changes in their property made necessary by the work and for the purpose of maintaining and making repairs to their property.

3.04 SUBMITTALS
Where required by the specifications, the Contractor must submit specified information that will enable the Construction Manager to advise the Owner whether the Contractor's proposed materials, equipment or methods of work are in general conformance to the design concept and in compliance with the drawings and specifications. The requirements for submittals are specified in Part B.

3.05 CONTRACTOR'S COPIES OF PROJECT MANUALS
Within 10 days after notice to proceed, the Owner will furnish to the Contractor 4 sets of project manuals including half-size drawings, and 2 sets of full-size drawings. The Contractor is advised that revisions incorporating changes by addenda will not be incorporated into the reduced or full-size drawings furnished under the provisions of this paragraph. Additional copies of the project manual, if required by the Contractor, will be furnished by the Owner at cost. The Contractor must keep at the construction site at least one set of the project manual and one set of full-size drawings.

PART 4--MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP

4.01 GENERAL
Unless otherwise specifically stated in the contract documents, the Contractor must provide and pay for materials, labor, tools, equipment, water, light, power, transportation, supervision, and temporary construction of any nature, and other services, and facilities of any nature, to execute, complete and deliver the work within the specified time. Material and equipment must be new and of a quality at least equal to that specified. Equipment offered must be current modifications which have been in successful regular operation under comparable conditions. This requirement does not apply to minor details, nor to thoroughly demonstrated improvements in design or in materials of construction. All construction work must be executed in conformity with the standard practice of the relevant trade.

4.02 PRODUCT DATA
Where required by the specifications, the Contractor must provide product data, which is a submittal furnished for information only. The information and data furnished is required by the Owner HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 19 of 37 for inspecting, testing, operating and maintaining parts of the work. The requirements for product data are specified in Part B.

4.03 QUALITY
Where the contract requires that materials or equipment be provided or that construction work be performed, and detailed specifications of such materials, equipment or construction work are not set forth, the Contractor must perform the work using materials and equipment of the best grade in quality and workmanship obtainable in the market, from firms of established good reputations, and must follow standard practices in the performance of construction work. The work performed must be in conformity and harmony with the intent to secure the highest standard of construction and equipment of work as a whole and in part.

4.04 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED BY NAME
When material or equipment is specified by reference to two or more patents, brand names, or catalog numbers, it is understood that this is referenced for the purpose of defining the performance or other salient requirements, and that other materials or equipment, of equal capacities, quality and function will be considered by the Owner upon the Contractor's request for substitution. Requests for substitution must be made in accordance with paragraph 00 72 00-4.05.

4.05 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION
The Contractor may offer material or equipment of equal or better quality and performance in substitution for those specified. The Owner will consider offers for substitution only from the Contractor and will not acknowledge or consider such offers from suppliers, distributors, manufacturers, or subcontractors. The Contractor's offers of substitution must be made in writing to the Construction Manager and must include sufficient data to enable the Construction Manager to assess the acceptability of the material or equipment for the particular application and requirements.

If the offered substitution necessitates changes to or coordination with other portions of the work, the data submitted must include drawings and details showing such changes. Contractor agrees to perform these changes as part of the substitution of material or equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. Within 30 calendar days after receipt of the offer of substitution, the Construction Manager will review the material submitted by the Contractor and advise the Contractor of objections, if any, to the proposed substitution or if further information is required. Upon notification by the Construction Manager, the Contractor must either provide material or equipment that complies with project specifications or if requested, furnish additional information. Although the Construction Manager may not take any objections to the proposed substitution, that will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for the efficiency, sufficiency, quality and performance of the substitute material or equipment, in the same manner and degree as the material and equipment specified by name.

Any cost difference associated with a substitution must be reflected in the offer and the contract documents must be modified by a change order.

4.06 DEMONSTRATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS A. INSPECTION:

To demonstrate his or her compliance with the contract requirements, the Contractor must assist the Construction Manager in his or her performance of inspection work. The Contractor must grant the Construction Manager access to the work and to the site of the work, and to the places HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 20 of 37 where work is being prepared, or whence materials, equipment or machinery are being obtained for the work. The Contractor must provide information requested by the Construction Manager in connection with inspection work.

If the contract documents, laws, ordinances, or any public regulatory authority require parts of the work to be specially inspected, tested or approved, the Contractor will give the Construction Manager adequate prior written notice of the availability of the subject work for examination.

If parts of the work are covered in contravention of the Construction Manager's directive, the cost of exposing the work for inspection and closing must be borne by the Contractor regardless of whether or not the work is found to be in compliance with the contract.

If any work is covered in the absence of the Construction Manager's directive to the contrary, the Contractor must, if directed to do so by the Construction Manager, uncover, expose or otherwise make available for inspection, portions of covered work. If it is found that such work is defective, the Contractor must bear the expense of uncovering and reconstructing. If the work is found to be in compliance with the contract, the Contractor will be allowed an increase in the contract price, or an extension in the contract time, or both. A change order will be issued to document the increase, extension or both.

B. SAMPLES OF MATERIALS:

In cases where compliance with contract requirements for materials to be incorporated in the work requires laboratory examination or special testing, the Contractor must provide samples or specimens as requested by the Construction Manager. Such samples or specimens must be provided in ample time to permit making proper test analysis and examinations before incorporating the material into the work. Tests of material will be conducted in accordance with the technical specifications. In the absence of a specific test requirement, the Construction Manager will determine the appropriate standard test to be used.

C. CERTIFICATION:

In cases where compliance of materials or equipment to contract requirements is not readily determinable through inspection and tests, the Construction Manager will request that the Contractor provide properly authenticated documents, certificates or other satisfactory proof of compliance.

These documents, certifications, and proofs must include performance characteristics, materials of construction and the physical or chemical characteristics of materials.

D. INSPECTION AT POINT OF MANUFACTURING:

If Owner’s inspection and testing of materials or equipment in the vicinity of the work is not practicable, the specifications may require that the inspection and testing or witnessing of tests take place at the point of manufacture. In this case and in the event the remote inspection and testing is not specified and is requested by the Owner, the required travel, subsistence, and labor expenses will be paid by the Owner. If the Contractor requests the Owner to inspect and test material or equipment at the point of manufacture, then the additional cost to the Owner for travel, subsistence, and labor expenses must be paid by the Contractor.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 21 of 37

4.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Materials and equipment must be stored so as to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored equipment and materials must be located so as to facilitate inspection.

The Contractor is responsible for damages that occur in connection with the care and protection of materials and equipment until final acceptance of the work.

4.08 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
Manufactured articles and materials and equipment must be applied, installed, connected, erected, adjusted, tested, operated and maintained as recommended by the manufacturer, unless otherwise specified. Manufacturer's installation instructions and procedures must be provided or obtained prior to installation of the manufactured articles, material, and equipment.

4.09 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK:

When, and as often as the Construction Manager determines through his or her inspection procedures to be the case, material, equipment or workmanship incorporated in the project do not meet the requirements of the contract, the Construction Manager will give written notice of the noncompliance to the Contractor. Within five days from the receipt of the notice, the Contractor must undertake the work necessary to correct the deficiencies, and to comply with the contract. If the Contractor disagrees with the Construction Manager's determination and believes that the corrective work should be covered by a change order, he or she must immediately notify the Owner's Representative, in writing, setting forth his position. Within five days after receipt of the Contractor's notification, the Owner's Representative will review the matter and notify the Contractor, in writing, of his determination. If the Owner's Representative determines that the corrective work is required to comply with the contract, the Contractor must proceed with that work. As a condition precedent to the Contractor's request for either additional compensation or time extension, or both, resulting from the performance of the corrective work, the Contractor must, within 15 calendar days after receipt of the Owner's Representative's determination, notify the Owner's Representative in writing of his intent to claim additional compensation, time or both. The Contractor must document the cost information associated with the corrective work with daily records in accordance with paragraph 00 72 00-7.02 F and provide that information to the Construction Manager monthly. Receipt of the cost data by the Construction Manager will not be construed to be an acceptance of the corrective work, or an authorization for a change order to cover the corrective work.

B. RETENTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK:

Prior to acceptance of the project, the Owner may, at his option, retain work which is not in compliance with the contract if the Owner determines that such defective work is not of sufficient magnitude or importance to make the work dangerous or undesirable. The Owner also may retain defective work, if, in the opinion of the Construction Manager, and with concurrence of the Owner's Representative, removal of that work is impractical or will create conditions that are dangerous or undesirable. Just and reasonable value for such defective work will be judged by the Owner and appropriate deductions will be made in the payments due, or to become due to the Contractor. Final acceptance does not act as a waiver of the Owner's right to recover from the Contractor an amount representing the deduction for retention of defective work.

4.10 GUARANTEE
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 22 of 37 The guarantee period is 365 days from the Notice of Completion. During the guarantee period, the Contractor must, upon the receipt of notice in writing from the Owner, promptly make all repairs arising out of defective materials, workmanship or equipment. The Owner is hereby authorized to make such repairs, if ten days after giving of such notice to the Contractor, the Contractor has failed to make or undertake the repairs with due diligence. In case of an emergency where, in the opinion of the Owner, delay could cause serious loss or damage, repairs may be made without notice to the Contractor and the expenses in connection with those repairs are chargeable to the Contractor.

For the purpose of this paragraph, "acceptance of the work" means the acceptance of the project by the Owner, in accordance with paragraph 00 72 00-7.07. "Acceptance of the work" does not extinguish any covenant or agreement on the part of the Contractor to be performed or fulfilled under this contract that has not, in fact, been performed or fulfilled at the time of such acceptance.

All covenants and agreements continue to be binding on the Contractor until they have been fulfilled.

The Owner and the Contractor agree that guarantee on the equipment possessed and used by the Owner in accordance with paragraph 00 72 00-7.06 will commence on the date that the Owner takes possession of the equipment and so notifies the Contractor in writing. Owner and Contractor further agree that such taking possession and use may not be deemed as substantial completion or acceptance of any part of the work. Takeover of equipment will be at the Owner's option and will not be made until the equipment can be put into routine service on a permanent basis.

PART 5--LIABILITY AND INSURANCE

5.01 LIABILITY OF CONTRACTOR
The Contractor is liable for any and all losses or damages from whatever cause that, prior to final acceptance, may occur on or to any part of the work. The Contractor is not liable for losses or damages caused solely by the act of the Owner.

The Contractor is liable for damages and injury to persons owning property, on or in the vicinity of the work, or which occur to a person, persons or any property whatsoever, arising out of the Contractor's performance of this contract. The Contractor's liability is not dependent upon whether or not such damage or injury be caused by the negligence of the Contractor, and whether or not such damage or injury is caused by the inherent nature of the work as specified.

The Contractor must indemnify and hold the Owner, the Construction Manager, the design engineer, and their officers, principals, agents, subcontractors, and employees, harmless from any and all loss, defense cost, expense, claims, demand or liability whatsoever, arising from allegations of injuries to persons or damage to property related to the performance of this contract, regardless of concurrent negligence on the part of such indemnitees. This indemnification obligation is not limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under workers compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or another employee benefit act.

In case any suit or legal proceeding is brought against the Owner, the Construction Manager, the design engineer, or their officers, principals, agents, subcontractors, or employees, on account of loss or damage sustained by a person, or persons, or property, as a result of the performance of the work covered by this contract, the Contractor agrees to assume the cost of defense of that action, and to pay the expenses connected therewith, and the judgments that may be obtained against the HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 23 of 37 Owner, the Construction Manager, the design engineer, or their officers, principals, agents, subcontractors, or employees, in such suits. In the event that a lien is placed against the property of the Owner, the Construction Manager, the design engineer, or their officers, principals, agents, subcontractors, or employees, as a result of such suits, the Contractor agrees immediately to cause the same to be dissolved and discharged by giving bond or otherwise. This agreement to defend and to pay the related expenses exists whether or not the alleged injuries or damage are due to the negligence of the Contractor, and whether or not the alleged injuries or damage are caused by the inherent nature of the work, as specified.

The mention of specific duties or liabilities imposed on the Contractor are not a limitation or restriction of general duties or liabilities imposed upon the Contractor by the contract. Reference to specific duties or liabilities is made herein, merely for the purpose of explanation.

5.02 BONDS
The Contractor must provide two bonds, each in the amount of 100 percent of the contract price. One bond will serve as security for the faithful performance of the work and the other as security for the faithful payment and satisfaction of the persons furnishing materials and performing labor on the work. The bonds must be issued by a corporation duly and legally licensed to transact surety business in the State of California. The two bonds must remain in force throughout the period required to complete the work, and thereafter for a period of 365 calendar days after final acceptance of the work. The bonds must be executed by a duly licensed surety company that is listed in the latest Circular 570 of the United States Treasury Department as being acceptable as surety on federal bonds. No surety's liability on the bonds may exceed the underwriting limitations for the respective surety specified in Circular 570. The scope of the bonds or the forms thereof prescribed in these contract documents in Sections 00 61 05 and 00 61 10 in no way affect or alter the liabilities of the Contractor to the Owner.

5.03 INSURANCE
A. GENERAL:

1. EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE: Prior to execution of the contract, the Contractor must file, with the Owner, evidences of insurance from the insurer, certifying to the coverage of the insurance required herein. The evidences of insurance must be certified by a properly authorized officer, agent, general agent or qualified representative of the insurer, and must certify the names of the insured, the type and amount of insurance, the location and operations to which the insurance applies, and the expiration date. The evidences must include the agreement of the insurer to give, by registered mail, notice to the Owner at least 30 calendar days prior to the effective date of cancellation, lapse, or material change in the policy.

This Certificate of Insurance is not an insurance policy and does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed herein. Notwithstanding any requirement, term, or condition of the contract with respect to which this certificate is issued, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to the terms, exclusions, and conditions of such policies.

2. CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE: The Contractor must deliver to the Owner policies of insurance and the receipts for payment of premiums thereon. Should the Contractor neglect to obtain and maintain in force such insurance, and deliver such policy or policies and receipts to the Owner, then Owner may obtain and maintain such insurance. The Contractor hereby appoints the Owner his true and lawful attorney, to do the things necessary for this purpose.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 24 of 37 Money expended by the Owner under the provisions of this paragraph for insurance premiums will be charged to the Contractor. Failure of the Owner to obtain such insurance in no way relieves the Contractor of his responsibilities under this contract.

B. PUBLIC LIABILITY:

The Contractor must provide public liability insurance covering bodily injury, in an amount of not less than a combined single limit of four million dollars ($4,000,000) for one or more persons injured in each occurrence. This insurance must cover bodily injuries or death suffered, or alleged to have been suffered by any person or persons by reason of or in the course of operations under this contract, whether occurring by reason of acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractor, or both. The required insurance must be maintained until final acceptance of the work and must include completed-operations and products-liability insurance, with aggregate limit in the amount specified above, and must continue for a period of 365 calendar days after final acceptance of the work.

The Contractor must provide property damage insurance in an amount of not less than a combined single limit of one million dollars ($1,000,000) for property damaged in each occurrence.

The insurance must cover damages to property suffered or alleged to have been suffered, by person, or persons, by reason of, or in the course of, the operations under the contract, whether occurring by reason of acts or omissions of the Contractor or any subcontractor or both. The required insurance must be maintained until final acceptance of the work, and must include completed operations and products liability insurance, and must continue for a period of 365 calendar days after the final acceptance of the work.

The required liability insurance must indemnify the Contractor and his subcontractors against loss from liability, imposed by law upon or assumed under contract by the Contractor or his subcontractors, for damages on account of bodily injury and property damage. The insurance must also indemnify the Contractor and his subcontractors against losses related to completed operations and products. The insurance must be contained in a comprehensive, broad-form, occurrence, bodily injury and property damage liability policy written by licensed underwriters. The policies must cover operations, owned- and nonowned-vehicles and equipment, contractors’ protective coverage blanket, contractual liability, and completed operations liability. The liability insurance must not exclude explosion, collapse, underground excavation, or removal of lateral support and must include cross liability. The Owner, the Construction Manager, the design engineer, and their officers, principals, agents, subcontractors, and employees must be named as insured on the liability policies.

C. WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE:

The Contractor and each subcontractor must cover or insure under applicable laws relating to workers compensation or employers liability insurance, their employees, working on or about the construction site, regardless of whether such coverage or insurance is mandatory or merely elective under the law. The Contractor must defend, protect, save harmless the Owner from and against claims, suits and actions arising from failure of the Contractor or the subcontractors to maintain such insurance.

D. BUILDERS RISK:

Contractor must secure an all-risk type of builders risk insurance covering work performed under the contract and the materials, equipment or other items to be incorporated therein, while the same are located at the construction site, stored off site, or at the place of manufacture. The policy HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 25 of 37 must cover not less than losses due to fire, flood, explosion, hail, lightning, vandalism, malicious mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft, and smoke until the date of final acceptance of the work. The policy may exclude loss or damage caused by or resulting from errors in design or from the use of substandard materials or supplies used knowingly by or at the direction of the insured, but must not exclude results, physical loss, or damage to other property covered hereunder. Neither exclusion will apply in the event of fire, explosion, or acts of God. The maximum deductible allowable under this policy is $50,000. The policies providing this insurance must name the Owner, the Construction Manager, the design engineer, and their subconsultants as additional insureds as their respective interests appear. The making of progress payments to the Contractor does not create an insurable interest by or for the Owner or relieve the Contractor or his subcontractors of responsibility for loss or direct physical loss, damage or destruction occurring prior to final acceptance.

Consistent with California Public Contracts Code, Section 7105, builders risk insurance is not required for coverage of losses in excess of five percent of the contract price for damages resulting from earthquakes in excess of magnitude of 3.5 on the Richter scale or from tidal waves. Coverage in the amount of five percent of the contract price for such losses must be provided by the Contractor.

PART 6--PROGRESS AND COMPLETION

6.01 NOTICE TO PROCEED
After execution of the contract by the Owner, written notice to proceed will be given by the Owner to Contractor. Notwithstanding other provisions of the contract, the Contractor is not obligated to perform work and the Owner is not obligated to accept or pay for work performed by the Contractor prior to date of the notice to proceed. The Owner's knowledge of work being performed prior to date of the notice to proceed does not obligate the Owner to accept or pay for such work.

6.02 CONTRACT TIME
A. GENERAL:

Time is of the essence of the contract. The Contractor must promptly start the work after the date of the notice to proceed and must prosecute the work so that the project is complete within the time specified in Section 01 11 05. During periods when weather or other conditions are unfavorable for construction, the Contractor will pursue only such portions of the work as will not be damaged thereby. No portions of the work where acceptable quality or efficiency will be affected by unfavorable conditions may be constructed while those conditions exist. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the contract time for completion of the work is reasonable, taking into consideration the average climatic and economic conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work.

B. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE:

The Contractor shall provide a construction schedule and reports for scheduling and coordinating the work within the contract time. Contract time extensions must be incorporated into updated schedules, reflecting their effect at the time of occurrence. Failure of the Contractor to comply with these requirements for submittal of the construction schedule and reports will be cause for delay in review of progress payments by the Construction Manager.

C. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 26 of 37 The Contractor must furnish such manpower, materials, facilities, and equipment as may be necessary to insure the prosecution and completion of the work in accordance with the accepted schedule. If work falls behind the accepted construction schedule, the Contractor agrees that he or she will take some or all of the following actions to return the project to the accepted schedule. These actions may include the following:

1. Increase manpower in quantities and crafts;

2. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per working day, working days per week, or the amount of equipment, or any combination of the foregoing; and/or

3. Reschedule activities.

If requested by the Construction Manager, the Contractor shall prepare a proposed schedule revision demonstrating a plan to make up the lag in progress and insure completion of the work within the contract time. The proposed revision must be submitted to the Construction Manager in accordance with Section 01 33 00. Upon receipt of an acceptable proposed schedule, the revision to the construction schedule will be made in accordance with paragraph 01 33 00-4. All actions to return the project to the accepted schedule are at the Contractor's expense.

The Contractor must pay all costs incurred by the Owner that result from the Contractor's action to return the project to its accepted schedule. Contractor agrees that Owner may deduct such charges from payments due the Contractor. It is further understood and agreed that none of the services performed by the Construction Manager in monitoring, reviewing, and reporting project status and progress operate to relieve the Contractor of responsibility for planning and managing construction work in conformance with the construction schedule.

D. DELAYS:

1. NOTICE OF DELAYS: When the Contractor foresees a delay in the prosecution of the work and, in any event, immediately upon the occurrence of a delay that the Contractor regards as unavoidable, he must notify the Construction Manager in writing of the probability of the occurrence of the delay, the extent of the delay, and its probable cause. The Contractor must take immediate steps to prevent, if possible, the occurrence or continuation of the delay. If this cannot be done, the Construction Manager must determine how long the delay is likely to continue and to what extent the prosecution and completion of the work are being delayed. The Contractor must also determine whether the delay is to be considered avoidable or unavoidable and notify the Contractor of his determination. The Contractor agrees that no claim is allowed for delays the causes of which are not called to the attention of the Construction Manager at the time of their occurrence or as soon thereafter as Contractor becomes aware of them.

2. AVOIDABLE DELAYS: Avoidable delays in the prosecution of the work include delays that could have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, foresight, and diligence on the part of the Contractor or his subcontractors. Avoidable delays include:
a. Delays which may in themselves be unavoidable but which affect only a portion of the work and do not necessarily prevent or delay the prosecution of other parts of the work nor the completion of the whole work within the contract time.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 27 of 37 b. Time associated with the reasonable interference of other contractors employed by the Owner which do not necessarily prevent the completion of the whole work within the contract time.

3. UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS: Unavoidable delays in the prosecution or completion of the work include delays that result from causes beyond the control of the Contractor and could not have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, foresight, and diligence on the part of the Contractor or his subcontractors. Delays in completion of the work of other contractors employed by the Owner will be considered unavoidable delays insofar as they interfere with the Contractor's completion of the work. Delays due to normal weather conditions are not regarded as unavoidable because the Contractor agrees to plan his work with prudent allowances for interference by normal weather conditions. Delays caused by acts of God, fire, unusual storms, floods, tidal waves, earthquakes, strikes, labor disputes, freight embargoes and shortages of materials are considered unavoidable delays if they prevent the Contractor from proceeding with at least seventyfive percent (75%) of the normal labor and equipment force for at least five hours per day toward completion of the current controlling item on the accepted critical path schedule.

If abnormal conditions prevent the work from beginning at the usual starting time, or prevent the Contractor from proceeding with seventy-five percent (75%) of the normal labor and equipment force for a period of at least five hours per day, and the crew is dismissed as a direct consequence, Contractor will not be charged for a working day whether or not conditions change so that the major portion of the day could be considered to be suitable for work on the controlling item.

E. EXTENSION OF TIME:

1. AVOIDABLE DELAYS: If the work is not completed in the accepted construction schedule, including any extension of time that may have been granted for unavoidable delays, the Contractor will be assessed damages for those costs incurred by the Owner that are attributable to the fact that the work was not completed on schedule.

The Owner may grant an extension of time for avoidable delay if he deems it in his best interest. If the Owner grants an extension of time for avoidable delay, the Contractor agrees to pay actual costs, including charges for engineering, inspection, and administration, as specified in paragraph 00 72 00-7.04, incurred during the extension.

2. UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS: For delays that the Contractor considers to be unavoidable, he must submit to the Construction Manager complete information demonstrating the effect of the delay on the controlling operation in the accepted construction schedule. The submission must be made within 30 calendar days of the occurrence that is claimed to be the cause of the unavoidable delay. The Construction Manager will review the Contractor's submission and determine the number of days of unavoidable delay and the effect of any unavoidable delay on controlling operations of the work. The Owner agrees to grant an extension of time to the extent that unavoidable delays affect controlling operations in the construction schedule. During such extension of time, neither extra compensation, nor engineering inspection and administration, nor damages for delay will be charged to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed by the Contractor and Owner that time extensions due to unavoidable delays will be granted only if such unavoidable delays involve controlling operations which would prevent completion of the whole work within the specified contract time.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 28 of 37

3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: It is agreed by the parties to the contract that in case all the work called for under the contract in all parts and requirements is not finished or completed within the number of working days as set forth in Section 01 11 05, damage will be sustained by the Owner, and that it is and will be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual damage which the Owner will sustain in the event of and by reason of the delay; and it is therefore agreed that the Contractor will pay to the Owner, the sum of One Thousand dollars ($1,000.00) per day for each and every calendar day's delay in finishing the work in excess of the number of working days prescribed; and the Contractor agrees to pay the liquidated damages herein provided for, and further agrees that the Owner may deduct the amount thereof from any moneys due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract.

4. DELAY DAMAGES ON AND AFTER 07-01-2023: It is agreed by the parties to the contract that the Owner will sustain a loss of CDBG grant funding for all the work called for under the contract in all parts and requirements is not finished or completed on or before June 30, 2023. Therefore, if the work is not completed on or before June 30, 2023, the Contractor will be responsible for liquidated damages through June 30, 2023, and actual delay damaged for damages incurred after June 30, 2023 including, but not limited to, the loss of CDBT grant?? Amador Tank Phase II Rehabilitation Contract 2021-1008.1.

6.03 SUSPENSION PROCEDURES
The Owner may, at his convenience and at any time and without cause, suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the work for a period of not more than 90 days by notice in writing to the Contractor. The Owner must specify the date on which the work must be resumed. The work must be resumed by the Contractor within 10 days after receiving written notice from the Owner to do so.

The Contractor will be allowed an increase in the contract price or an extension of contract time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension if he makes a claim therefore as provided in the paragraphs related to change of contract price and change of contract time.

6.04 TERMINATION PROCEDURES
A. TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR DEFAULT:

The Owner may terminate the contract upon 7 days written notice to Contractor and his surety whenever the Contractor is deemed to be in default or if Contractor fails to fulfill, in a timely and proper manner, the contract obligations, or is in violation of any provisions or covenants of the contract.

For purposes of this paragraph, the Contractor is in default if any one or more of the following events occurs:

1. Contractor is bankrupt or insolvent.

2. Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

3. A trustee or receiver is appointed for Contractor, or for any of Contractor's property.

4. Contractor files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act, or to reorganize under any bankruptcy chapter or law.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 29 of 37

5. Contractor repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to subcontractors or others for labor, materials, or equipment.

6. Contractor disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public body having jurisdiction.

7. Contractor disregards the authority of Construction Manager.

8. Contractor violates in any substantial way the provisions of the contract documents by failing, neglecting, or refusing to proceed according to and in full compliance with the provisions and covenants of the contract documents.

After termination of the Contract for default, the Owner may exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of the work and all of the Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by the Contractor. The Owner may incorporate in the work all materials stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid the Contractor that are stored elsewhere. In such case, the Contractor is not entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished.

If the unpaid balance of the contract price exceeds the direct and indirect cost of the completed work, including compensation for additional professional services, the excess must be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The costs incurred by the Owner will be verified by the Construction Manager and incorporated into a change order, but in finishing the work, the Owner will not be required to obtain the lowest figure for work performed.

Where the Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination does not affect any rights of the Owner against the Contractor then existing or that may thereafter accrue.

Any retention or payment of monies due the Contractor by the Owner will not release the Contractor from liability.

If the Owner terminates this agreement for default, and it is thereafter determined that the Contractor had not so failed to perform its obligations or defaulted in any way, the termination will then be deemed to have been effected for the convenience of the Owner. In that event, any adjustment of compensation to Contractor must be in accordance with paragraph 00 72 00-6.04 B.

B. TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR OTHER THAN DEFAULT:

The Owner may, without prejudice to any other remedy it may have under the provisions of the contract, terminate this contract, in whole or in part, at any time by giving written notice to Contractor or its representative by certified mail, return receipt requested. Termination is effective upon receipt of the notice by Contractor. Contractor must immediately discontinue work and take all reasonable steps with its suppliers and subcontractors to minimize cancellation charges and other costs.

In the event of termination for reasons other than default of Contractor, Contractor is entitled to recover all reasonable costs incurred in connection with performance of the work, plus any cost and expense reasonably and necessarily incurred in connection with the termination, plus a percentage of the profit based on the percentage of completion of the work.

C. TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 30 of 37 If the work is stopped by order of a court, a public authority or the Owner for a period of 90 calendar days or more, through no act or fault of the Contractor or anyone employed by him or his subcontractors, then the Contractor may terminate the contract upon 10 calendar days written notice to the Owner. Upon receipt of the written notice, the Owner must implement procedures as set forth in paragraph 00 72 00-6.04 B.

PART 7--MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

7.01 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR
A. BREAKDOWN OF CONTRACT PRICES:

Except in cases where unit prices form the basis for payment under the contract, the Contractor must, within 20 days of receipt of the notice to proceed, submit a breakdown of the contract price showing the value assigned to each part of the work including an allowance for profit and overhead. In submitting the breakdown, the Contractor certifies that it is not unbalanced and that the value assigned to each part of the work represents his estimate of the actual cost, including profit and overhead, of performing that part of the work. The breakdown must be sufficiently detailed to permit its use by the Construction Manager as one of the bases for evaluating requests for payment.

B. PROJECT STATUS REVIEW:

Contractor and Construction Manager shall meet each month prior to the Contractor submitting the progress payment request for the previous month. The purpose of the meeting is to review project status in relation to the construction schedule; review value of work completed during the previous month; and, if applicable, review Contractor's plans to return project status to that required by the schedule. Within 5 days following this meeting, the Contractor shall submit a written progress report comprising:

1. A copy of the current construction schedule marked up to indicate percent complete, actual completion or start dates since the previous review, and the estimated remaining duration for each activity in progress.

2. Reasons any activities are behind schedule and a description of the corrective steps being taken.

C. PROGRESS PAYMENTS:

1. PAYMENT REQUEST PROCEDURES: By the 5th day of each month, the Contractor must submit to the Construction Manager a partial-payment estimate, filled out and signed by the Contractor, covering acceptable work performed during the previous month or since the last partial payment estimate was submitted. If requested by the Construction Manager, the Contractor must provide additional data to support the payment estimate. Additional data may include satisfactory evidence of payment for equipment, materials, and labor including payments to subcontractors and suppliers. Requests for payment for delivered equipment and material must be accompanied by certified invoices by the suppliers. Such equipment and material must be suitably and safely stored at the site of the work.

2. REVIEW PROCEDURES: Within 7 days after receipt of the partial payment estimate, the Construction Manager will review the estimate and either (a) indicate in writing to the HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 31 of 37 Owner's Representative his concurrence with the estimate and his recommendation that payment be made or (b) indicate in writing to the Contractor his reasons for not concurring with the estimate.

If the Construction Manager recommends payment and the Owner's Representative concurs, the Owner will, within 30 calendar days after receipt of the Construction Manager's recommendation, pay the Contractor a progress payment on the basis of the approved partial-payment estimate. The payments will take into account the retention provisions provided for herein.

In the event the Construction Manager does not concur with the estimate, the Contractor may make the changes necessary to obtain the Construction Manager's concurrence and resubmit the partial-payment estimate, or submit the original progress-payment estimate directly to the Owner's Representative, indicating in writing his reasons for refusing to make the changes necessary to obtain concurrence.

3. RETENTION: The Owner will retain a percentage of each payment except as specified below in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 7201. The retained amount is available for the protection and payment of the person, or persons, mechanics, subcontractors, or materialmen who perform labor or work under the contract, and persons who supply such person, persons or subcontractors with components and supplies for carrying on such work.

The Owner will retain 5 percent of each progress payment.

Under no circumstances shall any provision of this section be construed to limit the ability of the Owner to withhold 150 percent of the value of any disputed amount of work from the final payment, as provided for in Section 7107 of the Public Contract Code. In the event of a good faith dispute, nothing in this section shall be construed to require the Owner to pay for work that is not approved or accepted in accordance with the proper plans or specifications.

4. WITHHOLDING: The Construction Manager may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if in the Construction Manager's opinion it would be incorrect to make such recommendation to the Owner. The Construction Manager may also refuse to recommend any payment, or because of subsequently discovered evidence or the result of any tests, may nullify any payment previously recommended to such extent as may be necessary in the Construction Manager's opinion to protect the Owner from loss as a result of:
a. Defective or damaged work.

b. A deductive change order.
c. Persistent failure of the Contractor to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents, including failure to maintain the progress of the work in accordance with the construction schedule. Persistent failure to maintain the progress of the work means that for a period of two consecutive months following a written notice from the Construction Manager, the Contractor fails to correct a behindschedule condition at a rate that would reasonably indicate that he will finish the project on schedule.
d. Disregard of authority of the Construction Manager or the laws of any public agency having jurisdiction.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 32 of 37 The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Construction Manager because of claims made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the work or because liens have been filed in connection with the work or because there are other items entitling Owner to reduce the amount recommended. In such case, the Owner will give Contractor prompt written notice with a copy to the Construction Manager stating the reasons for each action.

5. STOP PAYMENT NOTICES: The Owner, by and through the Construction Manager or other authorized officers, may at its option and at any time retain out of any amounts due the Contractor, sums sufficient to cover claims filed pursuant to Section 3179, et seq., of the Civil Code of the State of California.

6. PROMPT PAYMENT: Contractor understands and agrees that Owner is relying on progress payments from City of Crescent City and Bureau of Reclamation to provide the funds for payment of Contractor progress payment requests. Owner has been advised that it may take 45-60 days for such progress payments to be received by Owner. Owner understands that the payment requirements of Public Contracts Code Section 20104.50 apply, and that interest will be payable upon request of Contractor on progress payments made after the 37th day after Owner receipt of the proper payment request from Contractor.

D. FINAL PAYMENT:

On the condition that no liens or claims are outstanding, Owner will make final payment to the Contractor in the manner provided by law following the expiration of 35 calendar days after acceptance of the work and filing of the notice of completion by the Owner. Final payment must include the entire sum found to be due under this contract after deducting previous payments and such other lawful amounts as the terms of this contract describe. Prior estimates and payments, including those relating to extra work or work omitted, are subject to correction by the final payment.

Acceptance by the Contractor of final payments acts as a release to the Owner of all claims by and all liability to the Contractor other than claims in stated amounts that may be specifically excepted by the Contractor for things done or furnished in connection with this work and for every act and neglect of the Owner and others relating to or arising out of this work. Payment by the Owner does not release the Contractor or his surety from any obligation under the contract or under the performance bond and payment bonds.

7.02 CHANGE ORDERS
A. GENERAL:

The Owner may, at any time, without notice to the sureties, by written order designated or indicated to be a change order, make any change in the work within the general scope of the contract, including but not limited to the following changes:

1. In the specifications (including drawings and designs).

2. In the method or manner of performance of the work.

3. In the Owner-furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services, or site.

4. Directing acceleration in the performance of the work.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 33 of 37 Any other written order or an oral order (which terms as used in this paragraph shall include direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination) from the Owner, that causes any such change, must be treated as a change order under this clause, if the Contractor gives the Owner written notice stating the date, circumstances, and source of the order and if the Contractor regards the order as a change order.

Except as provided in this clause, no order, statement, or conduct of the Owner is or may be treated as a change order under this clause nor does it entitle the Contractor to an equitable adjustment.

If any change under this clause causes an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or the time required for, the performance of any part of the work under this contract, whether or not changed by any order, an equitable adjustment must be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. However, except for claims based on defective specifications, claims will not be allowed for any costs incurred more than 20 days before the Contractor gives written notice as required.

Also, in the case of defective specifications for which the Owner is responsible, the equitable adjustment includes any increased cost reasonably incurred by the Contractor in attempting to comply with such defective specifications.

If the Contractor intends to assert a claim for an equitable adjustment under this clause, he must, within 30 days after receipt of a written change order or the furnishing of a written notice, submit to the Owner a written statement setting forth the general nature and monetary extent of such claim, unless the Owner extends this period. The statement of claim hereunder may be included in the notice.

A claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment will not be allowed if it is asserted after final payment under this contract.

B. EXTRA WORK:

Extra work means providing materials and equipment and performing work not directly or by implication called for by the contract. Changes in measured quantity under a unit price contract or item are not extra work. If the Owner requires extra work he may (1) do it himself, (2) employ others to do it, (3) direct the Contractor to perform the extra work at unit bid price or a combination of such items, (4) direct the Contractor to perform the extra work at a mutually agreed upon lump sum, or (5) direct the Contractor to perform the extra work on a time and expense basis.

C. OMITTED WORK:

The Owner may, by written order to the Contractor, omit work, equipment, and material to be provided under the contract, and the value of the omitted work, equipment and material will be deducted from the contract price. The deducted value will be a lump sum or unit bid price agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and Owner based on the breakdown and cost information submitted by the Contractor.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 34 of 37 D. UNIT BID PRICE CHANGE:

Increases or decreases in the quantity of a contract item of work that was bid on a unit basis will be made by comparing the total pay quantity of such item of work with the Construction Manager's estimate. When changes in quantities exceed 25 percent of the original bid quantity and the total dollar change of that bid item is significant, the Owner will review the unit price to determine if a new unit price should be negotiated. Methods for Changed Quantity Payment Adjustments shall be those specified in the Caltrans Standard Specifications, latest edition.

E. LUMP SUM CHANGES:

Whenever the Contractor is directed to perform extra work on a lump-sum basis, changes in contract price resulting from the extra work will be based on a mutually agreed upon lump-sum price.

The Contractor's proposal for such changes must include a detailed breakdown of labor and materials costs for the extra work to be performed by his forces and the forces of his subcontractors or material suppliers as may be required. The breakdown must include any labor surcharge and any sales- or use-tax cost. Whenever the Owner requests that the Contractor prepare a lump-sum price in connection with a change order, the Contractor is entitled to the costs incurred in the preparation of that price whether or not the lump-sum amount is finally accepted by the Owner. Those costs will be incorporated in the lump-sum amount.

Compensation for the extra work will be based on the direct costs as listed in the detailed proposal, plus a mutually agreed upon percent of direct costs for overhead and profit, plus one percent (1%) of those direct costs for bond. The allowance for overhead and profit must include full compensation for overhead, including superintendence, and additional overhead attributable to a time extension granted because of the change order and no separate charge may be made for overhead.

When the change order involves work omitted, the reduction of the contract price will be based on the direct costs listed in the detailed proposal submitted by the Contractor. An additional reduction may be made of an amount that is identified as reduced overhead costs attributable to the work omitted. No reduction will be made for profit originally attributable to the omitted work.

F. TIME AND EXPENSE CHANGES:

1. GENERAL: Whenever the Contractor is directed to perform extra work on a time and expense basis, he or she will maintain accurate records. Each day a record of labor, materials, and equipment costs will be submitted to the Construction Manager for verification. These records will reflect the actual and necessary expenses pertaining to the extra work and will be available for audit. Audits conducted under this provision must be in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and established procedures and guidelines of the reviewing or audit agency(ies).

Payment to the Contractor for extra work performed on a time-and-expense basis will consist of the actual necessary expense for doing the extra work, plus an allowance of 15 percent of labor, material and equipment rental for overhead, general superintendence and profits, plus one percent (1%) of those direct costs for bond. This basis of payment applies to work done directly by the Contractor and to work done by a subcontractor, except the one percent (1%) allowance for bond does not apply to work performed by a subcontractor. When the work is done by a subcontractor, the Contractor may add five percent (5%) to the subcontractor's charges to cover overhead and profit and one percent (1%) for bond.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 35 of 37 In determining time-and-expense compensation, the term "actual necessary expense" means the sum of (1) materials and equipment, (2) labor, (3) supervision, (4) construction equipment, (5) professional services, and (6) other costs. “Charges” for such items means the actual cost whether incurred by the Contractor, a subcontractor or others. The items making up "actual necessary expense" are defined as follows:

2. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: Materials and equipment means costs for materials and equipment provided by the Contractor and necessarily used in the work includes applicable taxes.

3. LABOR: The cost of labor will be the sum of actual wages paid, labor surcharge, and subsistence and travel allowances. Actual wages paid include employer payments to or on behalf of the worker for health and welfare, pension, vacation and similar purposes. The labor surcharge includes applicable labor-related taxes, Workers Compensation Insurance premiums, public liability and property damage insurance premiums, and other legally required costs directly related to labor. Where subsistence and travel allowance are required for performance of extra work, the charges include the actual amount paid to each worker for these items.

4. SUPERVISION: If, in the Owner's judgment, full-time supervision of the extra work is required, it will be authorized in writing by the Construction Manager and charges for that supervision will be included as an actual necessary expense. Charges for supervision of the extra work by the Contractor's representative are not part of actual necessary expense.

5. CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT: Charges for the use of construction equipment required in the performance of extra work will be based on rental rates set forth in the State of California then-current official published document covering rental of equipment used on force account work. For equipment not listed in that document, the rental rate will be as listed by the local section of the Associated General Contractors. If the equipment is not listed by the Associated General Contractors, the rental rate will be mutually agreed upon in writing between the Contractor and Owner prior to the use of the unlisted equipment. The reasonable cost of moving equipment onto and off the job site will be included, but equipment rental will not be paid when the equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns. Individual pieces of equipment or small tools having a replacement value of $100 or less are considered expendable and no payment will be made for these.

When equipment is used on the extra work for less than five days, hourly rates will be used.

Less than 30 minutes of operation is considered one-half hour of operations. When equipment is used on the extra work for more than five days, daily rates apply. In that case, less than four hours of operation is considered to be one-half day of operation.

6. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES: Professional services are included in "actual necessary expense" provided both that the Owner has determined that such services are necessary and the Construction Manager has authorized in writing the provision of such services.

7. OTHER COSTS: Charges for items not included in paragraphs 7.02 F.1 through 6 may be included as "actual necessary expense" if such additional items are authorized in advance and in writing by the Construction Manager.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 36 of 37

7.03 CHARGES TO CONTRACTOR
Everything charged to the Contractor under the terms of this contract must be paid by the Contractor to the Owner on demand. Such charges may be deducted by the Owner from money due or to become due to the Contractor under the contract. The Owner may recover such charges from the Contractor or from his surety.

7.04 COMPENSATION TO OWNER FOR TIME EXTENSION
The Owner, in exchange for granting an extension of time for avoidable delay, must be compensated by the Contractor for the actual costs to the Owner of engineering, inspection, general supervision, and overhead expenses that are directly chargeable to the work and accrue during the period of such extension. The actual costs do not include charges for final inspection and preparation of the final estimate by the Owner.

7.05 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
The Contractor, on considering the work to be substantially complete and ready for its intended use, shall so notify the Construction Manager in writing. The notification must include an itemized list of remaining incomplete work. If the Construction Manager determines that the work is not substantially complete, he or she will so notify the Contractor in writing identifying the reasons for such a determination. If the Construction Manager finds the work substantially complete, he or she will meet with the Contractor to (1) prepare a punch list of incomplete items of work; (2) define the division of responsibility between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, maintenance, utilities, insurance, and warranties; and (3) describe any other issues related to acceptance of the substantially completed work. Upon reaching agreement with the Contractor, the Construction Manager will write to the Owner, certifying that the work is substantially complete, listing the items of incomplete work, stating the date for completion of incomplete work, defining the division of responsibilities, and setting forth any other terms related to acceptance.

The Owner, who has sole discretion for determination of substantial completion, will review the Construction Manager's certification that the work is substantially complete and concurring with that certification, will notify the Contractor, in writing, that the work is accepted as substantially complete. Except for any portion(s) of work specified for early completion or required by the Owner for early possession (paragraph 00 72 00-7.06), substantial completion will not occur for any work until the entire project is ready for possession and use. The acceptance notice will include a punch list of incomplete work items, set the date for their completion, describe the division of responsibility between the Owner and Contractor, and describe any other terms of acceptance. The Contractor will acknowledge receipt of the acceptance notice in writing, indicating acceptance of all of its terms and provisions.

Upon receipt of the Contractor's acknowledgment letter, the Owner may take possession of the work or portion of the work and put it into its intended service. The date that the work or portion of the work is put into service will become the date of substantial completion. Unless otherwise specified, warranties will begin on the date of substantial completion.

Subsequent to the substantial completion date, the Owner may exclude the Contractor from the work during such periods when construction activities might interfere with the operation of the project. The Owner, however, shall allow the Contractor reasonable access for completion or correction of incomplete punch list items.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS 37 of 37

7.06 POSSESSION OF PORTIONS OF THE PROJECT
Should the Contractor fail to meet any date specified for substantial completion of the work or any portion of the work requiring early possession and use by the Owner, the Owner may, after a 10-day written notice to the Contractor, take over such portion or all of the work that is behind schedule. In such case, the Construction Manager will prepare a punch list of incomplete work. The Owner may allow the Contractor reasonable access to the work at such times that the operation of the project will not be affected or the Owner may complete the work itself after giving the Contractor notice of his intention to do so. The cost of Owner's work will be charged to and deducted from amounts due to the Contractor. The substantial completion date will be established as the date when the Owner actually begins using the project or a portion of the project for its intended purpose.

Division of responsibilities between Owner and Contractor, beginning of warranties, and any other issues relating to substantial completion will be as specified in paragraph 00 72 00-7.05.

7.07 ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT
Upon completion of the work, including portions of the work previously accepted as substantially complete, the Contractor must notify the Construction Manager, in writing, that the work is complete. Upon receipt of the notification, the Construction Manager will determine if the work conforms to the terms of the contract. If the Construction Manager finds materials, equipment, or workmanship that do not meet the terms of the contract, he or she will prepare a punch list of nonconforming items and submit it to the Contractor. Following completion of the corrective work by the Contractor, the Construction Manager must notify the Owner that the work has been completed in accordance with the contract. Final determination of the acceptability will be made by the Owner.

Upon acceptance of the project, the Owner will immediately file a notice of completion. For portions of the project not previously accepted as substantially complete, the conditions of guarantee commence on the date that the Owner files a notice of completion.

The final application for payment must be accompanied by all required documentation called for in the contract, including complete and legally effective releases or waivers of liens in a form acceptable to Owner. Subject to prior approval of Owner, Contractor may submit in lieu of the lien releases and waivers: (1) receipts of releases in full; (2) an affidavit that the releases and receipts cover all labor, services, materials, and equipment for which a lien could be filed and that all payrolls, materials, and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied; and (3) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any lien.

If, after reviewing the Contractor's final application for payment, including all documentation required, the Construction Manager determines that the work is complete, he or she will recommend that final payment, including all retainages, be made by the Owner. The final payment will be due and payable by the Owner within 30 days after any legal notice periods have expired.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 00 00 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 of 6 PART B – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GROUP
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01 00 00

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
Some of the following general and specific requirements are duplicated in other sections.

Some requirements stated elsewhere may not be in this section. The Contractor must comply with all requirements set forth in this section, other sections and as set forth in any referenced documents.

A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
The Contractor must satisfy himself or herself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon availability of transportation, disposal areas, storage areas for materials, labor, water, electric power, and uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment or facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this contract.

Any failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself or herself with all the available information will not relieve him or her from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work.

The Contractor will be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including the safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.

The Contractor must maintain strict compliance with all job site rules, local, state and federal regulations, and safety precautions.

Safety provisions must conform to U. S. Department of Labor (OSHA), the California Occupational Safety and Health Act, and all other applicable federal, state, county and local laws, ordinances, codes, the requirements set forth below, and any regulations that may be detailed in other parts of these Specifications.

Contractor must comply with all trench and excavation shoring and construction techniques required for general safety, worker protection and protection of adjacent property. The Contractor will be required to take extra precautions to protect buildings in close proximity to his work. See Section 01 71 33, “Protection of Property”.

Contractor must comply with standards established by the Construction Safety Orders.

Contractor must keep the working area clean, safe, appropriately barricaded and lighted.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 00 00 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2 of 6 Contractor shall provide to the City the name of the Competent Person on excavation sites and ensure all excavations are inspected and safety procedures implemented by the Competent Person.

Contractor must provide the City with documented training records for all employees, i.e., Trenching and Shoring, Confined Spaces in Construction, etc.

Contractor must provide all protective equipment (shoring, ladders, PPE, gas monitor, etc.) to be utilized by workers and ensure their proper use.

Contractor must provide site-specific safety reviews a minimum of once a week. Reviews are to be documented including the topics discussed, names of employees present, and be signed by Supervisor or Competent Person. Documentation is to be provided to Project Manager weekly.

Contractor agrees to immediately notify Project Manager of any injuries or near-miss events (“incidents”) on the job site. The City reserves the right to perform its own investigation of any incidents and contractor must provide access to all personnel, equipment, maintenance records, and training documents pertinent to the investigation.

The Project Manager and Field Safety Officer have the authority to stop work if, in their opinion, the Contractor has created an unsafe working condition. Such work stoppage will be at the expense of the Contractor and will not add time to the Contract Time.

Contractor must maintain all documents required by Cal/OSHA on the job site and make them available to all employees and city representatives. Examples include: Injury & Illness Prevention Program; Code of Safe Practices; Heat Illness Prevention Program.

Contractor is responsible for screening all subcontractors with respect to safety and compliance with the requirements contained herein.

Contractor must report to the City and Engineer any condition which may pose a threat to the health and welfare of the City, Contractor’s employees, or the general public.

Contractor must install the new sewer lines and manholes in such a manner as to not interrupt the normal flow of wastewater or cause surcharging of upstream sewer lines. Temporary bypass piping or pumps may be installed as required.

Contractor’s operations must not cause a nuisance, a public health hazard or discharge of untreated wastewater to the surface or groundwater.

Contractor will be responsible for repairing any damage to existing streets and private property caused by his operations. The Engineer will determine the extent of the damage.

Contractor is responsible for the repairs. Contractor must get approval from Engineer regarding the method of repair.

Contractor and all Subcontractors must be properly licensed in the State of California for any work they perform.

Contractor must obtain the required permits concerning equipment storage and work areas and for disposal of materials produced during excavation.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 00 00 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3 of 6 Contractor must ensure waste materials are properly handled and disposed in accordance with all applicable City, County, state, and federal regulations and safety precautions.

All waste materials, debris, rubbish and unsuitable materials must be removed and disposed of at sites to be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor must make his own arrangements for the disposal of materials.

B. PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Within ten (10) working days of the award of contract, the Contractor must submit to the Engineer, for review and approval, a progress schedule for the project. A revised progress schedule must be submitted every two weeks and when there is any change in the Contractors work schedule.

C. PUBLIC INFORMATION
The Contractor must keep all users/occupants (residents, business operators, etc.) of properties adjacent to, or impacted by, the project advised of any disruption in access or use of the property. This will be by written notice to the property user/occupant each week of activity expected over the following 2 weeks. The notices will include the weekly traffic diversion and closure information required in Section 01 55 26, “Traffic Control”. Copies of all such notices must be delivered to the City also. Notices shall be reviewed and approved by the City before distribution to the public
D. WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
The Contractor must follow the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for the entire project conforming to Section 01 57 23, “Water Pollution Prevention”.

E. TRAFFIC CONTROL
Contractor must prepare and submit a Traffic Control Plan conforming to Section 01 55 26, “Temporary Traffic Control”. A schematic traffic control plan is included in the Project Plans.

F. SANITARY SEWER AND OTHER BYPASSES
Contractor must prepare and submit a Sanitary Sewer Bypass Plan, or other bypass plan for other utilities, if planning a bypass. Plan must be approved by Owner prior to implementing.

G. INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS
Contractor’s attention is directed to Section 02 00 00, “Existing Conditions” for specific information regarding the project site and surrounding area.

Information derived from inspection of logs, reports, or from Plans showing locations of utilities and structures will not in any way relieve the Contractor from any risk, or from properly examining the site and making such additional investigations as he may elect, or from properly fulfilling all the terms of the Contract Documents.

H. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 00 00 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4 of 6 Prior to bidding, Bidders may make their own subsurface investigations subject to time schedules and arrangements approved in advance by the City. Before starting any subsurface investigation, obtain all necessary permits for such work.

I. DISCREPANCIES
In the event of discrepancy in site conditions, Plans or specifications (Special Provisions), immediately notify the Engineer. Do not proceed with any work of the nature or in the area of the discrepancy until the discrepancy has been fully resolved.

J. PROJECT LAYOUT
Horizontal and vertical control data is provided in the Plans. The Contractor is responsible to layout the entire project including pipe alignment. The maximum deviation for sewer and storm drainpipes is 0.25 feet for horizontal alignment and 0.02 feet for flow grade. The maximum deviation for street centerline is 0.1 foot for horizontal alignment and 0.05 foot for grade. Street curbs and gutters must follow plans within 0.02 feet.

K. WATER
Water for flushing lines, dust control, site cleanup or other construction related purposes is available from the City of Crescent City. Water will be paid for by the Contractor.

L. MATERIALS
Attention is directed to Section 01 33 00, “Submittals”, and also to Section 6, “Control of Materials”, of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.

The Contractor must submit detailed manufacturer’s information, data or certifications for any materials, product or equipment proposed to be furnished and installed for this project, giving manufacturer's name, catalog number, and catalog cut for each item where applicable. The submittal must be accompanied by copies of the manufacturers' current recommended method of installation.

M. SUBSTITUTIONS
The Contract is based on the use of certain materials, equipment, and methods as shown on the Plans and described in these Special Provisions. The Engineer will consider proposals for substitution of materials, equipment, and methods only when such proposals are accompanied by full and complete technical data and all other information required by the Engineer to evaluate the proposed substitution. Do not proceed to substitute materials, equipment, or methods unless such substitution has been specifically approved by the Engineer.

When a specific product, material, equipment or method is identified in the specifications, with or without an “or equal” phrase, do not assume that a substitute product, material, equipment, or method will be approved until the item has been specifically approved in writing by the Engineer.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 00 00 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 5 of 6 Contractor must verify, prior to bidding, that all specified items will be available in time for timely progress of the work. Costs of delays because of non-availability of specified items will be borne by the Contractor.

N. TESTING
Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 6-3, “Quality”, of the Standard Specifications.

Test methods designated in these specifications refer to the most current California Department of Transportation method as listed in the “Standard Specifications” unless otherwise noted. The test methods must be from the State of California, Business and Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), Standard Specifications, latest edition.

In addition to any required tests, the Engineer may select random sample(s) of any material proposed to be used on the project. Such samples may be subjected to the appropriate test(s) to confirm compliance with the specifications.

O. SALVAGE OF EXISTING MATERIALS
Where indicated on the plans, salvage materials and deliver such materials to the City Corporation Yard, 900 Tenth Street, Crescent City. The Owner may direct salvage of other materials at Owners sole discretion. All other materials will become the property of the Contractor.

P. TRAFFIC
The Contractor will have to divert and/or control vehicular traffic through or around the project area as needed. The Contractor shall provide a Traffic Control Plan as needed.

Q. PRIVATE PROPERTY
If excavation or construction materials or equipment are to be stored on private property, written permission must be obtained from the property owner granting permission and absolving Elk Valley Rancheria, California of all responsibility for the consequences of such activity prior to use of the property.

There is an existing building adjacent to the project. Access to the building must be maintained at all times. Precautions must be taken to prevent any damage to the building.

Any damage to private property due to Contractor’s operations will be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. Owner will obtain right(s) of entry onto private property for planned work.

R. ON-SITE STORAGE AND STAGING
These areas within the tank site available to the Contractor for his field office, and to store materials and equipment. These areas are available at no cost, provided (1) the Contractor fence the area with a six-foot minimum height fence defining the boundary of the area being used for the Contractor’s operations, and (2) the Contractor must restore the area to its pre-project condition at no cost to the City.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 00 00 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 6 of 6 S. OTHER
If buried archaeological material, items not shown on the plans, is encountered during any phase of construction within the public right-of-way, construction must be immediately halted at that location and the Tribe must be notified. The Contractor must abide by the conditions of the Contract Documents and conform with the General Conditions., including but not limited to compliance with the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. Section 470).

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 1 of 13
SECTION 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials as required by these specifications for the following tank. (The dimensions are approximate only and shall be field verified by the Contractor prior to bidding.)

Tank Size Dimensions

1. Amador Tank 1.5 MG 82 ft. Dia. x 40 ft. Ht.

B. Work to be performed includes application of protective coatings to interior surfaces and paints to exterior surfaces, including surface preparation, handling of hazardous and nonhazardous materials/wastes, disinfection of interior surfaces and additions, replacement and modification of miscellaneous structural items to bring the structure into compliance with current safety and health codes, standards and regulations and other work necessary to accomplish the approved end result of totally protected and usable structure, including attachments, accessories and appurtenances. The following items are required, except as otherwise noted, generally as follows:

1. Remove all interior coatings by abrasive blast cleaning. a. The topside of the existing rafters shall be blasted and coated in accordance with the specifications.
b. The topside of the new rafters shall be blasted and coated in accordance with the specifications prior to installation.
c. Remove and dispose of all cathodic protection anodes, wiring and attachments prior to starting abrasive blast cleaning.

2. Apply a three-coat epoxy coating system to all interior surfaces above the bottom.

3. Electrically detect epoxy coating system noted in 2. above and repair as required.

4. Apply a 100% solids epoxy coating system to all interior bottom surfaces and lower 2 feet of the shell and column.

5. Electrically detect 100% solids epoxy coating system and repair as required.

6. Cure interior epoxy coating as specified herein.

7. Test, handle and dispose of hazardous and nonhazardous coating wastes in conformance to all regulations.

8. Apply a flexible sealant to all roof lap seams and inaccessible voids, as designated by the Engineer.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 2 of 13

9. Wash down interior surfaces and disinfect complete interior.

10. Remove all paint from exterior roof, shell, piping, and appurtenances by abrasive blast cleaning or other approved method.
a. If the foundation and anchor bolts are not installed, the below grade portion of the shell shall be exposed a minimum of 12 inches and abrasive blast cleaned.

11. Apply specified primer to all exterior surfaces of the tank noted in 10. above.

12. Apply intermediate and finish coats of paint to complete exterior surfaces, piping, and appurtenances of the tank noted in 11. above.
a. The 12-inch portion of the shell below grade shall be painted with 100% solids epoxy.

13. Test, handle and dispose of hazardous and nonhazardous wastes generated from exterior painting operations in conformance to all regulations.

14. Furnish and install lateral bracing at the midspan of the rafters, in accordance with the plans.

15. Remove and dispose of the existing manholes and install insert plates in existing shell openings.

16. Furnish and install two (2) new 36" diameter manholes, in accordance with the plans and specifications.

17. Furnish and install an interior ladder and platform at each of the new manholes, in accordance with the plans and specifications.

18. Remove and dispose of designated inlet/outlet piping to elbow below grade.

Furnish and install a force balanced flexible expansion connection for the 12" dia. inlet/outlet piping in accordance with the details shown on the plans, including tiein to existing pipe, piping, new shell nozzle, flanges, fittings, pipe supports, valve.

19. Furnish and install a new sample nozzle, in accordance with the details shown on the plans.

20. Furnish and install a new galvanic anode cathodic protection system.

21. Prior to coating and painting, remove the screening on the vents, the fall restraint cable system on the roof, and the Saf-T-Climb devices on the interior and exterior ladders and reinstall after all interior coating and exterior painting is complete.

OPTIONAL ITEMS

22. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment to use dehumidification system for interior work, including curing of coatings, in accordance with the specifications.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 3 of 13

23. Fill or weld plates over excessively pitted areas or corroded areas, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

24. Excessively corroded areas on the rafter flanges and structural members that comprise of sharp edges from sandblasting shall be ground smooth and rounded, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

25. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment to abrasively blast clean severely corroded areas, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

26. Seal weld patch plates over holes in the exterior roof, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

27. Straighten rafters as designated by the Engineer, in accordance with the procedure outlined in the specification.

28. Remove and replace full length severely corroded rafters, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

29. Remove and replace 3-foot sections of severely corroded rafters, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

30. Furnish and install a new 3 ft. 4 in. wide by 3 ft. deep foundation, anchor bolts, and chairs under the existing tank, including removing existing 12" thick concrete slab under the tank and shoring at the building and fence, as needed.

31. If the new foundation is installed, remove all paint on exterior surfaces to be buried to original elevation, including anchor bolts, chairs, appurtenances, and piping, by abrasive blast cleaning or other approved method.

32. Apply specified primer to exterior surfaces to be buried noted in 31. above.

33. Apply specified 100% solids epoxy to exterior surfaces to be buried noted in 31. above.
a. Prior to burying the foundation and anchor bolts, plastic caps shall be placed on the exposed threads of the anchor bolts.

34. Furnish and install a new 8" diameter overflow pipe, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

C. Surfaces not to be painted include fencing, concrete surfaces, glass, plastic, nameplates, communication equipment and other surfaces on which coatings or paints would not adhere or would interfere with operation of specific item.

D. If severely corroded or damaged areas are discovered during the course of abrasive blast cleaning operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer or authorized representative.

Welding and repair of severely corroded areas of tank and other mechanical repairs may be required during project.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 4 of 13

1. The Contractor shall allow the Owner access to make tank repairs. The Owner reserves the option to repair the tank structure with:
a. Change order to the contract
b. Owner employees
c. A separate Contractor
d. Any combination of the above

2. A time extension will be issued should structural repairs preclude abrasive blast cleaning and/or coating or paint application. Preparation work shall continue while tank repairs are being made. The time extension will assume the Contractor will be able to re-mobilize and begin coating and painting within two weeks of notification. No additional time will be granted to permit the Contractor to complete other projects prior to this project.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
A. Without limiting the general aspects or other requirements of this specification, work and equipment shall conform to applicable requirements of municipal, state, and federal codes, laws and ordinances governing the work, manufacturer’s printed instructions, subject to Engineer’s approval.

B. The Engineer’s decision shall be final as to interpretation and/or conflict between any of the referenced codes, laws, ordinances, specifications, and standards contained herein.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. The following pairs of words shall be considered identical in meaning and may be used interchangeably: “General Conditions” and “General Provisions”; “Drawings” and “Plans”; “Standard Drawings” and “Standard Plans”.

B. The Owner referred to in these specifications is Elk Valley Rancheria, California. Engineer shall be person or persons as designated by the Owner.

C. The definition of the word “Engineer” contained herein is: The person authorized by the Owner to oversee the execution of the contract, acting either directly or through his properly authorized agents, each agent acting only within the scope of authority delegated to him.

1.4 HOURS OF WORK
A. The Contractor’s activities shall be confined to an eight-hour shift between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, excluding Owner-designated holidays.

Deviation from these hours will not be permitted without the prior consent of the Engineer, except in emergencies involving immediate hazard to persons or property.

B. In the event of either a requested or emergency deviation, inspection service fees for Owner personnel and any third-party inspector will be charged against the Contractor.

The service fees will be calculated at full overtime rates including benefits, overhead, and travel time. The service fees will be deducted from any amounts due the Contractor.

Charges will be made for any change to extraordinary work hours, including standby time HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 5 of 13
due to late crew arrival or “no-show” by crew.

C. Inspection hours made necessary as a result of the Contractor’s crew working over forty hours per week must be scheduled and approved by Owner and paid for by Contractor at the prevailing rate for overtime. Inspections requested by or made necessary as a result of actions by the Contractor on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays must be scheduled and approved by Owner and paid for by Contractor at the prevailing rate for overtime or holiday work.

1.5 COMPLETION OF WORK
All work shall be completed within the number of calendar days consistent with the Contract Period noted in the Contract Documents, Section 01 11 05, “Contract Time”. If work is not completed within the number of calendar days specified, Contractor shall bear all additional expenses incurred after contract completion schedule in accordance with Section 00 72 00, “General Conditions”, Item E., 3. and 4.

1.6 EXTRA WORK
A. The Owner may, as the need arises, order changes in work through additions, deletions, or modifications, without invalidating the Contract. Such changes will be affected through written change orders delivered to the Contractor describing the change required in the work, together with any adjustment in contract price or time of completion as hereinafter provided. No such change shall constitute the basis of claims for damages or anticipated profits; however, the Engineer will make reasonable allowance for the value of any work, materials, or equipment furnished and subsequently rendered useless because of such change. Any adjustment in Contract price resulting from a change order will be considered in computing subsequent monthly payments due the Contractor. Any work performed in accordance with a change order shall be subject to all provisions of the original Contract, and the Contractor’s sureties shall be bound thereby to the same degree as under the original Contract. The Contractor will not receive payment for extra work performed unless said extra work is ordered in writing.

B. Any adjustment in contract price shall be based on unit price bid items or additive and deductive bid items submitted by the Contractor in his original bid on the work where such bid items are applicable, or time and material rates established at the Pre-Construction Conference.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Quality assurance procedures and practices shall be utilized to monitor all phases of surface preparation, application and inspection throughout the duration of the project. Procedures or practices not specifically defined herein may be utilized provided they meet recognized and acceptable professional standards and are approved by the Engineer.

B. All materials furnished and all work accomplished under the Contract shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be held strictly to the true intent of the Specifications in regard to quality of materials, workmanship, and diligent execution of the Contract.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 6 of 13
C. Work accomplished in the absence of prescribed inspection may be required to be removed and replaced under the proper inspection, and the entire cost of removal and replacement, including the cost of all materials which may be furnished by the Owner and used in the work thus removed, shall be borne by the Contractor, regardless of whether the work removed is found to be defective or not. Work covered up without the authority of the Engineer or Inspector, shall, upon order of the Engineer, be uncovered to the extent required, and the Contractor shall similarly bear the entire cost of accomplishing all the work and furnishing all the materials necessary for the removal of the covering and its subsequent replacement, as directed and approved by the Engineer.

D. Except as otherwise provided herein, the cost of inspection will be paid by the Owner.

E. The Engineer will make, or have made, such tests as he deems necessary to ensure the work is being accomplished in accordance with the requirements of the Contract. Unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, the cost of such testing will be borne by the Owner. In the event such tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract, the Contractor shall bear the cost of such corrective measures deemed necessary by the Engineer, as well as the cost of subsequent retesting and re-inspection.

It is understood and agreed the making of tests shall not constitute an acceptance of any portion of the work, nor relieve the Contractor from compliance with the terms of the Contract.

F. Warranty Inspection: Warranty inspection shall be conducted between the eleventh and sixteenth months following completion of all work and filing of the Notice of Acceptance.

The draining of the tank will be accomplished when there will be minimum inconvenience to the Owner. All personnel present at the Pre-Construction Conference should be present at this inspection. All defective work shall be repaired in strict accordance with this specification and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

1. Notification: The Owner shall establish the date for the inspection and shall notify the Contractor at least 30 days in advance. The Owner will drain the tank and Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, suitable lighting, scaffolding and ventilation for the inspection. At the Owner’s option, warranty inspection for interior surfaces may be accomplished by diving operations with tank in service.

2. Interior Inspection: The entire interior coating systems shall be visually inspected as specified in 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE. All defective coating as well as damaged or rusting spots of the tank shall be satisfactorily repaired by and at the sole expense of the Contractor. All repaired areas shall then be electrically tested as specified in the above-mentioned section and repair/electrical testing procedure repeated until surface is acceptable to the Engineer.

3. Exterior Inspection: The entire exterior paint systems shall be visually inspected as specified in 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE. All defective paint as well as damaged or rusting spots of the tank shall be satisfactorily repaired by and at the sole expense of the Contractor. All repaired areas shall then be again inspected as specified in the above-mentioned section and repair procedure repeated until surface is acceptable to the Engineer.

4. Structural Inspection: The entire work shall be visually inspected as specified. All defective work shall be satisfactorily repaired by and at the sole expense of the HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 7 of 13
Contractor.

5. Inspection Report: The Engineer shall prepare an inspection report covering the first anniversary inspection, setting forth the number and type of, defects observed, failures observed, the percentage of the surface area where failure has occurred, and the names of the persons making the inspection.

6. Schedule: Upon completion of inspection and receipt of Inspection Report as noted herein, Owner shall notify Contractor of results of inspection and establish a date for Contractor to proceed with remedial work. Any delay on part of Contractor to meet schedule may cause Owner to proceed to have defects remedied by others as outlined under General Provisions.

7. Remedial Work: The Contractor shall make repairs at all points where defects are observed by removing the defective work and repairing or replacing it to bring the item into total conformance to the original specification. Any location where coating or paint has peeled, bubbled, or cracked and any location where rusting is evident shall be considered to be a failure of the system. The Contractor shall make repairs at all points where failures are observed by removing the deteriorated coating or paint, cleaning the surface, and reapplying the same system per original specification. If the area of failure exceeds 25 percent of a specific coated or painted surface, the entire applied system may be required to be removed and reapplied based on the Owner’s sole judgment in accordance with the original specification.
a. Specific coated surfaces are defined as follows:
1) Underside of roof and structural members
2) Shell & columns
3) Bottom
4) Attachments, accessories and appurtenances
5) Flexible sealants
b. Specific painted surfaces are defined as follows:
1) Roof
2) Shell
3) Attachments, accessories and appurtenances
4) Flexible sealants

8. Upon completion of warranty remedial repairs, Contractor shall wash down and disinfect tank as originally specified. Contractor shall provide new gaskets and bolts for the manholes as needed.

9. Costs: All noted costs for Contractor’s inspection and all costs for repair shall be HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 8 of 13
borne by the Contractor and in figuring his bid, the Contractor shall include an appropriate amount for testing and repair as no additional allowance will be paid by the Owner for said inspection and repair.

1.8 SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall submit a notarized letter signed by a principal officer of the Corporation or Owner certifying the Contractor fully complies with Federal and State Regulations pertaining to the work including, but not limited to, the following. Review of Contractor’s safety plan by Engineer does not imply that Owner accepts responsibility for such plans or safety activities.

1. Illness Injury Prevention Program CSO/GISO 1508/3203

2. Code of Safe Practice CSO 1509(B)

3. Confined Space Plan GISO 5156/5159

4. Heat Illness Prevention GISO 3395

5. Fall Protection Plan CSO 1671.1

6. Respiratory Protection CSO/GISO 1531/5144

7. Hazard Communication GISO 5194

8. Lead-Based Paint Compliance Plan CSO 1532

9. Rolling Scaffolds CSO 1646

10. Employee Safety Instruction CSO 1510

11. Emergency Medical Service CSO 1512

12. Dusts, Fumes, Mists, Vapors & Gases CSO 1528
B. General: Contractor assumes the responsibility to accomplish all work in a safe and prudent manner, and to conform to all applicable safety requirements, regulations and guidelines of federal, state and local regulatory agencies, as well as applicable manufacturer’s printed instructions and appropriate technical bulletins and manuals.

Without in any way limiting that responsibility or assuming responsibility for safety, the Owner is particularly concerned that the following are strictly observed:

1. Life Saving Equipment: Contractor shall provide and require use of personal protective life saving equipment for all its personnel working in or about the project site.

2. Access Facilities: All ladders, scaffolding and rigging shall be designed for their intended uses and meet Cal/OSHA regulations. Ladders and scaffolding shall be supplied and erected as requested by Engineer to facilitate inspection and be moved by the Contractor to locations requested by the Engineer.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 9 of 13

3. Ventilation: Contractor shall ensure there is proper ventilation, air eduction and exhausting of work space to reduce the concentration of lead-laden air contaminants to a level which poses no hazard to personnel at or near the job site. Air circulation and exhausting of solvent vapors shall be continued until coatings and paints have fully cured. If conventional blast cleaning is accomplished, total containment during blast cleaning and coating and paint application operations is mandatory. The exhaust blower or dehumidification equipment capacity shall be sufficient to maintain air changes within containment interior in accordance with Cal/OSHA, coating and paint manufacturer’s recommendations and local Air Quality Management District regulations, subject to Engineer’s review. a. Exhaust blower shall exhaust into an Engineer-reviewed structure that precludes the exhausting of lead-laden paint chips or particulate matter onto the site or into the atmosphere.
b. Where ventilation is used to control hazardous exposure, all equipment shall be explosion proof, of industrial design and shall be approved by the Engineer. Household-type venting equipment will not be acceptable.

Ventilation shall reduce the concentration of air contaminant to the degree a hazard does not exist by educting air, vapors, etc. from the confined space.
c. Ventilation system shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor in accordance with these specifications. The Contractor shall make modifications to the ventilation system as required by Cal/OSHA to ensure a safe working environment and complete removal of all contaminated vapors.

4. Head and Face Protection and Respiratory Devices: Equipment shall include protective helmets that shall be worn by all persons while in the vicinity of the work.

During abrasive blasting operations, nozzlemen shall wear U.S. Bureau of Mines approved positive pressure air-supplied helmets and all other persons who are exposed to blasting dust shall wear respiratory protection. If coatings are hazardous, additional protection will be worn as determined necessary by the exposure assessment of the Certified Industrial Hygienist. a. When and where required, positive pressure air-fed hoods and/or masks shall be supplied by an air source currently certified to produce “Class D Breathing Air”. Contractor shall at all times during the work maintain onsite current documentation to substantiate the quality of the breathing air.

5. Grounding: Welding leads, all hoses and related equipment shall be grounded to prevent accumulation of charges of static electricity.

6. Illumination: Sparkproof artificial lighting shall be provided for all work in confined spaces. Light bulbs shall be guarded to prevent breakage. Lighting fixtures and flexible cords shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70 “National Electric Code” for the atmosphere in which they will be used. Whenever required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide additional illumination and necessary supports to cover all areas to be inspected. The level of illumination for inspection purposes shall be determined by the Engineer.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 10 of 13

7. Toxicity and Explosiveness: The maximum allowable concentration of vapor shall be kept below the maximum safe concentration for eight-hour exposure, plus lower explosive limit (LEL) must be strictly maintained. Exterior paints have been determined to contain lead. All regulations related to safety of personnel and handling of such materials shall be strictly followed. Cost of handling and disposing of such materials will be borne by the Contractor. a. Contractor’s responsibility for meeting all regulations relating to toxic and hazardous materials includes, but is not limited to, obtaining all permits and EPA numbers, processing paperwork, blood testing of personnel at start and finish of project, sampling and testing of wastes, paying fees, handling and packaging of wastes at site, and delivering materials to the selected Class I dumpsite using licensed hazardous materials transporters. All regulations relating to working with heavy metals or confined spaces shall be strictly enforced. Documentation of all hazardous or toxic waste disposal will be required and a copy supplied to the Owner.

8. Protective Clothing: During cutting, burning, welding operations and when handling and mixing coatings and paints, workmen shall wear gloves, eye shields and other protective clothing. If working with lead, zinc or other heavy metals, regulations regarding handling of exposed clothing shall be strictly enforced.

9. Fire: Contractor shall provide appropriate fire abatement devices on site and be readily available at the job site during all operations. Prohibit any flames, welding and smoking during mixing and application of materials.

10. Sound Levels: Whenever the occupational noise exposure exceeds the maximum allowable sound levels, the Contractor shall provide and require the use of Cal/OSHA approved ear protective devices.
a. Noise suppression shall be practiced at all times to minimize disturbance to persons living or working nearby, and to the general public. Measures to be used in effecting noise suppression shall include (but not limited to) equipping all internal combustion engines with critical residential silencers (mufflers), shielding noise-producing equipment from nearest areas of human occupancy by location in such positions as to direct the greatest noise emissions away from such areas, and conducting operations in the most effective manner to minimize noise generation consistent with the prosecution of the Contract in a timely and economic manner. Whenever levels are above local ordinances, they shall be adjusted as directed by the Engineer.

11. Gas and Air Monitoring: Contractor shall furnish monitoring equipment to determine the presence of oxygen deficiency or dangerous air contamination.

Continual monitoring will be required. Concentration levels will be as prescribed by Cal/OSHA.

C. Power: The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, all necessary power required for the sand blasting and painting operations under the contract.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 11 of 13
D. Contractor shall provide Health Department approved sanitary facilities for all Contractor personnel, as no existing facilities will be available to the Contractor. Facilities shall be maintained during the project to complete standards established by Owner and shall be removed prior to Contractor’s departure from the site at completion of the project.

1.9 DEHUMIDIFICATION
A. Scope: If dehumidification is required by the Owner’s alternate Bid Item or the Contractor elects to use dehumidification at their own expense, the interior of the tank shall be dehumidified continuously, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, during the cleaning and coating operations including shifts during which no work is being accomplished and also during the final curing period, unless fewer hours or days are approved in writing by the Engineer.

1. The purpose of dehumidifying the interior of the tank during the cleaning and coating operations and during the final cure period is to nullify the adverse effects of cold and/or wet atmospheric conditions. Additionally, the dehumidification equipment will provide the necessary ventilation for the removal of solvent vapors during the coating and final cure phases.

2. Dust collectors and/or separators using approved filters are required. The contractor shall, at all times, maintain the concentration of solvent vapors in all parts of the structure 10% below the lower explosive limit (LEL).

3. Dehumidification may or may not be required and will be per the Owner’s direction.

If required, it will be per the rate listed in the bid. All bids will be tabulated with dehumidification included.

4. Cost for mobilization/demobilization for dehumidification equipment must be figured into the unit price of the bid item.

5. Any weeks of dehumidification in addition to the number listed in the bid schedule will be at the unit price noted in the bid schedule.

6. The Contractor shall, at all times, maintain the concentration of solvent vapors in all parts of the structure 10% below the lower explosive limit (LEL).

B. Dehumidification equipment systems must be reviewed by the Engineer.

1. The exhaust blower for removal of dust, etc. from the interior containment shall exhaust into an Engineer-reviewed structure that precludes the exhausting of leadladen paint chips or particulate matter onto the site or into the atmosphere.

C. Final Cure: Final cure of coating is specified in Section 09 97 14 Subsection 3.11 FINAL CURING OF EPOXY COATINGS.

D. General:

1. The structure shall be continuously dehumidified 24 hours per day, during blasting, coating, between coats of coating, and during the final cure period, unless fewer hours or days are approved in writing by the Engineer.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 12 of 13

2. The Contractor shall maintain the dehumidification system at all times, including final cure period, and shall remove the ventilation and dehumidification system upon completion of the final cure period.

3. The Contractor shall make modifications to the dehumidification system as directed by the Engineer to ensure a safe working environment, complete removal of all solvent vapors, and maintenance of the proper relative humidity at the concrete and steel surfaces.

4. Ducting shall be airtight and reinforced with spirally-wound wire to prevent collapse. The Contractor shall furnish and install an appropriate airtight connecting device between the duct and designated opening. All bends in ductwork shall have a minimum radius of 2 x ID of the ducting (i.e., 18" ID = 36" minimum radius).

5. The Contractor shall design and submit for review a dehumidification and ventilation plan. If lead coating or paint is being removed, the ventilation plan shall provide for a minimum cross-draft velocity of 100 feet per minute in the vicinity of the work area. The cross-draft velocities may be obtained with use of a portable blower or fans. If lead coating or paint is being removed, air filtration is required with HEPA PM-10 filters.

6. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain three (3) 3,000 cubic foot per minute circulation fans inside the structure, or as modified by the Engineer.

7. The circulation fans may be moved as necessary but shall be placed in dead air space areas and directed toward the designated opening at all times.

8. The Contractor shall seal all structure openings, to prevent the entry of moist air detrimental to the blasting, coating, or curing process. An approved air lock entry shall be provided for ingress to and egress from the structure.

9. The area adjacent to the surface that is to be blasted and coated shall not be exposed to a relative humidity over thirty-five percent (35%) at any time during blasting, cleaning, and coating operations.

E. Equipment:

1. The dehumidification equipment shall be a solid desiccant (not liquid, granular or loose lithium chloride) design having a single rotary desiccant bed capable of continuous operation, fully automatic, with drip-proof automatic electrical controller.

2. Dehumidification equipment operated on the structure must be capable of making two complete air changes every sixty minutes unless the 100 feet per minute cross-draft velocity requirement requires a larger volume.

3. The processed air from the dehumidification unit must maintain a relative humidity of eleven percent (11%) or less.

4. During the coating and cure phase, dehumidification units must have auxiliary HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK 13 of 13
heaters capable of maintaining an air temperature inside the tank of a minimum of 70 degrees F.

5. Air heaters are not acceptable as substitutes for dehumidification units.

6. Air chillers, heaters, or air conditioners may be used downstream of the dehumidifiers if they are approved for use by the manufacturer of the dehumidification equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
A. PRE-BID CONFERENCE

1. A mandatory Pre-Bid Conference for the project will be conducted by the Engineer at Owner offices and site as noted in the Notice of Inviting Bids. The object of the Pre-Bid Conference is to acquaint bidders with existing facility and sites. The conditions and requirements of the plans and specifications shall govern over any information presented at the Pre-Bid Conference, unless amended in writing by the Engineer. All bidders must attend the Pre-Bid Conference to have their bid accepted by the Owner.

B. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

1. A Pre-Construction Conference shall be scheduled prior to start of project. The Owner, Contractor and Engineer shall be present. The sequence of work will be discussed and will be mutually agreed upon to ensure that the work is accomplished and completed as stated in the Contract, and to allow for inspection and operations flexibility by Owner. A schedule of work to be accomplished and a list of labor, material and equipment rates for additional work will be established and maintained throughout the project. Contractor shall furnish resumes of all personnel assigned to project, and a complete set of approved submittal data for use by inspection personnel. Contractor shall have a designated representative for all projects.

2. The Contractor shall submit electronic copies in pdf format of manufacturer’s literature and Safety Data Sheets (SDS) on all materials to be used in coating and painting operations including, but not limited to, coatings, paints, thinners, solvents and cleaning fluids. No materials will be allowed which have been stored over 60 days, or manufacturer’s recommended shelf life, whichever is less. Contractor shall maintain copies of SDS at job site at all times. Copies of all invoices showing purchased dates and delivery for all material mentioned above will be required.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 11 05 – CONTRACT TIME 1 of 1
SECTION 01 11 05

CONTRACT TIME

1.0 COMPLETION SCHEDULE

1.01 BASE BID
The Contractor will have 140 calendar days from Notice to Proceed (NTP) to complete the entire Project.

1.02 ADDITIVE ALTERNATIVES
If Alternative Item No. 22 Foundation and Anchor Bolts and Item No. 23 Below Grade Exterior Paint are included in the Contract, an additional 60 calendar days will be allowed, but only for work directly related to the foundation, anchor bolts, and below grade exterior painting. The Base Bid work must still be completed within 140 working days.

1.03 All other ADDITIVE ALTERNATIVES
No additional days will be added for any other alternative work.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 20 00 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1 of 5 SECTION 01 20 00

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

1.0 GENERAL
A. LUMP SUM PAYMENT ITEMS:

Payment items for the work of this contract for which contract lump sum payments will be made are listed in the Bid Schedule and described below. All costs for items of work, which are not specifically mentioned to be included in a particular lump sum or unit price payment item, shall be included in the listed lump sum item most closely associated with the work involved. The lump sum price and payment made for each item listed shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment, and performing any associated Contractor quality control, environmental protection, meeting safety requirements, tests and reports, and for performing all work required for which separate payment is not otherwise provided.

B. UNIT PRICE PAYMENT ITEMS:

Payment items for the work of this contract on which the contract unit price payments will be made are listed in the Bid Schedule and described below. The unit price and payment made for each item listed shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing any Contractor quality control, environmental protection, safety requirements, tests, and reports, and for performing all work required for each of the unit price items.

2.0 BID ITEMS

BASE BID

1. Mobilization (Bid Item No. 1):

Mobilization is as described in Section 9-1.16D, “Mobilization” of the Standard Specifications. Mobilization will be paid on a lump sum basis in accordance with Public Contract Code as follows provided that total mobilization cost does not exceed 10 percent of the total bid: 50 percent when 5 percent of the project is earned. 75 percent when 10 percent is earned. 95 percent when 20 percent is earned. 100 percent when 50 percent is earned. Where mobilization exceeds 10 percent of the contract, see Public Contract Code.

2. Water Pollution Prevention (Bid Item No. 2):

This item includes all additional work necessary for water pollution prevention related to the work covered under this item in accordance with Specification Section 01 57 23. This lump sum item will be paid based on the percent of the project earned, rounded down to the nearest 10 percent, until 90 percent is earned. The final 10 percent will be paid with the final payment.

3. Interior Coating (Bid Item No. 3):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 20 00 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 2 of 5 and equipment to prepare all interior surfaces to SSPC-SP10 and coat interior with epoxy coatings, in accordance with the specifications.

Payment shall be at the lump sum bid price.

4. Disinfection (Bid Item No. 4):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to wash down and disinfect the interior of the tank, in accordance with the specifications.

Payment shall be at the lump sum bid price

5. Exterior Paint (Bid Item No. 5):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to prepare all exterior surfaces and appurtenances and paint the exterior surfaces and appurtenances with an epoxy/urethane paint system, including painting the 12" portion below grade with 100% solids epoxy, in accordance with the specifications.

Payment shall be at the lump sum bid price.

6. Interior Caulking (Bid Item No. 6):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to caulk all designated voids including, but not limited to, column bases, bolt holes, and roof lap joints on the interior surfaces.

Payment shall be at the lump sum bid price.

7. Lateral Bracing (Bid Item No. 7):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to install 3 ½" x 3 ½" x ¼" lateral bracing at the midspan of the rafters, in accordance with the plans.

Payment shall be at the lump sum bid price.

8. Pipe Flexible Expansion Connection (Bid Item No. 8):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to remove and dispose of designated inlet/outlet piping to elbow below grade and install a double ball force balanced flexible expansion connection on the 12" diameter piping, including all piping, nozzle, flanges, and fittings, and tiein to existing pipe, adjustable pipe supports, two 7/8" diameter steel rods with threaded ends, in accordance with the plans.

Payment shall be at the lump sum bid price.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 20 00 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 3 of 5

9. 36" Dia. Manholes (Bid Item No. 9):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to remove and dispose of existing 24" diameter manholes, furnishing and installing insert plates, and furnishing and installing two (2) new 36" diameter manholes, in accordance with the plans and specifications.

Payment shall be at the each bid price.

10. Interior Ladders and Platforms (Bid Item No. 10):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to install new fiberglass ladders and platforms at the new manholes, in accordance with the plans and specifications.

Payment shall be at the each bid price.

11. Cathodic Protection System (Bid Item No. 11):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to install a new galvanic cathodic protection system, in accordance with the specifications and plans.

Payment shall be at the lump sum bid price.

12. Vent Screens, Fall Restraint System, and Ladder Safety Systems (Bid Item No. 12):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to remove existing vent aluminum screening and hardware, fall restraint system, and ladder safety systems prior to coating and painting, store onsite, and reinstall after completion of all coating and painting, including new hardware, aluminum straps, stainless steel cables, and nuts and bolts as needed, in accordance with the specifications.

Payment shall be at the lump sum bid price.

ADDITIVE ALTERNATIVES

13. Dehumidification (Bid Item No. 13):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to provide dehumidification for all interior coating work, including curing of coatings, in accordance with the specifications. Sound barriers shall be provided as required by the Owner.

Payment shall be at the unit bid price per week for the dehumidification system.

14. Pitted Areas (Bid Item No. 14):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to fill pits or weld plates over pitted areas or excessively corroded HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 20 00 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4 of 5 areas.

Payment shall be at the crew hour bid price.

15. Grinding (Bid Item No. 15):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to grind smooth sharp edges of the rafters and structural members.

Payment shall be at the crew hour bid price.

16. Inspection Blast (Bid Item No. 16):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to abrasively blast clean severely corroded surfaces, as determined necessary by the Engineer, to perform spot inspection to determine if structural repair is required.

Payment shall be at the crew hour bid price.

17. Patch Plates (Bid Item No. 17):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to seal weld ¼" thick patch plates over holes in the exterior roof, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

Payment shall be at the square foot bid price.

18. Straighten Rafters (Bid Item No. 18):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to straighten the existing rafters, in accordance with the specifications, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

Payment shall be at the each bid price.

19. Rafter Full Length Replacement (Bid Item No. 19):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to replace severely corroded full length interior rafters with new rafters in like-kind, including gusset plates, nuts and bolts, and coating tops of rafters, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

Payment shall be at the each bid price.

20. Rafter 3-Foot Section Replacement (Bid Item No. 20):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to remove existing severely corroded 3-foot section of rafters at the center support plate and replace with new rafters in like-kind, including gusset plates, nuts and bolts, and coating tops of rafters, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 20 00 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 5 of 5 Payment shall be at the each bid price.

21. Overflow Pipe (Bid Item No. 21):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to remove existing 8" overflow pipe, brackets, and weir and furnish and install new pipe and brackets in like-kind and reinstall the existing weir, as determined necessary by the Engineer.

Payment shall be at the lump sum bid price.

22. Foundation and Anchor Bolts (Bid Item No. 22):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to install a new 3-foot 4-inch wide by 3-foot deep foundation, anchor bolts, and chairs under the existing tank, including excavation, removal of existing 12" thick slab, temporary supports, backfilling, and shoring, in accordance with the plans.

Payment shall be at the lump sum bid price.

23. Below Grade Exterior Paint (Bid Item No. 23):

Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to prepare below grade surfaces including anchor bolts, chairs, appurtenances, and piping to SSPC-SP10 and paint below grade exterior surfaces with 100% solids epoxy, in accordance with the specifications.

Payment shall be at the lump sum bid price.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 33 00 – SUBMITTALS 1 of 4
SECTION 01 33 00

SUBMITTALS

1.0 GENERAL
Submittals covered by these requirements include manufacturer’s information, shop drawings, test procedures, test results, samples, requests for substitutions, and miscellaneous workrelated submittals. Submittals shall also include, but not be limited to, mechanical, electrical and electronic equipment and systems, materials, reinforcing steel, fabricated items, and piping and conduit details. The Construction Superintendent shall furnish all drawings, specifications, descriptive data, certificates, samples, tests, methods, schedules, and manufacturer's installation and other instructions as specifically required in the contract documents to demonstrate fully that the materials and equipment to be furnished and the methods of work comply with the provisions and intent of the contract documents.

The Contractor and his designees will be set up as users in the City’s Virtual Project Manager (VPM). VPM is a cloud-based system that will be used to process all payments, RFI’s, submittal, reports, and will act as a file for all other project documents. If a Contractor is unable to scan documents or provide digital submittals, the City will digitize, and upload documents required as part of this Contract at Contractor’s expense. These expenses will be billed to the Contractor monthly.

2.0 CONSTRUCTION SUPERINTENDENT'S RESPONSIBILITIES
The Construction Superintendent shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in each submittal and shall assure that the material, equipment, or method of work shall be as described in the submittal. The Construction Superintendent shall verify that all features of all products conform to the specified requirements. Submittal documents shall be clearly edited to indicate only those items, models, or series of equipment, which are being submitted for review. All extraneous materials shall be crossed out or otherwise obliterated. The Construction Superintendent shall ensure that there is no conflict with other submittals and notify the Engineer in each case where his submittal may affect the work of another contractor. The Construction Superintendent shall coordinate submittals among his subcontractors and suppliers including those submittals complying with unit responsibility requirements and applicable technical sections.

The Construction Superintendent should coordinate submittals with the work so that work will not be delayed. He should coordinate and schedule different categories of submittals, so that one will not be delayed for lack of coordination with another.

The Construction Superintendent should not proceed with work related to a submittal until the submittal process is complete. This requires that submittals for review and comment shall be returned to the Construction Superintendent stamped "No Exceptions Taken" or "Make Corrections Noted." The Construction Superintendent shall certify on each submittal document that he has reviewed the submittal, verified field conditions, and complied with the contract documents.

3.0 CATEGORIES OF SUBMITTALS
A. GENERAL:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 33 00 – SUBMITTALS 2 of 4
Submittals fall into two general categories; submittals for review and comment, and submittals which are primarily for information only. Submittals which are for information only are generally specified as PRODUCT DATA in Part 2 of applicable specification sections.

B. SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT:

All submittals except where specified to be submitted as product data for information only shall be submitted by the Construction Superintendent to the Engineer for review and comment.

C. SUBMITTALS (PRODUCT DATA) FOR INFORMATION ONLY:

Where specified, the Construction Superintendent shall furnish submittals (product data) to the Engineer for Information only. If required, submittal requirements for operation and maintenance manuals, which are included in this category, are specified elsewhere.

4.0 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE
A. GENERAL:

Contractor must use VPM for submittal. If Contractor is unwilling or unable to use VPM, then follow the following procedure. City will charge Contractor for digitization and uploading of all paper submittals.

Unless otherwise specified, submittals regarding material and equipment shall be accompanied by Transmittal Form 01300-A specified in Section 00 62 00. A separate form shall be used for each specific item, class of material, equipment, and items specified in separate, discrete sections, for which the submittal is required. Submittal documents common to more than one piece of equipment shall be identified with all the appropriate equipment numbers. Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or package as a whole.

A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form accompanying each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the following format:
"XXX"; where "XXX" is the sequential number assigned by the Construction Superintendent.

Resubmittals shall have the following format: "XXX-Y"; where "XXX" is the originally assigned submittal number and "Y" is a sequential letter assigned for resubmittals, i.e., A, B, or C being the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd resubmittals, respectively. Submittal 25B, for example, is the second resubmittal of submittal 25.

B. DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT:

Utilize VPM for this process.

If the Construction Superintendent proposes to provide material, equipment, or method of work which deviates from the project manual, he shall indicate so under "deviations" on the transmittal form accompanying the submittal copies.

C. SUBMITTAL COMPLETENESS:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 33 00 – SUBMITTALS 3 of 4
Submittals which do not have all the information required to be submitted, including deviations, are not acceptable and will be returned without review.

5.0 REVIEW PROCEDURE
A. GENERAL:

Submittals are specified for those features and characteristics of materials, equipment, and methods of operation which can be selected based on the Construction Superintendent's judgment of their conformance to the specified requirements. Other features and characteristics are specified in a manner which enables the Construction Superintendent to determine acceptable options without submittals. The review procedure is based on the Construction Superintendent's guarantee that all features and characteristics not requiring submittals conform as specified. Review shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or to verifying quantities, dimensions, weights or gages, or fabrication processes (except where specifically indicated or required by the project manual) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. Review of a separate item, as such, will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.

When the contract documents require a submittal, the Construction Superintendent shall submit using VPM. Upon Construction Manager’s or Owner’s request, the Contractor shall provide:

1. Four (4) copies of all submitted information plus one reproducible original of all information shall be transmitted with submittals for review and comment.

2. Unless otherwise specified, 2 copies of all submitted information shall be transmitted with submittals (Product Data) for information only.

B. SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT:

Comments will normally be returned through VPM. If VPM is not able to be used for whatever reason, then the following procedure will apply.

Unless otherwise specified, within 20 calendar days after receipt of a submittal for review and comment, the Engineer shall review the submittal and return 2 copies of the marked-up reproducible original noted in 1 above. The reproducible original will be retained by the Engineer. The returned submittal shall indicate one of the following actions:

1. If the review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method complies with the project manual, submittal copies will be marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN." In this event, the Construction Superintendent may begin to implement the work method or incorporate the material or equipment covered by the submittal.

2. If the review indicates limited corrections are required, copies will be marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." The Construction Superintendent may begin implementing the work method or incorporating the material and equipment covered by the submittal in accordance with the noted corrections.

Where submittal information will be incorporated in O&M data, a corrected copy shall be provided.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 33 00 – SUBMITTALS 4 of 4

3. If the review reveals that the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data, copies will be marked "AMEND AND RESUBMIT." Except at his own risk, the Construction Superintendent shall not undertake work covered by this submittal until it has been revised, resubmitted, and returned marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED."

4. If the review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method does not comply with the project manual, copies of the submittal will be marked "REJECTED - SEE REMARKS." Submittals with deviations which have not been identified clearly may be rejected. Except at his own risk, the Construction Superintendent shall not undertake the work covered by such submittals until a new submittal is made and returned marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED."
C. SUBMITTALS (PRODUCT DATA) FOR INFORMATION ONLY:

Such information is not subject to submittal review procedures and shall be provided as part of the work under this contract and its acceptability determined under normal inspection procedures.

6.0 EFFECT OF REVIEW OF CONSTRUCTION SUPERINTENDENT'S SUBMITTALS Review of contract drawings, methods of work, or information regarding materials or equipment the Construction Superintendent proposes to provide, shall not relieve the Construction Superintendent of his responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by the Engineer, or by any officer or employee thereof, and the Construction Superintendent shall have no claim under the contract on account of the failure, or partial failure, of the method of work, material, or equipment so reviewed. A mark of "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" shall mean that the Engineer has no objection to the Construction Superintendent, upon his own responsibility, using the plan or method of work proposed, or providing the materials or equipment proposed.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 00 – QUALITY CONTROL 1 of 7
SECTION 01 45 00

QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality control services, field inspections, and field testing of civil and structural constructs required for this project.

1.02 DEFINITIONS
Quality Control System (QCS): The quality control, assurance, and inspection system established and carried out to ensure compliance with the Plans and Specifications.

Factory Test: Tests made on various materials, products and component parts prior to shipment to the job site.

Field Tests: Tests and analyses made at or in the vicinity of the job site in connection with the actual construction.

Certified Inspection Report: Reports signed by approved inspectors attesting that the items inspected meet the specification requirements other than any exceptions included in the report
Certificate of Compliance: Certificate from the manufacturer of the material or equipment identifying said manufacturer, product and referenced standard, and shall be signed by a designated officer of the manufacturer.

Standard Compliance: Condition whereby specified materials or equipment must conform to the standards of organizations such as the American National Standard Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or similar organization.

Quality Assurance: The day-to-day, in-process supervisory observations of work and materials conducted by the Contractor to assure that the proper methods and materials are being used and installed by tradesmen.

Source Quality Control: The in-process testing and inspections conducted by the Inspector(s) to verify that the materials, equipment, workmanship and shop manufactured constructs are in compliance with the Contract Documents, applicable Codes and standards.

Field Quality Control: The testing and inspections conducted by the Inspector(s) in the field during and at the completion of each construct to verify that the in-process and completed construction is in compliance with the Contract Documents, applicable Codes and standards.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 00 – QUALITY CONTROL 2 of 7
Inspector/Certifier: Designated and paid for by the Owner.

Building Official/Building Inspector: As defined by the IBC and California Code of Regulations Title 24. The Owner has retained the services of the Project Designers to perform that role on this project.

1.03 REFERENCES
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization, or if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued, or replaced.

Reference Title
ASTM C102 Practice for Laboratories Engaged in the Testing of Building Sealants.

ASTM C802 Practice for Conducting an Inter-Laboratory Test Program to Determine the Precision of Test Methods for Construction.

ASTM D3740 Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction.

ASTM D4561 Practice for Quality Control Systems for an Inspection and testing Agency for Bituminous Paving Materials.

ASTM E329 Practice for Use in the Evaluation of Inspection and Testing Agencies as Used in Construction.

IBC 2016 California Building Code

1.04 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
Contractor’s responsibilities shall be as follows:

1. Monitor quality assurance over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality.

2. Coordinate with, schedule specified inspections by, and provide normal and customary assistance to the Inspectors.

3. Comply fully with manufacturers’ instructions, including each step in sequence.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 00 – QUALITY CONTROL 3 of 7

4. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.

5. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.

6. Notify Inspector with 48-hour notice to observe all construction elements related to the project, regardless of trade, prior to covering. No work elements shall be covered prior to written acceptance by the Inspector. If so, the work shall be exposed and recovered by and at the sole expense of the Contractor.

7. To demonstrate his compliance with the contract requirements, the Contractor must assist the Inspector in his performance of inspection work. The Contractor must grant the Inspector access to the work and to the site of the work, and to the places where work is being prepared, or whence materials, equipment or machinery are being obtained for the work. The Contractor must provide information requested by the Inspector in connection with inspection work.

If the contract documents, laws, ordinances, or any public regulatory authority require parts of the work to be specially inspected, tested or approved, the Contractor will give the Owner adequate prior written notice of the availability of the subject work for examination.

If parts of the work are covered in contravention of the Owner's directive, the cost of exposing the work for inspection and closing must be borne by the Contractor regardless of whether or not the work is found to be in compliance with the contract.

If any work is covered in the absence of the Owner’s directive to the contrary, the Contractor must, if directed to do so by the Owner, uncover, expose or otherwise make available for inspection, portions of covered work. If it is found that such work is defective, the Contractor must bear the expense of uncovering and reconstructing.

1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

1. GENERAL:

Comply with all Federal, State, and local Codes as referenced herein. Such regulations apply to activities including, but not limited to, sitework and zoning, building practices and quality, on and offsite disposal, safety, sanitation, nuisance, and environmental quality.

2. SPECIAL INSPECTION:

Special Inspection shall be performed by the Special Inspector under contract with the Owner in conformance with the IBC. Special Inspection is in addition to, but not replacing, other inspections and quality control requirements herein. Where sampling and testing required herein conforms to Special Inspection standards, such sampling and testing need not be duplicated.

3. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 00 – QUALITY CONTROL 4 of 7
Engineer shall make visual inspections of the work to assess general conformance with the Contract Documents at significant construction stages and at completion of the structural system.

The following structural milestones shall be considered significant construction stages:
(NONE)
a. FIELD SAMPLE PROCEDURES
When field samples are specified in a unit of work, construct each field sample to include work of all trades required to complete the field sample prior to starting related field work. Field samples may be incorporated into the project after acceptance by Construction Manager.

Remove unacceptable field samples when directed by Construction Manager. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the work.
b. CONTRACTOR DESIGNED STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS

1. DESIGN ENGINEERING:

Contractor shall employ and pay for engineering services from a Professional Engineer registered in the State of California for structural design of Contractor designed structural systems including but not limited to temporary shoring and bracing, formwork support, and support systems for fire protection, plumbing, mechanical, and electrical systems and equipment.

2. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS OF CONTRACTOR DESIGNED STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS:

Contractor shall pay for preliminary testing of concrete, grout, and mortar mix designs where required by Code or the submittal process prior to start of such work. Contractor shall pay for required shop and site inspection of Contractor designed structural systems where required by Code or these specifications, to the extent such testing and inspection exceeds that required for the structural system on the drawings and in these specifications. c. MANUFACTURERS’ FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS
When specified in individual specification Sections, product suppliers or manufacturers shall provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to provide instructions when necessary. Contractor shall submit qualifications of observer to Construction Manager 30 days in advance of required observations. Inspector shall record observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers’ written instructions. d. JOB SITE CONDITIONS
Schedule to ensure all preparatory work has been accomplished prior to proceeding with current work. Proceeding with the work constitutes acceptance of conditions. Allow adequate time for materials susceptible to temperature and humidity to “stabilize” prior to installation.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 00 – QUALITY CONTROL 5 of 7
e. SUBMITTALS
The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01 33 00:

A. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.

Check marks () shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.

If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation.

The Construction Manager shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the markedup specification sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration.

B. Written description of Contractor’s proposed QCS plan in sufficient detail to illustrate understanding and approach. The QCS plan and submittal shall include a log showing anticipated inspections, Special Inspections, and source and field Quality Assurance procedures. Preliminary submittal of the QCS plan may be made prior to commencing field work. The preliminary submittal will illustrate the project’s initial three (3) month’s work and be followed one month later by a final QCS plan submittal.

C. Contractor’s proposed QCS Supervisor, qualifications, and if requested, references.

D. Preliminary structural observation set as described in paragraph 1.05 C.

E. Complete structural system information describing Contractor designed structural systems, including sealed calculations, shop and erection drawings, product literature for the various components, ICBO Evaluation Reports for structural components, and a discussion of risk issues associated with the proposed system which could adversely impact overall project completion.

F. If requested by the Construction Manager during the work, manufacturer’s field services and reports. If not so requested, treat same as Product Data.

PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

2.01.1.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 00 – QUALITY CONTROL 6 of 7
Provide source quality control according to the reviewed and accepted QCS plan and paragraph 1.04 herein. Coordinate with Construction Manager to facilitate the work of the Testing Laboratory specified in Section 01 45 29 and Special Inspector. Provide ready access to sampling and inspection locations and incidental labor customary in such sampling and inspections. Timely prepare and submit submittals and revise as indicated by review comments. Comply with technical requirements in each specification Section that applies to the work.

2.01.1.2 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER RESPONSIBILITIES:

Review Contractor’s tracking of QCS activities at monthly meetings. Facilitate completion of submittal review per Section 01 33 00. Assist Contractor to ensure that Special Inspection occurs where and when specified.

2.01.1.3 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

Acceptable characteristics and quality of a particular item or construct is defined in that item’s or construct’s specification Section.

2.02 PRODUCT DATA
The following product data shall be provided in accordance with Section 01 33 00.

1. Manufacturers’ field services and reports unless requested by Construction Manager to be submitted for review.

2. Special Inspection reports, unless otherwise directed in each technical specification Section.

PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Field quality control responsibilities of the Contractor and Construction Manager are substantially the same as described in paragraph 2.01, with the exception that this work occurs primarily on the jobsite as the work progresses, and Special Inspection will occur more often than at the source.

Acceptable characteristics and quality of a particular item or construct is defined in that item’s or construct’s specification section.
a. REGULATORY COMPLIANCE – SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
The following types of work require Special Inspection according to Chapter 17 of the IBC and each system’s specification section:

A. Structure fill.

B. Structural concrete and reinforcing.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 00 – QUALITY CONTROL 7 of 7
C. Anchor bolts and post-installed anchor systems.

D. Structural steel and aluminum including connections.

Section 01 45 29 describes Testing Laboratory sampling, testing and reporting, much of which is conforming to Special Inspection requirements, and need not be replicated.

Contractor designed structural systems are subject to the same Special Inspection requirements as all other work.

3.03 CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK
Remove and replace defective, rejected, and condemned work at Contractor’s expense until such work meets the requirements of Contract Documents. Costs for Inspection of corrected work shall be paid by the Contractor.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 29 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1 of 11 SECTION 01 45 29

TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
This Section specifies Quality Control testing and reporting performed by the Testing Laboratory. Construction Manager shall select a qualified Testing Laboratory and contract for the services specified herein, except as specifically noted where Contractor may elect to utilize Testing Laboratory to fulfill submittal requirements. Such an arrangement does not relieve the Contractor from their responsibility to provide the completed project as specified, and to perform Quality Assurance according to the QCS as reviewed and accepted.

1.02 REFERENCES
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued, or replaced.

Reference Title
AASHTO T-27 Standard Method of Test for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate
ACI 214 Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete ASTM A880 Criteria for Use in Evaluation of Testing Laboratories and Organizations for Examination and Inspection of Steel, Stainless Steel, and Related Alloys
ASTM C29 Standard Test Method for Bulk Density (“Unit Weight”) and Voids in Aggregate
ASTM C31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C42 Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete ASTM C127 Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 29 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 2 of 11 Reference Title
ASTM C136 Standard Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM
C143/C143M
Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete
ASTM C172 Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete
ASTM C802 Conducting an Inter-laboratory Test Program to Determine the Precision of Test Methods for Construction Materials
ASTM C1021 Laboratories Engaged in the Testing of Building Sealants ASTM Cl077 Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation
ASTM D75 Sampling Aggregates
ASTM D1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and SoilAggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb (4.5-kg) Rammer and 18-in. (457-mm) Drop
ASTM D2419 Standard Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate
ASTM D2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes ASTM D3017 Test Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
ASTM D3441 Standard Test Method for Mechanical cone Penetration Tests of Soil ASTM D3666 Specification for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials
ASTM D3740 Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction
ASTM D4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM D4561 Quality Control Systems for Organizations Producing and Applying Bituminous Paving Materials
ASTM D4832 Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders
ASTM E4 Force Verification of Testing Machines
ASTM E329 Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction
ASTM E543 Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing
ASTM E994 Calibration and Testing Laboratory Accreditation Systems General Requirements for Operation and Recognition
IBC 2013 California Building Code

1.03 TESTING LABORATORY QUALIFICATIONS
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 29 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 3 of 11 Testing Laboratory shall satisfy the following qualifications:

1. Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification, published by American Council of Independent Laboratories.

2. Conform to the requirements of ASTM E329 in particular, and other reference standards as generally pertain to this project.

3. Authorized to operate in the State of California, with personnel and equipment based sufficiently close to the project to allow short-notice site access for sampling and testing.

4. Acceptable to Owner, Construction Manager, and local building authorities.

1.04 TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES
Testing Laboratory shall provide qualified personnel at the site and cooperate with Construction Manager and Contractor in performance of the following services:

1. Perform specified independent inspection, sampling, and testing of products in accordance with specified standards, to determine compliance with requirements of Contract Documents.

2. Provide sampling equipment and personnel, deliver samples to the testing laboratory, record field measurements, and cure samples as required by Contract Documents.

3. Perform Building Department required tests and inspections, including Special Inspection as specified in Section 01 45 00.

4. Timely prepare and deliver reports summarizing results of tests and inspections.

5. Attend pre-construction conferences and, if requested, a limited number of progress meetings where Quality Control, testing, and inspection issues require discussion.

6. When directed by the Construction Manager or requested by the Contractor, provide special and additional tests and inspections to verify material compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. a. Construction Manager shall pay for special tests and inspections where work conforms to the Contract Document requirements. b. Contractor shall pay for additional tests and inspections where work fails to comply with Contract Document requirements (reinspection) and for costs associated with cancelled or short-notice re-scheduling of requested sampling, testing, and inspection.

Testing Laboratory work requested by Contractor to fulfill submittal requirements shall also be considered additional tests.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 29 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 4 of 11

1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
Contractor shall deliver adequate samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing to the Testing Laboratory. Contractor shall cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel and provide access to the work and to manufacturer’s facilities. Contractor shall provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples.

Contractor shall notify Testing Laboratory and Construction Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection, sampling, and testing services.

1.06 TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS
A. REPORT CONTENTS:

At a minimum, Test and Inspection Reports shall include the following:

1. Project name and date of report.

2. Testing Laboratory name, address, telephone number, name of laboratory field sampling personnel, lab testing personnel, or QCS Inspector as applicable.

3. Date, time, and location of sampling, testing, and inspecting.

4. Ambient temperature and weather conditions at the site or shop and curing conditions of samples.

5. Product identification and referenced specification Section number.

6. Type of sample, test, and inspection and industry standard for sampling and testing.

7. Results of sample, test, and inspection.

8. Evaluation of compliance with requirements in Contract Documents.

9. Certified Inspection Reports shall specifically indicate the qualification of the inspector to render judgment and certify said inspection.

10. When requested by Construction Manager, interpretation of test results.

B. DISTRIBUTION OF TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS:

Test and Inspection reports shall be submitted to the Construction Manager for distribution as Product Data described in Section 01 33 00, unless technical specification sections require submittal for review. Test reports shall be submitted not more than two days after completion of required tests. Inspection reports shall be submitted immediately if deficiencies or significant HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 29 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 5 of 11 irregularities are noted, and in no case less than two working days after said inspection. Provide six (6) copies of all reports.

1.07 SUBMITTALS
The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01 33 00:

1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.

Check marks () shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.

2. Documentation of conformance with Testing Laboratory Qualifications as specified in paragraph 01 45 29-1.03 herein.

3. Form A described in paragraph 01 45 29-3.03 herein, by both Testing Laboratory and Contractor.

4. Final laboratory report as described in paragraph 01 45 29-3.04.

1.08 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
Testing Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. Testing Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the work, nor assume any duties of Contractor. Testing Laboratory has no authority to stop the work.

PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. GENERAL:

Source quality control is defined in Section 01 45 00. This Section provides general guidelines as to the sampling, tests, and inspections required of products and manufactures prior to delivery to the project site and should be considered a minimum. Additional information and requirements are provided in each technical specification Section and those requirements shall control over this Section when in conflict. Absence of a test, inspection or requirement listed HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 29 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 6 of 11 herein from a subsequent specification Section does not relieve the Testing Laboratory or the Contractor from their respective responsibilities specified in this Section.

B. REFERENCE STANDARDS IN OTHER SECTIONS:

Codes, standards, and other references called out below, but which are not listed in paragraph 1.02 are described in other specification Sections and not repeated herein.

C. FILL MATERIALS:

1. IMPORTED FILL MATERIALS: Testing Laboratory may conduct additional testing on behalf of Contractor to prepare required submittals specified in Section 31 23 33. Tests shall conform to the following for both Source and Field Quality Control:

Test Standard Procedure
Moisture content ASTM D3017
Gradation ASTM C136
Density in-place ASTM D1556
Moisture-density relationships ASTM D1557
Liquid Limit, Plasticity Index ASTM D4318

2. TYPE C FILL MATERIAL: Testing Laboratory shall conduct required testing to verify on-site materials proposed for fill conforms to specification Section 31 23 33. Contractor shall pay Testing Laboratory for such sampling and testing. Sampling and testing shall Classify Soil according to ASTM D2487 including Liquid Limit, Plasticity Index, and determine optimum moisture content and density relationship, and other data as required for proper use of this material.

D. PAVING MATERIALS:

Provide sampling and testing requested by Construction Manager or additional testing as requested by Contractor to verify materials proposed for use conform to specification.

E. CONCRETE REINFORCING:

Provide sampling and testing requested by Construction Manager or additional testing as requested by Contractor to verify materials proposed for use conform to specification Section 03 30 00.

F. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE:

1. GENERAL: Field sampling and testing shall be performed by the testing laboratory specified in paragraph 01 45 29-1.01 A. Samples shall be taken at random locations and at such times to represent the quality of the materials and work throughout the project. The laboratory shall provide the necessary labor, materials and facilities for sampling. Aggregates shall be sampled not less than 30 days prior to the use of such aggregates in the work. At Contractor’s expense, Testing Laboratory may assist Contractor in formulating concrete mix designs, testing and reporting same, HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 29 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 7 of 11 and providing the services of a Professional Engineer to review and seal the mix design.

2. AGGREGATES: Samples shall be taken at the discharge gates of the bins feeding the weigh hopper. The Contractor shall provide safe and suitable facilities for obtaining samples. Testing shall confirm continuing conformance with specifications for gradation, cleanliness and sand equivalent. A maximum of one test per day of each aggregate is required.

Sampling shall be repeated when the source of material is changed or when unacceptable deficiencies or variations from the specified requirements of materials are found in testing. The full test program is required before source changes will be accepted. Aggregate samples shall be tagged and their sources identified.

3. COARSE AGGREGATE: A sample weighing between 50 and 60 pounds shall be taken after the batch plant is brought up to full operation conforming to ASTM D75. Sample and test coarse aggregate each 400 cubic yards of concrete. The samples shall be taken so that a uniform cross section, accurately representing the materials on the belt or in the bins, is obtained.

4. FINE AGGREGATE: Samples shall be taken as specified for coarse aggregate. Sample and test fine aggregate each 200 cubic yards of concrete. The samples shall be taken for sieve analysis of fine aggregate and specific gravity tests. Samples of sand shall be taken when the sand is moist.

PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. GENERAL:

Field quality control is defined in Section 01 45 00. This Section provides general guidelines as to the sampling, tests, and inspections required of work in progress or completed in the field and should be considered a minimum. Additional information and requirements are provided in each technical specification Section and those requirements shall control over this Section when in conflict. Absence of a test, inspection or requirement listed herein from a subsequent specification Section does not relieve the Testing Laboratory or the Contractor from their respective responsibilities specified in this Section.

B. REFERENCE STANDARDS IN OTHER SECTIONS:

Codes, standards, and other references called out below, but which are not listed in paragraph 1.02 are described in other specification Sections and not repeated herein.

C. EARTHWORK AND FILL:

5. GENERAL: The Construction Manager will coordinate the taking of samples and making tests to check compliance with these specifications.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 29 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 8 of 11 The Contractor shall remove surface material at locations designated by the Construction Manager and provide such assistance as necessary for sampling and testing. The Construction Manager may direct the Contractor to construct inspection trenches in compacted or consolidated backfill to determine that the Contractor has complied with these specifications.

Payment for inspection trenches shall be as specified in paragraph 01 45 00 – 1.04(7).

6. Subgrade Preparation and Compaction: Verify depth of scarification, moisture content is within optimal limits for compaction, and degree of compaction achieved. Frequency of testing shall generally conform to 25 foot maximum spacing for strip footings, each isolated pad footing, every 900 square feet for slabs and mat foundations, or as directed by the Construction Manager in light of actual geometry and conditions extent.

7. Structure Fill: Verify material provided, lift thickness, and compaction density. Frequency of sampling and testing shall be the same as for Subgrade Preparation and Compaction.

8. Structure Backfill: Verify material provided, lift thickness, and compaction density. Frequency of sampling and testing shall be as directed by the Construction Manager but not less than every 2 feet vertical lifts and every 1600 square feet of filled area.

9. Other Fill Materials: Verify material used, lift thickness, and compaction density. Frequency of sampling and testing shall be as directed by the Construction Manager.

D. PAVING:

1. EARTHWORK AND BASE AGGREGATE: Provide sampling and testing same as Fill described above. Frequency shall conform to Asphalt Concrete Pavement, below.

2. HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT: Sample and test pavement thickness and installation per Caltrans Standard Specifications. Thickness verification shall be made at a frequency not to exceed 1600 square feet of roadway or parking zones or as directed by the Construction Manager.

3. SITEWORK CONCRETE AT PAVEMENT: Sitework concrete at pavement consists of curbs, gutters, monolithic curb/sidewalk, inlet structures, catch basins, and other concrete construction in contact with paving or necessary for a complete paving job but not associated with buildings or structural work controlled by the IBC. Testing Laboratory shall conduct sampling and testing the same as specified for cast-in-place concrete in Section 03 30 00, except strength cylinder testing shall occur at one-half the frequency (placing rate) as for structural concrete.

E. CONCRETE REINFORCING:

1. Provide Special Inspection for all structural reinforcing in concrete per IBC HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 29 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 9 of 11 Section 1704.4.

2. Provide Special Inspection for mechanical reinforcing connectors and splicing systems as required by that product’s ICBO Evaluation Report, or equivalent.

F. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE:

1. Sample the first daily truckload of ready mixed concrete and every 50 cubic yards thereafter, complying with ASTM C172.

2. Perform one slump test for each truck load of ready mixed concrete, complying with ASTM C143.

3. Perform one air content test for each set of compressive strength specimens, complying with ASTM C31.

4. Fabricate compressive strength specimens, complying with ASTM C39.

5. Make one set of 6 of compressive strength specimens for each day of structural concrete placing or each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof for each class of concrete.

6. Test two specimens after curing 7 days, two specimens after curing 28 days, and retain two specimens for later testing if required.

7. Comply with ACI 214 for evaluation and acceptance of concrete.

8. Certified reports of the test results shall be provided directly to the Construction Manager. Test reports shall include sufficient information to identify the mix used, the stationing or location of the concrete placement, and the quantity placed. Slump, air content, temperature of concrete, and ambient temperature shall be noted. Quality control charts showing field test results shall be included with the test results for each class of concrete in each major structure. Charts shall be prepared in accordance with ACI 214. Quality control charts shall be maintained throughout the entire job and shall be available for the Construction Manager’s inspection at any time.

9. If the 28-day test results fall below the specified compressive strength for the class of concrete required for any portion of the work, adjustment in the proportions, water content, or both, shall be made as necessary at the Contractor’s expense. Changes and adjustments shall be reported in writing to the Construction Manager.

10. If compressive test results indicate concrete in place may not meet structural requirements, tests shall be made to determine if the structure or portion thereof is structurally sound. Tests may include, but not be limited to, cores in accordance with ASTM C42/C42M and any other analyses or load tests acceptable to the Construction Manager. Costs of such tests shall be borne by the Contractor.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 29 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 10 of 11 G. ANCHOR BOLTS AND ANCHORS:

1. Provide Special Inspection for wedge anchors, undercut anchors, adhesive anchors, epoxy anchors, and all other anchoring systems installed in hardened concrete as required by that product’s ICBO Evaluation Report, or equivalent.

2. Site Inspection of Structural Anchor Bolts: Visually inspect all structural anchor bolts for grade, diameter, embedment, geometry, or type (“J” bolt or hex-head), quantity, and general location. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for detailed dimensions locating each individual bolt, each bolt group in total, and locations of bolts within each group (template).

H. GROUT:

1. CEMENTITIOUS GROUT FOR STRUCTURAL BEARING: Visually
inspect all column baseplates, and grouted zone between structural struts/beams and their supporting wall elements. Determine complete fill beneath baseplate by tapping with hammer and noting hollow reports.

Verify grout conforms to specification by observing empty bags, which Contractor shall leave visible adjacent to area used until inspection complete.

2. EPOXY GROUT FOR EQUIPMENT BASES: Provide inspection
conforming to applicable specification Sections and their reference standards, details on the Drawings, and the requirements of the epoxy grout manufacturer.

I. STRUCTURAL STEEL:

1. SITE WELD INSPECTION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL AND STEEL
FABRICATIONS: Visually inspect 100 percent of structural welds. Inspect 25 percent of fillet welds greater than 5/16 inch, 100 percent of butt welds, moment connection welds, and complete penetration groove welds by ultra-sonic or magnetic particle inspection.

2. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: AWS D 1.1. Paragraph 8.15.1 for visual inspection and paragraphs 8.15.2.1 and 8.15.2.2 for ultra-sonic or magnetic particle inspection.

3. FIELD INSPECTION OF HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTED CONNECTIONS:

Inspect 100 percent of high-strength bolted connections according to AISC “Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts.” All such bolts shall be fully tensioned unless otherwise noted on the drawings.

4. BEND TESTS: Perform bend test on 10 percent of welded shear connectors. Modify test method and frequency if alternate (non-welded) shear connectors utilized by Contractor.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 45 29 – TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 11 of 11

3.02 EVALUATION AND CORRECTION
A. EVALUATION:

Satisfactory completion of work will be judged on results of laboratory, shop, and site tests and inspections.

B. CORRECTIONS:

If results of tests and inspections indicate work is below requirements of Contract Documents, that portion of work is defective and shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner by methods specified in each material or system’s Section.

Corrective action shall continue until such work meets the requirements of the Contract Documents.

3.03 FINAL LABORATORY REPORT
A final report, prepared by the testing laboratory, shall be provided at the completion of all concreting. This report shall summarize the findings concerning concrete used in the project and provide totals of concrete used by class and structure. Final quality control charts for compressive strength tests for classes of concrete specified in each major structure shall be included. The report shall also include the concrete batch plant's coefficient of variation and standard deviation results for each class of concrete as determined in accordance with ACI 214.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 55 26 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 of 4 SECTION 01 55 26

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
Work covered in this section consists of all labor, materials, and equipment required to provide adequate traffic control and regulation through construction areas and street affected by the work.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. QUALIFICATIONS OF WORKERS:

Provide Sufficient Skilled workers and supervisors who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work and shall be thoroughly familiar with traffic regulations, permits, etc., and the materials and techniques specified.

B. CODES AND STANDARDS:

1. Where reference is made to the State Standard Specifications, reference shall mean State of California, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications, latest edition.

2. Lights, flags, and other warning and safety devices for street and highway work shall conform to the requirements set forth in the current “Manual of Traffic Controls for Construction and Maintenance Work Zones,” issued by the California State Department of Transportation.

1.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN AND PERMITS
The Contractor shall submit a complete traffic control plan indicating how construction will be sequenced and traffic will be handled during construction. The Construction Manager will review this plan for conformance to the Specifications and to ensure adequate thought has gone into the handling of traffic. The plan shall clearly identify work which will interfere with traffic on public roadways, and the estimated duration of work. This plan shall be in conformance with the Contractor’s schedule.

Contractor shall obtain encroachment permits at his own expense for any work or traffic control to be performed in public roads. Permit is not required when road is owned and controlled by this project’s Owner.

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
No material or equipment shall be stored where it will interfere with the free and safe passage of public traffic. At the end of each day’s work and at other times when construction operations are suspended for any reason, Contractor shall remove all equipment and other obstructions from that portion of the roadway open for use by the public traffic.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 55 26 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 2 of 4 PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01 EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain, at his or her expense and without cost to the Owner, such fences, barricades, lights and signs, and other devices as are necessary to prevent accidents or damage or injury to the public. Contractor shall also furnish such flagpersons and guards as are necessary to give adequate warning to traffic of any dangerous condition to be encountered. Equipment shall be furnished and kept clean and in good repair by the Contractor at his own expense.

PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01 TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. MAINTAINING TRAFFIC:

Contractor shall expedite the passage of public traffic through and around the work. The Contractor shall furnish and install signs, detours, lights, flares, barricades, and shall furnish flagpersons and other facilities for the convenience and direction of public traffic. The cost of maintaining traffic, including conforming with the requirements stated herein, furnishing such signs, detours, lights, flares, barricades, flagpersons and other facilities shall be considered as part of the contract price and no extra payment will be made therefore.

B. PUBLIC CONVENIENCE:

1. Contractor’s operation shall be conducted so that they offer the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to the public. Contractor shall have under construction no greater amount of work than can be executed properly with due respect to the rights of the public. Contractor shall provide personal advance notice to each affected resident informing them of impending work and provide ample time to remove vehicles and estimated time of driveway closure.

2. Spillage resulting from hauling or ditching operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed daily.

3. Construction operation shall be conducted in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to abutting property owners and tenants.

Convenient access to driveways, houses, and buildings along the line of the work shall be maintained and temporary approaches to crossing or intersecting streets shall be provided and kept in good condition.

C. PUBLIC SAFETY:

1. Whenever the Contractor’s operations create a condition hazardous to the public, Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain such fences, barricades, lights, signs, and other devices as are necessary to prevent accidents or damage or injury to the public.

2. Should the Contractor appear to be neglectful or negligent in furnishing HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 55 26 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 3 of 4 warning and protective measures as above specified, the Construction Manager may direct attention to the existence of hazard, and the necessary warning and protective measures shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor at Contractor’s expense, without cost to the Owner. Should the Construction Manager point out any inadequacy or warning and protective measures, such action on the part of the Construction Manager shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for public safety or abrogate Contractor’s obligation to furnish and pay for these devices.

D. DETOURS:

Comply with conditions issued with the Encroachment Permit.

E. TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN SUBMITTAL:

A conceptual Traffic Control Plan has been included in the Project Plans.

The Final Traffic Control Plan shall be consistent with the conceptual Traffic Control Plan shown on the Project Plans, Standard Plans and the “Manual of Traffic Controls for the Construction and Maintenance in Work Zones”. The plan shall show the details of, and designate, all signs, barricades, marking and other traffic control devices the Contractor will use to maintain the passage of public traffic (including pedestrians) through, around and within the project site during construction. The plan shall demonstrate how access to all properties will be maintained at all times during construction. The plan shall describe any detours to be created, streets to be closed, lane closures, and the anticipated maximum traffic delays due to temporary road or lane closures. The City will approve, conditionally approve or reject the submitted plan within five (5) business days.

The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan indicating the preferred method of construction and traffic control plan which complies with these Specifications. Before closing any street to through traffic, the Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Construction Manager 14 days in advance of closure. Street closures and detours shall allow for access to public facilities and shall allow for passage of emergency vehicles.

By noon each Monday, the Contractor shall submit a written schedule of planned closures for the following week period, defined as Friday noon through the following Friday noon. The closure schedule shall show the locations and times when the proposed closures are to be in effect. The Contractor will be notified of disapproved closures or closures that require coordination with other parties as a condition of approval, by Wednesday noon. Traffic closure information shall be included in the weekly Public Information notices required by Section 01-03, “General Requirements”.

Attention is directed to Section 7-1.03, “Public Convenience,” and Section 7-1.04 “Public Safety” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Nothing in these Special Provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from the responsibilities specified in these sections.

The Traffic Control Plan shall be updated or revised within five (5) working days of the Engineer’s written request to do so.

F. NOTICES:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 55 26 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 4 of 4 Contractor shall expedite the passage of public traffic through and around the work. The Contractor shall furnish and install signs, detours, lights, flares, barricades, and shall furnish flagpersons and other facilities for the convenience and direction of public traffic. The costs of maintaining traffic, including conforming with the requirements stated herein; public notification; and furnishing such signs, detours, lights, flares, barricades, flagpersons and other facilities shall be considered in the total bid.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 57 23 – WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 1 of 1 SECTION 01 57 23

WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
PART 1 – GENERAL
The work to be done under this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, tools and incidentals as required to prevent the pollution of surface or groundwater from the effects of construction of the Project. Contractor shall comply with the Construction General Permit Order 2009-0009-DWQ.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 – EXECUTION
The Contractor will provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and necessary incidentals to implement the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and the Erosion and Runoff Control Plan and as otherwise necessary to prevent surface water or groundwater pollution from the effects of the Project construction. Contractor shall have a qualified SWPPP Practitioner overseeing the implementation of the SWPPP in accordance with the statewide general permit.

Contractor shall upload all required reports, submittals, another required documentation in accordance with the statewide general permit to the SMARTS system. City will certify reports as required.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 71 33 – PROTECTION OF PROPERTY 1 of 2 SECTION 01 71 33

PROTECTION OF PROPERTY
PART 1 - GENERAL
The work to be done under this section shall include the furnishing of all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and necessary incidentals as required to protect public and private property during construction and, if necessary, restore same if damaged.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Contractor must submit a Building Protection Plan for any building within a horizontal distance of double the depth of any excavation. (For example, for an excavation of 12 feet, a building 24 feet or less from the excavation must have a Building Protection Plan.) The plan will describe how the excavation will be made and backfilled to prevent any horizontal or vertical movement that could potentially damage the building, and must include, at a minimum the following:

1. method and equipment to excavate,

2. detailed plans of shoring method,

3. detailed plans of any specific support, bracing or underpinning of the building,

4. description of method of backfilling,

5. description of shoring removal,

6. description of method of monitoring movement of the building.

The City will approve, conditionally approve or reject the submitted plan within five (5) business days of receipt. The City’s approval of the plan will not relieve the Contractor of his or her full responsibility for any damage done as a result of the project.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

1.01 BUILDINGS
A. No excavation may proceed within 100 feet of a building requiring a Building Protection Plan until said plan has been approved. Neither may any excavation proceed until all monitoring benchmarks have been set and pre-excavation lines and/or grades determined.

B. Buildings must be monitored daily while excavation, backfilling and compaction work is taking place within 50 feet of the building. After completion of compaction, monitoring must continue on a monthly basis for one year after project completion. Monitoring must be performed by a licensed Land Surveyor or Registered Civil Engineer. Written field notes must be kept of the monitoring and copies provided the City upon request.

C. The Contractor will be liable for any damage to any building and must hold the City harmless from any liability or expense for injury, damage or repair to same.

D. Contractor will be responsible for repairing any damage to existing buildings caused by his operations. The Engineer will determine the extent of the damage and the method HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 71 33 – PROTECTION OF PROPERTY 2 of 2 of repair.

1.02 MISCELLANEOUS
All dewatering, excavation, shoring, bracing, backfilling, compaction and removal of dewatering system must proceed in accordance with the approved plan.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 74 23 – FINAL CLEANING 1 of 2
SECTION 01 74 23

FINAL CLEANING

1.0 GENERAL
A. At the completion of work and immediately prior to final inspection, cleaning of the entire project shall be accomplished according to the following provisions:

1. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean, sweep, wash, and polish all work and equipment provided under the contract, including finishes. The cleaning shall leave the structures and site in a complete and finished condition to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager.

2. All subcontractors shall similarly perform, at the same time, an equivalent thorough cleaning of all work and equipment provided under their contracts.

3. The Contractor shall remove all temporary structures and all debris, including all nails, dirt, sand, gravel, rubbish and waste material.

4. Should the Contractor not remove rubbish or debris or not clean the facilities and site as specified, the Owner reserves the right to have the cleaning done at the expense of the Contractor.

5. Only experienced workers, or professional cleaners, shall be employed for final cleaning.

6. Only cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer of surface to be cleaned shall be used.

7. Cleaning materials shall be used only on surfaces recommended by the cleaning material manufacturers.

8. In preparation for substantial completion or occupancy, a final inspection of sight-exposed surfaces, and of concealed spaces, shall be conducted.

9. Grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials shall be removed from sight-exposed finished surfaces. Polish surfaces so designated to shine finish.

10. Marred surfaces shall be repaired, patched, and touched up to specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces.

11. Materials shall be handled in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. Do not drop or throw materials from heights.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 01 74 23 – FINAL CLEANING 2 of 2

2.0 OWNER OCCUPANCY
As a condition precedent to final acceptance or release of a portion of the facility for use by the Owner, the Contractor and all subcontractors shall thoroughly clean all surfaces to leave same in first-class condition.

3.0 POST-CONSTRUCTION REPAIRS
The Contractor shall make such minor repairs and alterations as may be necessary to make any structure or component ready for occupancy. This section shall not apply after or to the extent that the Owner has taken possession of a portion of the facilities on which the Contractor has performed work.

4.0 SITE CLEANUP
For all roadway work, the Contractor shall conform the work to acceptable line and grade, as determined by the Engineer. In addition, the Contractor shall have the sidewalks and streets affected by the work swept by a street or sidewalk cleaner as determined by the Construction Manager. Other surfaces of the grounds shall be rake cleaned. The Owner will not authorize final payment until the Contractor has removed all rubble and debris from the street and adjoining work areas, including all temporary storage and parking areas used by the Contractor.

The Contractor's use of private property for whatever use regarding this project, such as access, materials and equipment storage, waste disposal, etc., will require a written agreement between the property owner and the Contractor, submitted to the City for approval prior to use of the private property. The agreement shall specifically hold the City harmless, free of any responsibility, resulting from use of the private property.

For pipelines, storm sewers, catch basins and manholes, prior to their activation or at the conclusion of the project, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all of the new pipes by flushing with water for fluid lines. Debris cleaned from the lines shall be removed from the lowest access point. All existing storm drains that will remain in service in the project must also be cleaned.

All temporary utility drops, fencing, and water supply outlets shall be removed.

All plant gate identification signs, barricades, tools, rubbish collection receptacles and other such items shall be removed by the Contractor.

All dust, mud, excavated spoils and construction debris shall be removed from all roadways, ditches, shoulders and private property. The Contractor's operations shall not cause any increase in the turbidity of runoff waters as defined and controlled by the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, North Coast Region.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 02 00 00 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 1 of 1 SECTION 02 00 00

EXISTING CONDITIONS
PART 1 – GENERAL
Information obtained by the City regarding site conditions, existing site facilities, and existing underground utilities and similar data are shown on the Plans or noted herein. There may exist at varying locations throughout the Project area, underground utilities, including power, telephone, cable television, and propane gas. The Contractor must contact all utility companies for the location of any and all underground utilities.

Information derived from inspection of logs, reports, or from Plans showing locations of utilities and structures will not in any way relieve the Contractor from any risk, or from properly examining the site and making such additional investigations as deemed prudent, or from properly fulfilling all the terms of the Contract Documents.

A. SURFACE CONDITIONS
Prior to Contractor commencing any physical work on the Project the City will video and/or still-photograph the entire Project area and surrounding area to record pre-construction conditions.

The Contractor is encouraged to generate his own pictorial record of the pre-construction conditions.

B. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
No subsurface exploratory work was performed.

C. UTILITIES
The Contractor must repair, in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, any utility damaged by the Contractor’s operations.

The Contractor must contact all utility companies for the location of any and all underground utilities. The Contractor must call USA (1-800-642-2444) for locating underground utilities. In conformance with California's Administrative Code, Construction Safety Orders (Title 8), the Contractor must make the effort to determine the exact location of all underground installations.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 10 00 – CONCRETE FORMWORK 1 of 3
SECTION 03 10 00 – CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE
The work includes the furnishing and installing and removing of forms for all cast-in-place concrete work as shown and noted on the plans and specified herein.

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
The American Concrete Institute’s “Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork”, ACI 347, and the Uniform Building Code, Section 2606, are hereby made a direct part of this specification, and all concrete formwork included in this contract shall conform with the applicable requirements therein except as specified otherwise herein.

1.3 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01 11 00: SUMMARY OF WORK
B. Section 03 20 00: CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
C. Section 03 30 00: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
D. Section 33 16 19: MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Design of structures shown on drawings includes no allowance for imposed construction loads. Provide forms, shoring and falsework adequate for dead loads and live loads plus imposed loads during construction.

B. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to design, construct and maintain safe forms, shoring and falsework at all times in accordance with applicable Cal/OSHA regulations.

C. Tolerances of formwork shall comply with ACI 117, latest editions. Failure of finished concrete work to meet specified tolerances shall be remedied at Contractor’s expense.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Boards for unexposed concrete, not otherwise scheduled or specified, shall be Douglas Fir, conforming to the “Standard Grading and Dressing Rules No. 16”, most current edition, of the West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. Boards shall be S4S. Contractor, at his option, may use plywood for forms in lieu of boards. Plywood, if used shall be “B-B Plyform Class I Exterior” grade, conforming to U.S. Products Standard PS 1, 5/8" minimum thickness. Plywood used for exposed concrete shall be a high density overlay type especially manufactured for form work.

B. FORM TIES AND SPREADERS: Standard metal form clamp assembly, of type acting as spreaders and leaving no metal within 2" of concrete face. Inner tie-rod shall be left in concrete when forms are removed. Submit samples and manufacturer’s specifications to HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 10 00 – CONCRETE FORMWORK 2 of 3
Engineer for review and approval of Owner before using. Wood spreaders will not be permitted.

C. FORM COATING: Nongrain raising and nonstaining type that will not leave residual matter on surface of concrete or adversely affect proper bonding of subsequent application of other material applied to concrete surface. Coatings containing mineral oils or other nondrying ingredients are not permitted.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION
A. Earth Forms: Construct wood edge strips at each side of trench at top to secure reinforcing and prevent trench from sloughing. Form sides of footings where earth sloughs. Earth forms shall be tamped firm and cleaned of all debris and loose material before depositing concrete.

B. Formwork – General: The engineering and construction of all formwork, shoring and bracing shall be carried out by and under the direction of the Contractor, who shall be responsible for the engineering, construction, maintenance, and safety of all formwork during the entire construction period.

C. The formwork shall be designed for the loads and lateral pressures outlined in Part 3, Section 102, of ACI 347, latest edition.

D. Wood forms shall be constructed of sound material, shall be of the correct shape and dimensions, mortar tight, and of sufficient strength, and so braced and tied together that the movement of men, equipment, materials, or placing and vibrating the concrete will not distort the forms from their design shape under all imposed loads. The form shall be so constructed that they may be easily removed without damage to the concrete. Before concrete is placed in any form, the horizontal and vertical positions of the form shall be carefully verified, and all inaccuracies corrected. All wedging and bracing shall be completed in advance of placing of concrete.

E. Framing and Bracing: Framing bracing, supporting members, and centering shall be of ample size and strength to safely carry, without deflection, all dead and live loads to which forms may be subjected, and shall be spaced sufficiently close to prevent any bulging or sagging of forms. Concrete out of line, level, or plumb will be cause for rejection of the whole work affected.

F. Tolerances: Variation from plumb in lines, surfaces and arises shall not exceed 1/8" in 10 feet.

G. Chamfered Corners: All exposed corners shall be chamfered ¾", unless shown otherwise on plans. Provide molding in forms for all chamfering required.

H. Form Ties: Form ties shall be of sufficient strength and used in sufficient quantities to prevent spreading of the forms. Ties shall be placed at least 2" away from the finished surface of the concrete.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 10 00 – CONCRETE FORMWORK 3 of 3
I. Arrangement: Arrange formwork to allow proper erection sequence and to permit form removal without damage to concrete.

J. Embedded Items: Provisions shall be made for pipes, sleeves, anchors, inserts, reglets, anchor slots, nailers, and other features. No wood other than necessary nailing blocks shall be embedded in concrete. Complete cooperation shall be extended to suppliers of embedded items from other trades as required. All embedded items shall be securely anchored in correct location and alignment prior to placing concrete. All embedded items shall be subject to Engineer’s review, inspection and approval.

K. Coating of Forms: Thoroughly clean forms and coat with specified form coating before each use. Do not reuse any form for exposed work which cannot be reconditioned to “like new” condition. Apply form coating to all forms before placing reinforcing steel.

L. Inspection: Prior to placing of any concrete, and after placement of reinforcing steel in the forms, Contractor shall notify Owner so that proper inspection may be made. Such notification shall be made at least 24 hours in advance of placing concrete to permit proper arrangements to be made for inspection.

M. Rejection of Defective Work Due to Improper Forms: Any movement or bellying of forms during construction or variations in excess of the tolerances specified will be considered just cause for the removal of such forms and, in addition, the concrete work so affected.

Reconstruction of forms and new concrete (including disposal of rejected materials) shall be furnished at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.2 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Do not remove forms of shoring until concrete has attained sufficient strength to support its own weight and all imposed construction and permanent loads. Any damage to the Work resulting from early removal of forms or shoring or early imposed loading shall be corrected at no added expense to the Owner.

B. The minimum time for forms and shoring to remain in place for slabs on grade and sides of footings shall be 24 hours.

C. During the period that forms are in place on the concrete work, forms shall be kept wet at all times.

D. Re-use of Forms: Clean and recondition form material before each re-use. Unsatisfactory material shall be rejected and removed from the site.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 20 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1 of 4 SECTION 03 20 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE
The work includes the furnishing and installing of reinforcing steel for all cast-in-place concrete. Contractor shall check project or drawings for anchors, inserts, conduits, sleeves, and any other items which are required to be cast in concrete and shall make necessary provisions as required so that reinforcing steel will not interfere with the placement of such embedded items.

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Except as modified by the requirements specified herein and/or the details on the drawings, all work included in this section shall conform to the applicable provisions of the following codes and standards:

1. “Uniform Building Code”: Latest Edition, Chapter 26, Concrete.

2. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): “Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars”, latest edition.

3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): “Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures”, ACI 315, latest edition.

4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): The Specifications and standards hereinafter referred to, latest edition.

1.3 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01 11 00: SUMMARY OF WORK
B. Section 03 10 00: CONCRETE FORMWORK
C. Section 03 30 00: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
D. Section 33 16 19: MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Mill affidavits, stating the grades and physical and chemical properties of the reinforcing steel, and conformance with ASTM Specifications, shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval by Owner before delivery of the steel to the job site.

B. Shop bending diagrams, placing lists and drawings of reinforcing steel shall be submitted to the Engineer, including actual bar lengths to nearest inch measured to intersection of tangent extensions of the outside bar surface. Bar placement diagrams shall clearly show dimensions of each bar splice.

C. An electronic submittal will be accepted in only the following format.

1. The file shall be in pdf format.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 20 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 2 of 4

2. Each project submittal shall be a separate file.

3. Each file shall be labeled in the following sequence:
a. Owner Name/Project Name
b. Submittal No.
c. Description
D. Engineer’s review shall be general, and approval will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for accuracy.

1.5 STORAGE
A. Reinforcing steel shall be transported to the building site, stored and covered in a manner which will ensure that no damage shall occur to it from moisture, dirt, grease, or any other cause that might impair bond to concrete.

B. A sufficient supply of approved reinforcing steel shall be stored on the building site at all times to ensure that there will be no delay of the work. Identification of steel shall be maintained after bundles are broken.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars: New, deformed, billet steel bars conforming to ASTM A615-82(S1) Grade 60 unless otherwise indicated. Deliver bars new and free from rust and mill scale in original bundles with mill tags intact.

B. Accessories: Reinforcement accessories, consisting of spacers, chairs, ties, and similar items shall be provided as required for spacing, assembling, and supporting reinforcement in place. Use no aluminum, galvanized steel, plastic or stainless steel supports or accessories. Supports shall conform to the applicable requirements of the CRSI Standards Chapter 3 specified herein. Use precast concrete block supports with embedded wire ties or dowels for placement on grade or on membranes.

C. Tie Wire: Tie wire for reinforcement shall be 16-gauge or heavier, where indicated or specified, black or galvanized steel wire, conforming to ASTM A82-79.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FABRICATION
A. Fabrication of steel reinforcement shall be in accordance with the details shown on the plans. Where specific details are not shown or noted, comply with the applicable requirements of the “Codes and Standards” here in before specified.

B. Bars shall be accurately bent, cut, and placed as indicated on the drawings. Bars shall be bent cold; heating of bars will not be permitted. Bars shall not be bent or straightened in any manner that will injure the material. Bars with kinks or bends not scheduled will be rejected.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 20 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 3 of 4

3.2 PLACING
A. General: Place reinforcing steel as indicated and in accordance with the applicable requirements of referenced specified. Install reinforcement accurately and secure against movement, particularly under the weight of workmen and placement of concrete.

1. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, and other materials which may reduce or destroy bond with concrete.

B. Reinforcing Supports: Support reinforcing bars above earth and on forms by concrete blocks or other approved noncorrodible supports. Support legs of accessories in forms without embedding in form surface. Space chairs and accessories to conform with CRSI’s “Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports”. No wood will be permitted inside forms.

C. Placing and Tying: Set reinforcing in place, and rigidly and securely tie or wire with 16- gauge steel tie wire in the position indicated, or as directed. Point ends of wire away from forms.

D. The reinforcement shall be so secured in position that it will not be displaced during the placement of concrete.

E. Spacing: Minimum center to center distance between parallel bars shall be in accordance with the details on the plans or, where not shown, the clear spacing shall be 2 times the bar diameter but in no case less than 1-1/2" nor less than 1-1/3" times the maximum size aggregate.

F. Splices: Laps of splices, where shown or noted on plans, shall be adequate to transfer stress by bond. Splicing shall meet requirements of ACI 318 and applicable building codes unless noted otherwise on drawings. Splices of adjacent bars shall be staggered with no more than 50% of the laps at any given joint. Reinforcing bars marked continuous shall be spliced with a minimum lap of (40) bar diameters in masonry and (30) bar diameters in concrete. Approved mechanical coupling may be used for horizontal steel.

G. Dowels: Dowels shall be tied securely in place before concrete is deposited. In the event there are no bars in position to which dowels may be tied, No. 3 minimum shall be added to provide proper support and anchorage. Bending of dowels after placement of concrete will not be permitted.

H. Welding of reinforcing bars is not permitted.

I. All bars shall be free from rust, scale, oil, or any other coating that would reduce or destroy the bond between concrete and steel.

J. Cleaning: Reinforcement, at time of pour, shall be free of all coatings that would impair bond to concrete.

K. Additional Reinforcing: Provide additional reinforcing bars at sleeves and openings as indicated or required. Where additional bars are not shown for such location, obtain Engineer instructions and provide additional bars as directed, at no extra cost to the Owner.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 20 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 4 of 4

3.3 INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall notify Engineer at least 48 hours ahead of each concrete pour, and no concrete shall be placed until all reinforcing steel has been installed, inspected and approved by the Inspector.

B. The following reinforcing steel work will be considered defective and shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.

1. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on drawings

2. Bars injured due to bending or straightening

3. Bars heated for bending

4. Reinforcement not placed in accordance with the plans and/or specifications

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1 of 5 SECTION 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE
The work includes the furnishing and installing of cast-in-place concrete work as shown and noted on the drawings and specified herein.

1. Uniform Building Code, Current Edition, Chapter 26, “Concrete”.

2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): “Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete”, ACI 318, latest edition.

3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): The specifications and standards hereinafter to, latest edition.

1.3 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01 11 00: SUMMARY OF WORK
B. Section 03 10 00: CONCRETE FORMWORK
C. Section 03 20 00: CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
D. Section 33 16 19: MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS

1.4 MIX DESIGNS
A. Designs of concrete mixes, including recommended amounts of admixture and water to be used in the mixes, shall be obtained by the Contractor from a recognized independent testing laboratory. Costs of obtaining the mix designs shall be paid for by the Contractor.

Contractor shall be responsible for incorporating into the structure, concrete of the minimum strengths specified. The Contractor shall submit design for concrete for the Engineer’s review. Concrete mix design shall bear the signatures and seal of a California Registered Civil Engineer.

B. At Contractor’s expense, the Testing Laboratory shall perform preliminary testing in accordance with the following requirements. Utilizing materials similar to those intended for this project, together with a minimum of three certified test reports of the 28-day strength and drying shrinkage of the proposed concrete mix. These results shall be submitted to the Engineer.

C. In lieu of trial batch testing, Contractor may submit previously designed, tested and successfully used concrete mixes using materials similar to those intended for this project, together with a minimum of three certified test reports of 28-day strength of the proposed concrete mix.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2 of 5

1.5 CONCRETE STRENGTHS AND PROPORTIONS
A. Provide concrete with the following minimum compressive strength of 4000 PSI (Class A) at 28 days with; maximum aggregate size of 1 ½", minimum of 6.0 sacks of cement per cubic yard and maximum slump of 3 ½".

B. The exact proportions of the mix, including amounts of admixture (if any) and water, shall be determined by the Testing Laboratory or Mill, based cement and aggregate submitted by the Contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C150, Type II/V Portland cement.

B. FINE AGGREGATE: ASTM C33, Gradation shall be 15% to 30% passing #50 screen and 5% to 10% passing #100 screen. Fineness modulus less than 3.00.

C. COARSE AGGREGATE: ASTM C33, Clean, hard fine-grained sound crushed rock or washed gravel from pits acceptable to Engineer. Gradation from ¼" to maximum sizes specified.

D. ADMIXTURE: ASTM C-494, of a type that increases workability and reduces water demand but will not increase shrinkage. Admixture shall be submitted to Engineer for review and approval. Admixtures shall be free of chlorides or triethanolamine.

E. WATER: Clean and potable, free of impurities detrimental to concrete.

F. CURING-SEALER: Curing and sealing shall be one of the following acrylate resin compounds or equal.

1. Aqua Resin Cure, as manufactured by Burke Concrete Accessories, San Jose California.

2. Masterkure 200W, as manufactured by Master Builders Technologies, Cleveland Ohio.

G. SHEET CURING MATERIALS: ASTM C171, waterproof paper, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet of 30 mils, non-staining.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MIXING
A. Use ready-mixed concrete mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 94, latest revision, and UBC Standard No. 26-13. In the event concrete is mixed at a central batching plant, arrange delivery so intervals between batches are kept at a minimum, and in any event not more than 30 minutes. No water shall be added during transit or at the Project site without the Inspector’s approval. Place concrete within HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3 of 5 maximum transit time of 90 minutes after cement has been mixed with aggregate and water. Trucks shall be in first-class condition and kept in constant rotation during delivery.

1. When temperature of concrete is 85 degrees F or above, reduce holding time to 45 minutes.

3.2 CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE
A. NOTIFICATION: Notify the Owner’s Inspector at least two working days in advance of the placing of any concrete. No concrete shall be placed except in the presence of the Owner’s Inspector.

B. FORMS: Before placing concrete, forms shall be thoroughly inspected. All wood chips, dirt, etc., shall be removed, all temporary bracing and cleats taken out, all openings for pipes, etc., properly boxed, all forms properly secured in their correct position and made tight, all reinforcement, anchors, and embedded items secured in their proper places.

Concrete which may be on the forms or reinforcement and which is set and dry shall be cleaned off and the forms and steel washed off before proceeding.

C. Sprinkle semiporous subgrades with water sufficiently to eliminate suction, but free from standing water or mud.

3.3 HANDLING AND DEPOSITING
A. Complete concreting, once started, in a continuous operation until the section of approved size and shape is completed.

B. Handle concrete as rapidly as practical from the mixer to place of final deposit by methods which prevent the separation or loss of ingredients. Deposit in its final position to avoid rehandling or flowing.

1. Do not drop concrete freely where reinforcing will cause segregation, nor more than 4 feet. Deposit concrete to maintain a plastic surface approximately horizontal.

2. Do not deposit concrete that has partially hardened.

3. Pumping: Maintain controls for proportioning, mixing, adjustment of mix and placement in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 304.2R.

3.4 VIBRATING AND COMPACTING
A. Consolidate and compact concrete by suitable means during the operation of placing and depositing, and thoroughly work around reinforcement, embedded items, and into the corners of the forms. Use internal vibrators and keep out of contact with reinforcement and wood forms. Do not use vibrators in a manner that forces mortar between individual form members.

B. Vibrate close to the forms but do not continue at one spot to the extent that large areas of grout are formed, or heavier aggregates are caused to settle. Take care not to disturb concrete which has taken its initial set.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4 of 5

3.5 TEMPERATURE AND WEATHER REQUIREMENTS
A. Maximum placing temperature of concrete, when deposited, shall be 85 degrees F. If the weather causes the placing temperature to exceed 85 degrees F, cool the mix by wetting aggregate or other appropriate methods specified in ACI 305-77, Hot Weather Concreting; a copy of which shall be kept at the job site at all times.

B. Do not place concrete during rain or freezing weather unless approved measures are taken to prevent damage to concrete.

3.6 PATCHING
Immediately after stripping forms, patch minor defects, form tie holes, honeycombed areas, before concrete is thoroughly dry. Remove ledges and bulges. Repair gravel pockets by cutting out to solid surface, form key, and thoroughly wet before placing patching mortar. Use patching mortar consisting of one part cement to two parts fine sand; compact into place and neatly finish to match surface. Grind or fill surfaces to produce level, true planes.

3.7 CONCRETE SLAB FINISHES
STEEL TROWEL FINISH: Screed, wood float, and steel trowel surfaces. Provide a smooth, hard, dense, impervious surface, free of defects. Mechanical troweling machines may be used if the desired finish and level tolerances can be obtained by their use.

3.8 CURING AND SEALING
A. Protect concrete from injurious action of the elements and defacement of any nature during construction operations.

B. Keep concrete in a thoroughly moist condition from the time it is placed until it has cured for at least 14 days. Keep all forms sufficiently wet to prevent drying out of the concrete.

Allow no slabs to become dry at any time until curing operations are complete.

C. Cure with curing-sealing compound. Apply by method and at rates recommended by manufacturer.

3.9 DEFECTIVE WORK
Defective concrete work shall be removed and replaced at Contractor’s expense.

3.10 TESTING
A. The Contractor shall supply test cylinders of fresh concrete pours for use by Engineer and/or Owner in accordance with Subsection 201.1.1.4 of “The Greenbook”. Slump testing per ASTM C143 shall be accomplished at the ¼ point and ¾ point of each batch.

The maximum slump for concrete to be used in footings and slabs shall be three (3) inches; the maximum slump for all other concrete shall be four (4) inches.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5 of 5 B. Cylinder sampling shall be performed by the Owner in accordance with ASTM C31.

Sample each 100 cy concrete and each separate mix design placed on any day. Take a minimum of four (4) cylinders per 100 cy of concrete. First test will be at 7 days, second test at 28 days and remaining cylinders will be held to verify test results, if needed.

C. All concrete which fails to meet the ACI requirements and these specifications, is subject to removal and replacement at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.11 STRUCTURAL BACKFILL
Do not place backfill until structure footings or other portions of structure of facility have been inspected by Owner’s representative and approved for backfilling. Do not deposit backfill material against back of concrete retaining walls, foundations or reinforced concrete structures until concrete has developed strength of not less than 70% of full strength using specified test procedures.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 1 of 22 SECTION 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 PURPOSE
The purpose of this specification is to establish methods and procedures for coating, painting, dehumidification, and handling of hazardous and nonhazardous materials/wastes.

1.2 CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall be a licensed Painting and Decorating Contractor in the State of California (C-33 Classification). He shall have a minimum of five (5) years practical experience and successful history in the application of specified products to surfaces of steel water storage tank. Upon request, he shall substantiate this requirement by furnishing a written list of references.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. “Coating” refers to protective materials used or applied on interior surfaces.

B. “Paint” refers to protective materials used or applied on exterior surfaces.

C. “Coat” refers to paint applied in a single or multiple pass application to form an evenly distributed film when dry. Designations for “coats” are primer or first coat, intermediate or second coat, and finish coat, and any coats applied beyond the designated coats.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Surface Preparation: Surface preparation will be based upon comparison with: “Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces”, SSPC-Vis 1, ASTM Designation D2200 and as described below. Anchor profile for prepared surfaces shall be measured by using a non-destructive instrument such as a K-T Surface Profile Comparator, digital surface profile gauge or Testex Press-O-Film System. Temperature and dewpoint requirements noted in 1.4 B. herein shall apply to all surface preparation operations, except low and high temperature limits and operation of dehumidification equipment shall be determined at the Pre-Construction Conference.

B. Application: No coating shall be applied under the following conditions:

1. When the surrounding air temperature or the temperature of the surface to be coated or painted is below 55 degrees F for epoxy coatings, below 45 degrees F for epoxy low temperature cure coatings, or below 40 degrees F for urethane paint, or above 125 degrees F for all materials; or in accordance with the data sheets.

2. To wet or damp surfaces or in rain, fog or mist;

3. When the surface temperature is less than 5 degrees F above the dewpoint.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 2 of 22

4. When it is expected the air temperature will drop below 55 degrees F for epoxy coating, below 45 degrees F for epoxy low temperature cure coatings, or 40 degrees F for urethane paints, or surface temperature is expected to be less than 5 degrees F above the dewpoint within two hours after application of coatings or paints.
a. Dewpoint shall be measured by use of an instrument such as a sling psychrometer in conjunction with U.S. Department of Commerce Weather Bureau Psychrometric Tables or equivalent. Dehumidification equipment must run continuously during all phases of contract, except disinfection phase.
b. If above conditions are prevalent, coating and paint application shall be delayed or postponed until conditions are favorable. The day’s application shall be completed in time to permit the film sufficient drying time prior to damage by atmospheric conditions.

C. Overspray and Dust Control: The Contractor shall conduct all operations so as to confine abrasive blasting debris and coating and paint overspray to within the bounds of the site.

The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to prevent adverse off-site consequences of blast cleaning or application operations. Any complaints received by the Owner relating to any such potential off-site problems will be immediately delivered to the Contractor-assigned job site representative. The Contractor shall immediately halt blast cleaning or application work and shall take whatever corrective action is required to mitigate any such problems. All costs associated with protection of off-site properties and/or correction of damage to property as a result of blast cleaning or application operations shall be borne directly by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner.

1. Owner approval of Contractor’s blast cleaning and overspray prevention procedures and Engineer’s presence on project does not free Contractor from responsibility for compliance. Daily approval of procedures will be required prior to start of blast cleaning or spray operations.

D. Inspection and Checking: The Owner will provide and utilize the services of an independent professional coating inspection agent who will be Owner’s Coating Inspector.

Contractor will furnish inspection devices and test equipment in good working condition and equipment shall be operated by, or in the presence of the Inspector. Procedures or practices not specifically defined herein may be utilized provided they meet recognized and accepted professional standards and are acceptable to Owner’s Coating Inspector.

The Owner’s Engineer’s decisions shall be final as to interpretation and/or conflict between any of the reference specifications and standards contained herein.

1. The Owner’s Coating Inspector will perform continuous inspection on all phases of the surface preparation, abrasive blast cleaning, and application of the coating systems. All surfaces will be inspected by Owner’s Coating Inspector prior to each application of coating materials. Coating materials applied without the prior inspection of Owner’s Coating Inspector shall be removed and reapplied at the expense of the Contractor.

2. Owner’s Coating Inspector will perform such tests as are required to ensure compliance with all phases of the surface preparation, abrasive blast cleaning, and HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 3 of 22 application of the coating systems. Test equipment shall include but not be limited to the following: SSPC surface preparation standards; surface profile comparator; test tape; micrometer; abrasive sieve test; ultraviolet lamp; mirror; certified thickness calibration plates and magnetic type dry film thickness gauge. Accuracy of inspection equipment will be verified by Owner’s Coating Inspector in the presence of the Contractor to verify its accuracy prior to use.

3. Notify Owner’s Coating Inspector 14 days in advance of shop and field-apply operations involving abrasive blast cleaning and coating applications.

4. Owner’s Coating Inspector will determine the degree of cleanliness and surface profile of the shop and field blast cleaned surfaces. Additional blast cleaning of non-conforming areas shall be accomplished until all areas conform to the cleanliness and profile specified.

5. Owner’s Coating Inspector will totally inspect each coat of primer, intermediate, and finish coating to determine the thickness and integrity. Each coat applied will be checked and deficiencies marked. After observing specified recoat time, apply additional coating materials over areas not having the specified minimum dry film thickness and areas having any holidays or pinholes. After correction of deficiencies, Owner’s Coating Inspector will re-inspect those areas to determine the acceptability of the additional coating. Each coat applied must be 100% to the satisfaction of Owner’s Coating Inspector prior to subsequent coats being applied.

E. Inspection Facilities: The Contractor shall provide Owner’s Coating Inspector with facilities for inspection including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Furnish as determined necessary by Owner’s Coating Inspector all safety equipment and devices during abrasive blast cleaning and coating operations.

Provide helmet with continuous fresh air supply for observation during cleaning operations.

2. Furnish illumination and the manpower to move the lights, whenever required by the Owner’s Coating Inspector. Provide additional lights and supports sufficient to illuminate all areas to be inspected. Owner’s Coating Inspector will determine the level of illumination required for inspection purposes.

3. Temporary ladders and scaffolding shall be erected and moved to the locations requested by Owner’s Coating Inspector.

F. Thickness Testing: Thickness of coatings and paints shall be tested with a non-destructive film thickness gauge. An instrument such as a Tooke Gage should be used if a destructive tester is deemed necessary. Testing shall be accomplished in conformance to SSPC-PA 2, “Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gages” except as modified hereinafter.

1. Flat coated or painted surfaces shall be tested in conformance to SSPC-PA2.

2. Structural members, piping and other irregular surfaces shall be tested with frequency and locations as directed by the Engineer.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 4 of 22 G. Holiday Testing: Coating integrity of ALL interior coated surfaces shall be tested with an approved inspection device. All pinholes shall be marked, repaired in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed recommendations and retested. No pinholes or other irregularities will be permitted in the final coating.

H. Inspection Devices: Contractor will furnish, until final acceptance of coatings and paint, inspection devices in good working condition for detection of holidays and measurement of dry film thickness. They shall also furnish U.S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards certified thickness calibration plates to test accuracy of thickness gauges. Dry film thickness gauge holiday detectors shall be available at all times until final acceptance of application. Inspection devices shall be operated by, or in the presence of the Engineer with location and frequency basis determined by the Engineer.

I. Acceptable Inspection Devices: Acceptable devices for ferrous metal surfaces include, but are not limited to, Tinker and Rasor Models AP and AP-W holiday detectors equipped with a wire brush electrode supplied by the manufacturer, and “Inspector”, or “Positest”, or “Positector” or “Quanix” units for dry film thickness gauging. Inspection devices shall be operated in accordance with these specifications and the manufacturer’s instructions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL
A. Materials specified are those which have been evaluated for the specific service. Products of International, Devoe Coatings, and Tnemec Company, Inc. are listed to establish a standard of quality for the project. Standard products of manufacturers other than those specified, will be accepted when it is proved to the satisfaction of the Engineer they are equal in composition, durability, usefulness and convenience for the purpose intended.

Substitutions will be considered provided the following minimum conditions are met:

1. The proposed coating or paint system shall have a dry film thickness equal to or greater than that of the specified system.

2. The proposed coating or paint system shall employ an equal or greater number of separate coats.

3. The proposed coating or paint system shall employ coatings or paints of the same generic type.

4. All requests for substitution shall carry full descriptive literature and directions for application, along with complete information on generic type, non-volatile content by volume and a list of 10 similar projects, all at least three years old, where the products have been applied to similar exposure.

5. The Owner requires that the Contractor provide certified laboratory data sheets showing the results of complete spectrographic and durability tests accomplished on the proposed substitute. Tests shall be accomplished by an independent testing laboratory satisfactory to the Engineer and all costs incurred in the testing program shall be borne by the Contractor. In any case, the Engineer shall be sole and final judge of the acceptability of any proposed substitution. Requests for substitution must be approved in writing prior to date of bid.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 5 of 22 B. The Contractor shall submit prior to start of project manufacturer’s literature and Safety Data Sheets (SDS) on all materials to be used in coating and painting operations, including, but not limited to coatings, paints, thinners, solvents and cleaning fluids. No materials will be allowed which have been stored over 60 days, or manufacturer’s recommended shelf life, whichever is less. Contractor shall maintain copies of SDS at job site at all times.

1. An electronic submittal will be accepted in only the following format. a. The file shall be in pdf format.
b. Each project submittal shall be a separate document file. c. Each document file shall be labeled in the following sequence:
1) Owner Name/Project Name
2) Submittal No.
3) Description
C. All materials shall be brought to the job site in the original sealed containers. They shall not be opened or used until Owner’s representative has physically inspected contents and obtained necessary data from information printed on containers or label. Materials exceeding storage life recommended by the manufacturer shall be rejected. Copy of invoice showing purchase and delivery dates will be required.

D. Flammability, toxicity, allergenic properties, and any other characteristic requiring field precautions shall be identified, and specific safety practices shall be stipulated.

E. All coating and paint materials shall be stored in enclosed structures to protect them from weather and excessive heat or cold. Flammable materials must be stored to conform with Owner, County, State and Federal safety codes for flammable materials. At all times coatings and paints shall be protected from freezing.

F. Contractor shall use products of same manufacturer for all coats.

2.2 SPECIFIC INTERIOR COATING MATERIALS
A. Coating materials for interior surfaces of tanks must appear on the Standard 61 of the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF), or Standard 61 of Underwriters Laboratories.

Products containing perchloroethylene (PCE), trichloroethylene (TCE), lead, chromium or zinc will not be permitted. In addition, products containing Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) or Methyl Isobutyl Ketone (MIBK) will not be allowed in amounts that will cause volative organic analysis to be above maximum contaminant levels or action levels.

1. The Contractor shall provide, prior to coating any surfaces of the tank, written certifications from the coating manufacturers stating that the coating materials, thinners, solvents, and equipment cleaning fluids provided by the manufacturers do not contain PCE or TCE. The Contractor shall also certify, in writing, that no material containing PCE, TCE, lead, chromium, or zinc in any form will be used for the interior coatings or exterior paint of the tank. This shall include all solvents, thinners, and cleaning fluids at the job site, regardless of where the materials were obtained.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 6 of 22

2. The Engineer may require all solvents, thinners and cleaning fluids be tested for TCE and PCE prior to being used at the job site. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with samples of each material at no cost to the Owner. Unacceptable materials shall be removed from the job site.

B. All coating materials shall comply with air pollution regulations, specifically the local air quality management district or air pollution control district rules, and rules for the Owner.

C. All coating materials shall also conform to regulations and applicable requirements of local, State and Federal health regulatory agencies.

D. Epoxy coatings shall be similar or equal to products such as ICI Devoe Bar-Rust 233H Low VOC Multi-Purpose Epoxy Coating or Tnemec Pota Pox Series L140F Low VOC.

First or prime coat shall not be gray, but finish coat shall be white.

E. 100% Solids Epoxy coatings shall be International Interline 975P 100% Solids Epoxy Coating or Tnemec Epoxoline Series 22 100% Solids Epoxy Coating. Epoxy coating may be used for cold conditions or accelerated cure, as approved by the Engineer. Finish coat shall be white.

F. Joint sealant on the roof and structural members above the water shall be a flexible polyurethane such as Sikaflex 1A or polysulfide product.

G. Joint sealant below the water level shall be a flexible polyurethane elastomeric sealant similar or equal to Sikaflex 2C-NS as manufactured by Sika Corporation.

2.3 WASH DOWN MATERIALS
A. Cleaner for pre-disinfection cleaning of interior surfaces shall be Gre-Sa-Way or approved equal.

B. Disinfection materials shall conform to all requirements of AWWA Standard C652, latest revision.

C. Product to prevent flash rusting during wet abrasive blast cleaning shall be Hold Tight 102 or approved equal.

2.4 SPECIFIC EXTERIOR PAINT MATERIALS
A. Paint materials for exterior surfaces of tank will consist of an epoxy primer, epoxy intermediate coat and urethane finish coat. Products containing lead, zinc or chromium compounds will not be permitted.

B. All paint materials shall comply with air pollution regulations, specifically the local air quality management district or air pollution control district rules, and rules for the Owner.

C. All paint materials shall also conform to regulations and applicable requirements of local, State and Federal health regulatory agencies.

D. Prime coat shall be similar or equal to products such as ICI Devoe Bar-Rust 231H Low VOC’s Multi-Purpose epoxy coating or Tnemec L69 Epoxoline II Low VOC’s epoxy HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 7 of 22 coating.

E. Intermediate coat shall be similar or equal to products such as ICI Devoe Bar-Rust 231H Low VOC’s Multi-Purpose epoxy coating or Tnemec L69 Epoxoline II Low VOC’s epoxy coating.

F. Below Grade Surfaces:

1. Epoxy prime coat shall be similar or equal to products such as ICI Devoe Bar-Rust 233H Low VOC Multi-Purpose Epoxy Coating or Tnemec Pota Pox Series L140F Low VOC. Prime coat shall not be gray.

2. 100% Solids Epoxy coatings shall be International Interline 975P 100% Solids Epoxy Coating or Tnemec Epoxoline Series 22 100% Solids Epoxy Coating.

Tnemec Epoxoline Series FC22 100% Solids Epoxy Coating may be used for cold conditions or accelerated cure, as approved by the Engineer. Finish coat shall be white.

G. Finish coat shall be similar or equal to products such as Devoe Bar-Ox Devthane 379H urethane coating or Tnemec Series 1095 Low VOC’s urethane coating.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. All surface preparation, coating and paint application shall conform to applicable standards of the Owner and the manufacturer’s printed instructions, as approved by the Engineer.

Material applied prior to approval of the surface, by the Engineer, shall be removed and reapplied to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor.

B. All work shall be accomplished by skilled craftsmen qualified to accomplish the required work in a manner comparable with the best standards of practice. Resumes of personnel proposed to be used on the project shall be submitted for approval upon Notice of Award.

Continuity of personnel shall be maintained and transfers of key personnel shall be coordinated with the Engineer.

C. The Contractor shall provide a supervisor to be at the work site during cleaning and application operations. The supervisor shall have the authority to sign any change orders, coordinate work and make other decisions pertaining to the fulfillment of their contract.

D. Contractor shall provide approved sanitary facilities for all Contractor personnel, as no existing facilities will be available to the Contractor. Facilities shall be maintained during the project to complete standards established by Owner and shall be removed prior to Contractor’s departure from the site at completion of the project.

E. Dust, dirt, oil, grease, or any foreign matter which will affect the adhesion or durability of the finish must be removed by washing with clean rags dipped in an approved commercial cleaning solution, rinsed with clean water, and wiped dry with clean rags.

F. No rubber tire vehicles or equipment shall be permitted on the interior floor after the floor has been blasted.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 8 of 22 G. The Contractor’s equipment shall be designed for application of materials specified and shall be maintained in first class working condition. Compressors shall have suitable traps and filters to remove water and oils from the air. Blotter test shall be accomplished at each start-up period and as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Contractor’s equipment shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. This approval does not relieve the Contractor’s responsibility for the safe operation of the equipment or its performance.

1. Cleanliness of compressed air supply shall be verified daily, and as deemed necessary by Engineer, by directing a stream of air, without abrasive, from the blast nozzle onto a white blotter or cloth for twenty seconds. If oil or water appears on the blotter or cloth, all traps and separators shall be blown down until two subsequent twenty-second tests show no further oil or water.

H. Application of the first coat shall follow immediately after surface preparation and cleaning within an eight-hour period. If unforeseen weather conditions occur, as defined in 1.4 B.

QUALITY ASSURANCE, surfaces shall be re-cleaned per the original specifications prior to application of the first coat. Brush-off blast cleaning SSPC-SP7 (sweep blast) will not be accepted in lieu of SSPC-SP10 (Near-White Metal) blast.

1. If dehumidification equipment is required, cleaned areas shall have first coat applied at last shift of the week, as approved by the Engineer, provided dehumidification equipment has run continuously during the complete week, and surfaces meet all requirements of the specification. Monitoring devices approved by the Engineer shall be used to ensure continuous operation.

I. Because of presence of moisture and possible contaminants in atmosphere, care shall be taken to ensure previously coated or painted surfaces are protected or recleaned prior to application of subsequent coat(s). Methods of protection and recleaning shall be approved by the Engineer.

1. Project is subject to intermittent shutdown if, in the opinion of the Engineer, cleaning and application operations are creating a localized condition detrimental to ongoing facility activities, personnel or adjacent property.

2. In the event of emergency shutdown by the Engineer, Contractor shall immediately correct deficiencies. All additional costs created by shutdown shall be borne by Contractor.

J. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, all necessary power required for his operations under the contract.

K. Contractor shall seal any tank vents, pumps, motors, and other open areas to prevent intrusion of coating or paint or other contaminants. The sealing system shall be designed to allow continuous operation of facilities or equipment, with no detrimental effects. If necessary, sealing system shall be removed daily at termination of work, or as directed by the Engineer.

3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION, GENERAL
A. The latest revision of the following surface preparation specifications of the Society for HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 9 of 22 Protective Coatings shall form a part of this specification. (Note: An element of surface area is defined as any given square inch of surface.)

1. Solvent Cleaning (SSPC-SP1): Removal of oil, grease, soil and other contaminants by use of solvents, emulsions, cleaning compounds, steam cleaning or similar materials and methods, which involve a solvent or cleaning action.

2. Hand Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP2): Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale and other detrimental foreign matter present to degree specified by hand chipping, scraping, sanding and wire brushing.

3. Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP3): Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale and other detrimental foreign matter present to degree specified by power wire brushing, power impact tools or power sanders.

4. Commercial Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP6): Blast cleaning until at least two-thirds of each element of surface area is free of all visible residue.

5. Brush-off Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP7): Blast cleaning to remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and other detrimental foreign matter present to the degree specified.

6. Near-White Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP10): Blast cleaning to near-white metal cleanliness, until at least ninety-five percent of each element of surface area is free of all visible residues.

7. Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal (SSPC-SP11): Power tool cleaning to produce a bare metal surface and to retain or produce a surface profile of at least 1.0 mil.

8. High and Ultra High Pressure Water Jetting (SSPC-SPWJ1 through 4): Water jet cleaning of metals to remove rust, mill scale, coating, paint and other detrimental foreign matter to present to varying degrees of cleanliness from light cleaning to clean to bare substrate.

B. Any burrs, weld spatter, sharp edges, corners, or rough welds which would cause difficulty in achieving a defect-free paint system shall be chipped or ground smooth in conformance to NACE Standard SP0178, latest edition. It is not the intent to have the welds or “scars” ground “flush”. The object of the grinding is to eliminate sharp edges, corners, and overlaps to provide a surface for the application of a uniform thickness of coating or paint without voids or other defects.

C. Abrasive blasting nozzles shall be equipped with “deadman” emergency shut-off nozzles.

Blast nozzle pressure shall be a minimum of 95 P.S.I. and shall be verified by using an approved nozzle pressure gage at each start-up period or as directed by the Engineer.

Number of nozzles used during all blast cleaning operations must be sufficient to ensure timely completion of project, subject to designation and approval by Engineer.

1. Contractor shall perform all modifications, interior surface preparation and coating application utilizing a minimum of two (2) blast nozzles per shift.

D. All blast hose connections shall be tethered and secured to prevent separation during blast cleaning operations and shall be taped with duct tape prior to pressurizing. All taped HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 10 of 22 connections shall be visually inspected for leaks within five minutes after start of blast cleaning operations and at the end of blast cleaning operations. Leaking connections shall be immediately repaired to prevent further damage.

E. Field blast cleaning for all surfaces shall be by dry method unless otherwise directed.

Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust emissions within the legal level and that level which would not create a nuisance.

F. Particle size of abrasives used in blast cleaning shall be that which will produce a 2.0 mil surface profile and a 3.0 mil profile for all surfaces ultimately receiving 100% solids coating, in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturer of the specified coating or paint system to be applied, subject to approval of Engineer.

G. Abrasive used in blast cleaning operations shall be new, washed, graded and free of contaminants which would interfere with adhesion of coatings and paints and shall not be reused unless specifically approved by the Engineer. Abrasives shall be certified for unconfined dry blasting pursuant to the California Administrative Code, Section 92520 of Subchapter 6, Title 17 or subsequent revision, and shall appear on the current listing of approved abrasives. Invoices or load sheets confirming above shall be required.

H. Recycled ferrous metallic abrasives must meet or exceed the cleanliness standards set forth in SSPC-AB2. The operating mix of abrasive media shall be such that a sharp angular not peened profile is produced. Any recycled abrasive shall be such that a sharp angular not peened profile is produced. Any recycled abrasive shall be designed for the use (i.e., steel grit) and be free of grease, oil, or other debris or contaminants that could be detrimental to the service life of the applied coatings. If steel shot media is used it shall be limited to no more than 1/3 of the operating mix. Recycled abrasive shall be tested for contamination through the use of a vial test in accordance with the procedures outlined in SSPC’s Publication 91-12 and ISO 8502-3.

I. During blast cleaning operations, caution shall be exercised to ensure existing coatings and paints are not exposed to abrasion from blast cleaning.

J. Blast cleaning from rolling scaffolds shall only be accomplished within confines of interior perimeter of scaffold. Reaching beyond limits of perimeter will be allowed only if blast nozzle is maintained in a position which will produce a profile acceptable to the Engineer.

K. Accessible interior surfaces of the outlet nozzle and that portion of the inlet nozzle permanently attached to the tank shall be cleaned of all old coating and rust by blast cleaning or other approved methods. Precautions shall be taken so as to prevent any damage to the existing gate or butterfly valves at the inlet and outlet nozzles. All exposed surfaces of the valves shall be masked prior to blast cleaning the nozzles. The removable portions of the inlet nozzle shall be removed and blast cleaned as specified herein.

L. During blast cleaning operations, inlet, outlet, overflow, and drain openings in bottom shall be covered with plywood bulkheads, or other approved barriers, to prevent entry of spent abrasive, removed coating or other foreign materials.

M. The Contractor shall keep the area of his work in a clean condition and shall not permit blasting materials to accumulate as to constitute a nuisance or hazard to the prosecution of the work or the operation of the existing facilities. Spent abrasives and other debris HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 11 of 22 shall be removed at the Contractor’s expense as directed by the Engineer. As existing exterior paints have been determined by laboratory analysis to be toxic or hazardous, coating/paint and coating/paint abrasive residue mixture shall be tested to ensure conformance with hazardous material tolerances have been met. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide adequate containers on the job site to retain spent media and removed coating and paint until tests have been completed or approval for disposal from a landfill has been obtained. Disposal of hazardous or toxic waste at other than government regulated landfills will not be permitted unless approved personally by the Engineer in Contractor’s plan of action for project. Documentation of all hazardous or toxic waste disposal will be required and a copy supplied to Owner.

N. Blast cleaned and coated and painted surfaces shall be cleaned prior to application of specified coatings or paints via a combination of blowing with clean dry air, brushing/brooming and/or vacuuming as directed by the Engineer. Air hose for blowing shall be at least 1/2" in diameter and shall be equipped with a shut-off device.

O. High and Ultra High Pressure Water Jetting (SSPC-SPWJ1 through 4) shall not be used on interior surfaces and shall only be used on exterior surfaces when and as directed by Engineer. Pressures shall be those determined by Engineer to effectively accomplish removal of loose, peeling/flaking coatings or paint or other detrimental surface contaminants.

3.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Contractor shall comply with Title 8, California Code of Regulations (CCR) Section 1532.1.

The Contractor shall submit a written compliance program. The compliance program shall address data specified in subsections (e)(2)(B) and (e)(2)(C) of Section 1532.1. Copies of all air monitoring or job site inspection reports shall be furnished within 10 days of monitoring or inspection.

B. Contractor shall comply with requirements of 40 CFR 261, (CCR) Title 22 Division 4.5, and HSC Division 20 Ch. 6.5 for handling and disposing of hazardous wastes resulting from surface contamination and removed coating and paint particles.

C. All work must be accomplished in compliance to the following.

1. On first day of any lead paint removal, work environment must be tested by or under the supervision of a Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) to determine levels of protection required to protect workers and the environment from lead and other heavy metal contamination. All costs related to testing by the CIH shall be borne by the Contractor. Field testing may be accomplished by either an Industrial Hygienist or a CIH.

2. Testing will include air sampling and testing of filters removed from the workers’ respirators or personal air monitors to determine the level of lead exposure. Upon completion of testing, the CIH shall file a written report on the results of the testing.

Level of exposure will then determine the type of respiratory protection, clothing, housekeeping, hygiene facilities, medical surveillance, medical removal protection, employee information and training, signs, record keeping, and observation of monitoring required for the project.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 12 of 22

3. No exterior painting work shall re-commence until the report from the CIH is filed and worker and environmental protection required is in place. Costs for the time delay shall be included in the Contractor’s original bid.

4. Based on the initial analysis, samples of exterior spent abrasives should be sent to a certified laboratory for testing at the Contractor’s expense. Results of the analytical testing should be provided to the Owner prior to disposal.

D. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust emissions within the legal level and that level which would not create a nuisance. Dust emissions, abrasive deflection and removed paint particles shall be contained where abrasive blasting is being accomplished, unless vacuum blasting or other means of cleaning are approved by Engineer. No water, abrasive deflection or paint particles shall be allowed to land on the ground around the tank.

E. All lead paint removal work shall be governed by, but not necessarily limited to, Code of Federal Regulations (29 CFR 1910 and 1926, applicable sections)

1. Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapters 6.5 (California Hazardous Waste Control Act)

2. Title 22 California Administrative Code, Division 4.5 (Minimum Standard for Management of Hazardous and Extremely Hazardous Materials)

3. Title 8, California Administrative Code

4. Code of Federal Regulations (29 CFR 1926, applicable sections) F. Transportation and Disposal of Debris: The Contractor shall arrange to have the debris transported from the site in accordance with the requirements of Title 40 CFR 263, and disposed of properly in accordance with Title 40 CFR 264 and 40 CFR 268 Protection of Environment. Signed manifests shall be returned to the Engineer to verify that all steps of the handling and disposal process have been completed properly. The Owner is considered the generator on this project; the Contractor will be named co-generator.

1. Written confirmation that the debris will be treated and disposed of in accordance with requirements of Title 40 CFR Part 264 and Title 40 CFR Part 268, CCR Title 22 Division 4.5, and HSC Division 20 Ch. 6.5 shall be received by the Engineer prior to start of the work. The waste will be disposed of as approved by Engineer and Owner. The programs shall provide assurance that the debris is handled properly from cradle to grave, and include the necessary notifications and certifications on shipments, provide the name of the disposal facility, and include a schedule for the submittal of the completed manifests to the Engineer.

G. The Owner shall remove four representative samples of soil from job site prior to start of work. Samples shall be tested for determination of lead, zinc, and chromium compounds to ensure soil does not contain excessive levels of noted heavy metals. If soils contain excessive levels of noted or other heavy metals, site remediation shall be the responsibility of the Owner. Copies of laboratory analyses reports shall be forwarded to Contractor immediately upon receipt from laboratory, prior to start of any work. Any required remediation schedule will be determined by the Owner.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 13 of 22

3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION, INSPECTION BLAST
A. Severely corroded surfaces designated by the Engineer shall be blast cleaned to SSPCSP10 (Blast Cleaning to Near-White Metal) to determine the condition of the substrate to determine if repair is required.

1. The hourly crew rate will be based on a minimum 4-man crew with the following minimum equipment:
a. A minimum No. 7 or No. 8 nozzle with a 2" diameter hose b. A minimum 425 compressor
c. A minimum 7 bag blast pot
d. Particle size of abrasive shall be a minimum 30 grit

3.5 SURFACE PREPARATION, INTERIOR
A. All interior surfaces shall be blast cleaned, in conformance to Society for Protective Coatings Specification SSPC-SP10 (Blast Cleaning to Near-White Metal). Field blast cleaning for all interior surfaces shall be by dry method.

1. The complete interior and exterior of all roof penetrations including, but not limited to, center vent structure, roof vents, roof hatches, cathodic protection handholes, auxiliary ports, etc., shall be blast cleaned to SSPC-SP10 including one (1) foot past the roof penetration onto the exterior roof when interior roof surfaces are blasted. The perimeter of the blast cleaned surfaces shall be cut to straight lines and the edge of the existing paint system sufficiently feathered to create a smooth transition between the two paint systems.

2. Particle size of abrasives used in blast cleaning surfaces to ultimately receive 100% epoxy shall be that which will produce a minimum of a 3.0 mil surface profile.

3. Contractor shall be responsible for removal and replacement of center vent cover as needed to coat and paint all surfaces.

4. Prior to coating and painting, remove the screening on the vents, the fall restraint cable system on the roof, and the Saf-T-Climb devices on the interior and exterior ladders, store on-site, and reinstall after all interior coating and exterior painting is complete.

B. The topside of the existing rafters and the roof plates above the rafters shall be abrasive blast cleaned in conformance to Society for Protective Coatings Specification SSPC-SP10 (Blast Cleaning to Near-White Metal).

1. Abrasive blast cleaning of the topside of the rafters and roof plates may require, but not be limited to, directing the blast nozzle at the roof to ricochet the abrasive off the roof, by wedging the roof, and/or utilizing angle or banana nozzles or other approved method that accomplishes the specified cleanliness.

2. Abrasive blasting in conformance to SSPC-SP10 (Blast Cleaning to Near-White Metal) will not be required in areas where the roof cannot be lifted above the rafters HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 14 of 22 including, but not limited to, near the shell or areas where the roof plates are welded to the top angle or other structural members, as determined by the Engineer. These areas shall be abrasive blasted by the blast nozzle being directed at the void between the roof and topside of the rafter from both sides to remove all loose rust, mil scale and coating to accomplish the specified cleanliness of Brushoff Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP7).

C. Wedging between the rafters and the roof plates a minimum of 1 ½" shall be accomplished by the Contractor for access by the Owner’s Inspector to inspect the topside of the rafters and roof plates.

3.6 SURFACE PREPARATION, EXTERIOR
A. All exterior surfaces, appurtenances, and piping shall be blast cleaned in conformance to Society for Protective Coatings Specification SSPC-SP10 (Blast Cleaning to Near-White Metal).

1. Surface preparation around the roof hatches and penetrations shall be in accordance with Section 3.5 A. 1. above.

3.7 SURFACE PREPARATION, EXTERIOR BURIED SURFACES
A. All exterior surfaces to be buried including anchor bolts, chairs, appurtenances, and piping shall be blast cleaned in conformance to Society for Protective Coatings Specification SSPC-SP10 (Blast Cleaning to Near-White Metal).

1. If the foundation and anchor bolts are not installed, the below grade portion of the shell shall be exposed a minimum of 12 inches and blast cleaned to Item 3.7 A. above.

2. Particle size of abrasives used in blast cleaning surfaces to ultimately receive 100% epoxy shall be that which will produce a minimum of a 3.0 mil surface profile.

3.8 APPLICATION, GENERAL
A. Coating and paint application shall conform to the requirements of the Society for Protective Coatings Paint Application Specification SSPC-PA1, latest revision, for “Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting”, the Owner, the manufacturer of the coating and paint materials printed literature and as specified herein and approved by the Engineer.

B. Thinning shall only be permitted as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer and shall not exceed limits set by applicable regulatory agencies.

1. If Contractor applies any materials which have been modified or thinned to such a degree as to cause them to exceed established VOC levels, Contractor shall be responsible for any fines, costs, remedies, or legal action and costs that may result.

C. Each application of coating and paint shall be applied evenly, free of brush marks, sags, runs and no evidence of poor workmanship. Care should be exercised to avoid lapping on glass or hardware. Coatings and paints shall be sharply cut to lines. Finished surfaces shall be free from defects or blemishes.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 15 of 22 D. Protective coverings or drop cloths shall be used to protect floors, fixtures, equipment, prepared surface and applied paints. Personnel walking on exterior roof of tank shall take precautions to prevent damage or contamination of painted surfaces. If required by Engineer, personnel shall wear soft-soled shoes, or shoe coverings approved by Engineer. Care shall be exercised to prevent coating or paint from being spattered onto surfaces which are not to be coated or painted. Surfaces from which such material cannot be removed satisfactorily shall be refinished as required to produce a finish satisfactory to the Engineer.

E. All materials shall be applied as specified herein.

F. All welds and irregular surfaces shall receive a separate brush coat of the specified product prior to application of the intermediate coat and a separate brush coat prior to the application of the finish coat. Application of stripe coat shall not be accomplished simultaneously with spray coat and shall be allowed to dry a sufficient amount of time before application of subsequent spray coat. Coating and paint shall be brushed in multiple directions to ensure penetration and coverage, as approved by the Engineer.

These areas include, but are not limited to, welds, nuts, bolts, etc. Care shall be exercised to ensure dry film thickness of coatings and paints does not exceed the maximum thickness allowed by the manufacturer of the specific product being applied.

1. All welds and irregular surfaces ultimately receiving 100% solids epoxy coating only require one stripe coat between the prime coat and the 100% solids epoxy coating.

G. At conclusion of each day’s blast cleaning and coating and paint operations, a 6" wide strip of blast cleaned substrate shall remain uncoated to facilitate locating point of origin for successive day’s blast cleaning operations.

H. Epoxy coated surfaces or other multi-component materials exposed to excessive sunlight or an excessive time element beyond manufacturer’s recommended recoat cycle, shall be scarified by Brush-off Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP7) or methods approved by Engineer, prior to application of additional coating. Scarified coating shall have sufficient depth to ensure a mechanical bond of subsequent coat, as recommended by the manufacturer.

I. All attachments, accessories, and appurtenances shall be prepared and finished in the same manner as specified for adjoining tank sections, except as specifically designated by the Engineer.

J. Each successive application of coating or paint shall be of sufficient contrast in color to facilitate inspection for uniform coverage of each coat. Owner shall designate finish colors.

3.9 APPLICATION, INTERIOR EPOXY COATING SYSTEM
A. Interior Surfaces Above the Bottom

1. After completion of surface preparation as specified, all surfaces above the bottom shall receive three 5.0 mil coats of epoxy coating specified under 2.2 D. SPECIFIC INTERIOR COATING MATERIALS. Total dry film thickness of the completed system shall be a minimum of 15.0 mils.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 16 of 22 a. Wedging between the rafters and roof plates a minimum of 1 ½" shall be accomplished by the Contractor during the coating process for the purposes of coating the topside of the rafters and inspection by Owner’s Inspector. Coating shall be accomplished in accordance with 3.8 F.

APPLICATION, GENERAL. The rafter wedges shall be moved between each coat and each stripe coat.
b. All roof penetrations prepared in accordance with 3.5 A. 1. shall be primed concurrently as one unit on all interior and exterior surfaces of the penetrations and shall receive first stripe coat, intermediate coat, second stripe coat and finish coat on the interior and exterior surfaces concurrently while these coats are being accomplished on the interior surfaces of the tank. c. Maximum dry film thickness allowed, if not specified in manufacturer’s approved literature, will be as determined, in writing, by the coating manufacturer’s headquarters technical representative.

B. Interior Bottom Surfaces and Lower 2 Feet of the Shell & Column

1. After completion of surface preparation as specified, all bottom surfaces and lower 2 feet of the shell and column shall receive the primer specified under 2.2 D.

SPECIFIC INTERIOR COATING MATERIALS. Dry film thickness shall not be less than 5.0 mils.

2. After completion of prime coat, either one 22.0 mil coat or two 11.0 mil coats of coating specified under 2.2 E. SPECIFIC INTERIOR COATING MATERIALS shall be applied. Total dry film thickness of the system shall be not less than 25.0 mils at any point in the coated surface.
a. Prior to beginning the 100% solids coating application, a 2 ft. x 2 ft. test patch on plastic outside the tank shall be performed. The test patch shall be sprayed to the same thickness as will be applied to the tank. b. Ratio tests shall be performed at the beginning of each application process and performed every 4 hours thereafter until the application is completed for the day. The ratio test shall be a minimum of 12 ounces for the part requiring the least quantity.
c. Maximum dry film thickness allowed, if not specified in manufacturer’s approved literature, will be as determined, in writing, by the coating manufacturer’s headquarters technical representative.
d. If approved by the manufacturer, the stripe coat may be the same product as the prime coat noted on the product data sheet.

C. Roof Junction Void, Roof Lap Joints and Other Designated Void Areas

1. After completion of finish coat application of epoxy coating and holiday detection and touch-up, as specified, all void areas including, but not limited to, column base, bolt holes, and roof lap joints shall be primed, if required, and filled with joint sealant HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 17 of 22 as specified under SPECIFIC INTERIOR COATING MATERIALS 2.2 F. for roof and structural members above the water and 2.2 G. for surfaces below the water level. Prior to filling joints, area shall be blown down or wiped as necessary to clean area. Voids shall be filled flush at a 1:1 angle (45 degrees) out from upper edge of the plate in accordance with the plans.
a. Prior to applying the caulking at the base of the column, the top of the column base plate and the adjacent bottom plate a distance of 1:1 ratio (45-degree angle) from top outer edge of the plate shall be masked to obtain a clean line. Remove masking after completion of the caulking.

3.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE, INTERIOR, EPOXY COATING SYSTEM
A. All coating components shall be mixed in exact proportions specified by the manufacturer.

Care shall be exercised to ensure all material is removed from containers during mixing and metering operations.

B. All coatings shall be thoroughly mixed, utilizing an approved slow-speed power mixer until all components are thoroughly combined and are of a smooth consistency. Coatings shall not be applied beyond pot-life limits or recoat cycles specified by manufacturer.

C. Thinners shall be added to coating materials only as required in accordance with manufacturer’s printed literature and in the presence of the Engineer. Quantities of thinner shall not exceed limits set by applicable regulatory agencies.

D. Application shall be by airless spray method, except as otherwise specified. Drying time between coats shall be strictly observed as stated in manufacturer’s printed instructions, except there shall be a minimum of 12 hours between coats.

E. Maximum time to recoat shall be strictly observed as stated in the manufacturer’s printed instructions. Contractor shall be responsible for all cost associated with application of coating within the recoat window. If the maximum recoat window is violated, the Contractor will be required to brush-off blast the surfaces as required by the manufacturer and the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to provide a fine abrasive that will not unnecessarily damage the coating to be scarified. If recoat violation is caused by the Contractor’s schedule, all costs for brush-off blasting will be borne by the Contractor.

F. When two or more coats are specified, where possible, each coat shall contain sufficient approved color additive to act as an indicator of coverage or the coats must be of contrasting color.

G. Care shall be exercised during spray operations to hold the spray nozzle perpendicular and sufficiently close to surfaces being coated, to avoid excessive evaporation of volatile constituents and loss of material into the air or the bridging of cracks and crevices.

Reaching beyond limits of scaffold perimeter will not be permitted. All overspray identified by Engineer shall be removed by hand or pole sanding prior to application of subsequent coat.

H. Joint sealant may be applied by caulking gun, trowel or other approved method. Sealant shall be pressed firmly into voids to ensure 100% filling/sealing and applied at 1:1 ratio (45-degree angle) from the top edge of the plate. See detail in the plans.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 18 of 22 I. Upon completion of coating operations and prior to caulking, after curing interval in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, holiday detection shall be accomplished, with a wirebrush electrode, using the specified instrument at 1,500 volts for the roof and shell surfaces and at 2,500 volts for all surfaces with 100% solids epoxy coating. Repair and retesting shall be accomplished as specified under 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE. Engineer is not precluded from verifying adequacy of holiday testing by accomplishing holiday detection of selected areas, using his own holiday detector.

1. Upon completion of coating application to bottom surfaces, lower shell surfaces of completed epoxy coating which may have been subjected to damage from abrasive blast cleaning of bottom surfaces shall be holiday detected again and repaired as noted above.

J. All mixing, thinning, application and holiday detection of coatings shall be accomplished in the presence of the Engineer.

K. A time element equivalent to 7 days curing time at 70 degrees F and 50% relative humidity shall be allowed before placing the epoxy coating into service, as determined in 3.11 FINAL CURING OF EPOXY COATINGS.

3.11 FINAL CURING OF EPOXY COATINGS
A. Upon completion and acceptance of applied coating system, Contractor shall furnish an approved exhaust fan or blower of sufficient capacity to ensure removal of solvent vapors during curing process. The fan or blower, after approval by Engineer, shall be installed as approved by the Engineer and shall remain in continuous operation until coating is completely cured as determined by the manufacturer of the coating system. Operation and maintenance of blower during curing operations shall be the responsibility of the Owner if Contractor has completed all ongoing work and workers are not working at the site. In the event of blower malfunction, Owner will immediately notify Contractor, who will be responsible for immediate repair of blower or furnishing of another operating blower until completion of curing operations.

1. If dehumidification is being used, the equipment shall remain in-place and run continuously during all curing operations.

B. After completion of curing cycle as noted above, the Contractor shall test the applied coating with a solvent rub test performed in accordance with ASTM D5402 to verify, to the Engineer, adequate curing has been attained.

1. If final cure has not been attained, based on above tests, ventilation shall be continued until applied coating passes the “acetone wipe-test” or “hardness test”.

C. After final cure is approved by Engineer, Contractor shall remove fan or blower.

3.12 APPLICATION, EXTERIOR PAINT AND QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR PAINT SYSTEMS A. After completion of surface preparation as specified, all exterior surfaces, piping and equipment boxes shall receive the primer specified under 2.4 D. SPECIFIC EXTERIOR PAINT MATERIALS. Dry film thickness shall not be less than 5.0 mils.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 19 of 22

1. Manufacturer shall provide recoat window guidelines for product based on temperature variations with minimum and maximum recoat windows.

B. After proper drying interval, primed areas shall be carefully inspected to determine if paint edges have lifted or if other defects exist. If necessary, repairs shall be accomplished, using procedures as specified herein to affect a smooth transition between primer and subsequent coats.

C. The primer shall be clean, dry and show no evidence of oxidation, after which all surfaces shall receive the intermediate coat specified under 2.4 E. SPECIFIC EXTERIOR PAINT MATERIALS, to a dry film thickness of 3.0 mils.

1. Manufacturer shall provide recoat window guidelines for product based on temperature variations with minimum and maximum recoat windows.

D. After specified drying interval, all exterior surfaces shall receive the finish coat specified under 2.4 G. SPECIFIC EXTERIOR PAINT MATERIALS, to a dry film thickness of 3.0 mils. If the finish coat is applied by rolling, two coats of finish coat shall be applied.

E. Total dry film thickness of the completed three-coat system shall not be less than 11.0 mils at any point in the surface where bare metal was originally exposed, or less than 8.0 mils above the previous thickness where the new two-coat system was applied over existing paint.

1. Prior to start of intermediate coat application, Contractor and Engineer shall conduct spot dry film thickness tests to determine the minimum dry film thickness of the existing paint system. A mutual agreement shall be reached as to the specific dry film thickness of the existing paint system, which shall then be used in determining if sufficient additional paint has been applied over the existing paint. a. Maximum dry film thickness allowed, if not specified in manufacturer’s approved literature, will be as determined, in writing, by the paint manufacturer’s headquarters technical representative.
b. Paint shall not be applied when wind speed exceeds fifteen miles per hour.

2. Prior to applying the finish coat, the tank bottom plate extension (BPE) shall receive two brush coats of the epoxy coating.

F. Upon completion of exterior painting operations, inspection shall be accomplished as specified under 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE. All applicable sections of 3.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE, INTERIOR, EPOXY COATING SYSTEM shall apply to exterior painting operations.

G. All mixing, thinning, application and holiday detection of coatings and paints shall be accomplished in the presence of the Engineer.

H. Color Scheme: The Owner shall select colors for the project. The Contractor shall submit a current chart of the manufacturer’s available colors to the Owner’s representative ten days prior to start of painting operations.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 20 of 22 I. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with five extra gallons of both the epoxy and urethane paints used for the exterior surfaces.

3.13 APPLICATION, EXTERIOR BURIED SURFACES
A. After completion of surface preparation as specified, all exterior surfaces to be buried to original elevation including anchor bolts, chairs, appurtenances, and piping shall receive the primer specified under 2.4 F. 1. SPECIFIC EXTERIOR PAINT MATERIALS. Dry film thickness shall not be less than 5.0 mils.

1. If the foundation and anchor bolts are not installed, the 12-inch portion of the shell below grade prepared in accordance with 3.7 A. shall be primed and coated with 100% solids epoxy in accordance with Items 3.13 A. and B.

B. After completion of prime coat, either one 22.0 mil coat or two 11.0 mil coats of coating specified under 2.4 F. 2. SPECIFIC EXTERIOR PAINT MATERIALS shall be applied. Total dry film thickness of the system shall be not less than 25.0 mils at any point in the painted surface.

2. Prior to beginning the 100% solids coating application, a 2 ft. x 2 ft. test patch on plastic outside the tank shall be performed. The test patch shall be sprayed to the same thickness as will be applied to the tank.

3. Ratio tests shall be performed at the beginning of each application process and performed every 4 hours thereafter until the application is completed for the day.

The ratio test shall be a minimum of 12 ounces for the part requiring the least quantity.

4. Maximum dry film thickness allowed, if not specified in manufacturer’s approved literature, will be as determined, in writing, by the coating manufacturer’s headquarters technical representative.

5. If approved by the manufacturer, the stripe coat may be the same product as the prime coat noted on the product data sheet.

C. After specified drying interval, exterior buried surfaces shall receive the finish coat specified under 2.4 G. SPECIFIC EXTERIOR PAINT MATERIALS, to a dry film thickness of 3.0 mils.

D. All applicable quality assurance items in 3.12 APPLICATION, EXTERIOR PAINT AND QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR PAINT SYSTEMS shall apply to the work in Item 3.13 APPLICATION, EXTERIOR BURIED SURFACES.

3.14 DISINFECTION
A. Disinfecting of interior surfaces of the tank shall be accomplished in the presence of the HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 21 of 22 Engineer and Owner’s Operations, in conformance to AWWA Standard C652 Section 4.3 Chlorination Method 2 as modified herein:

1. Disinfection shall be accomplished after completion and acceptance by Owner of all interior recoating and curing of coating as required in 3.11 FINAL CURING OF EPOXY COATINGS.

2. Prior to disinfecting, the complete interior shall be cleaned with an approved cleaner or detergent applied via high pressure method. If deemed necessary by Engineer because of contaminants remaining on surfaces, immersed areas shall be scrubbed with a brush or similar implement which will apply force and pressure to the surface to completely remove residual solvents and other surface contaminants.

3. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner to purge all tank piping to remove stagnate water and any debris trapped in the line prior to disinfecting the interior of the tank.

4. Cleaned surfaces shall then be rinsed with clean water. Residual water and contamination removed during washing process shall be thoroughly flushed from tank. Contractor shall obtain approval of Owner prior to draining any residual water to waste. This operation shall be accomplished after completion of interior coating work as directed by the Engineer.

5. After completion of cleaning cycles as noted above, all interior surfaces shall be jet washed with a chlorine or chloramine solution having a content of 200 PPM.

Chlorine or chloramine solution used to disinfect the interior of the tank shall remain in the bottom of the tank when the tank is filled. a. Contractor shall furnish and install new white NSF approved gaskets and stainless steel blue coated nuts and bolts for the manholes and seal-up the tank.

6. Once the tank has been completely filled, the tank will be isolated from the water system and the Owner will take a Bac-T test. Should the Bac-T test fail, the Contractor will be responsible for reimbursing the Owner for the rejected and drained water and will be required to re-chlorinate the tank as described above until the Bac-T tests are negative.

3.15 TESTING FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC’S)
A. To monitor the presence of VOC’s leached into the water from the coating process, the following procedure shall be utilized:

1. After satisfactory curing, the tank shall be filled by Owner in accordance with standard filling procedure. Water shall then be retained for a period of five days.

2. On the sixth day following completion of the filling of the tank, the Owner will perform a “sniff” test to determine if unacceptable chemical odor is present.

3. On the sixth day following completion of filling of tank and passing the “sniff test”, HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 09 97 14 – TANK COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATION 22 of 22 samples of water shall be removed by Owner, in accordance with latest SWRCB Division of Drinking Water memoranda. Samples shall then be forwarded, by Owner, to an approved test laboratory for testing to determine presence of VOC’s.

4. After testing of samples, results must show levels of leached organics to be in accordance with levels established by the SWRCB Division of Drinking Water for various VOC’s. Results will be verified by SWRCB Division of Drinking Water.

5. If levels of leached organics exceed those acceptable to the SWRCB Division of Drinking Water, the tank shall be drained, flushed, refilled, and retested at the Contractor’s expense. Failure of the tank to attain levels acceptable to the SWRCB Division of Drinking Water shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and remedial measures to attain such levels shall be at his sole expense.

6. If leached organics produce any taste and odor objectionable to consumers of the water from the tank, the tank shall be drained, re-cleaned, flushed, refilled and retested at the Contractor’s expense. Failure of the tank to be taste and odor-free shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and remedial measures to attain such a condition shall be at his sole expense.

3.16 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding and containers shall be removed from the site or destroyed in a manner approved by the Engineer. Coating, paint and thinner containers, and excess coatings, paints, and thinners, shall be disposed of in conformance to current regulations. Coating or paint spots upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the entire job site cleaned. All damage to surfaces resulting from the work of this section shall be cleaned, repaired or refinished to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Owner.

B. Upon completion and acceptance of all coating and painting operations, site soil shall be retested by Owner, in same locations tested prior to start of work, for presence of lead or other heavy metals. Testing shall be accomplished by the same laboratory as the original testing under requirements of Title 22. If soils contain excessive levels of lead or other heavy metals above those levels determined by testing at start of work and beyond acceptable levels of current regulations, Contractor shall be responsible for removal and disposal of contaminated soil and returning the site to its original condition. Copies of laboratory analyses reports shall be forwarded to Contractor immediately upon receipt from laboratory, prior to start of any work. Any required remediation schedule will be determined by the Owner.

3.17 OMISSIONS
Care has been taken to delineate herein those surfaces to be coated or painted. However, if coating and painting requirements have been inadvertently omitted from this section or any other section of the specifications, it is intended that all metal surfaces, unless specifically exempted herein, shall receive a first-class protective system equal to that given the same type surface pursuant to these specifications.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 26 42 00 – CATHODIC PROTECTION BY GALVANIC ANODES 1 of 6 SECTION 26 42 00 – CATHODIC PROTECTION BY GALVANIC ANODES PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This section addresses materials, installation, and testing requirements for a new interior sacrificial anode cathodic protection system on an existing welded steel ground storage water tank owned and operated by Elk Valley Rancheria, California. The tank is known as the Amador Tank and has a capacity of 1.5 MG. The interior of the tank will have a new epoxy coating.

B. The work includes supplying all materials, tools and labor to install the following: sacrificial magnesium rod anodes and cables, cutting of new five (5) inch diameter anode handholes in the roof plates, providing six (6) inch diameter steel anode handhole covers, anode and cable mounting and suspension hardware and internal/external mounted potential monitoring test equipment.

C. The Contractor performing all cathodic protection installations shall be a licensed Electrical Contractor in the State of California (C-10 minimum classification) and shall have a minimum of five (5) years of practical experience with successful histories of similar cathodic protection tank work. Upon request, the Contractor shall substantiate this requirement by furnishing a written list of appropriate references with contact names, phone numbers and year(s) of installation and project titles.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards: The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designations only.

1. ASTM B107-13 Standard Specification for Magnesium-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Tubes and Wire

2. ASTM D1248-12 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Extrusion Materials For Wire and Cable

3. NACE SP0196-15 Galvanic Anode Cathodic Protection of Internal Submerged Surfaces of Steel Water Tanks

4. NSF/ANSI 61-13 Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit only the following for review and approval by the Owner’s Corrosion Engineer (3 copies):

1. Anodes

2. Wire and Cable

3. Anode Handhole Covers

4. Potential Meter and Enclosure
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 26 42 00 – CATHODIC PROTECTION BY GALVANIC ANODES 2 of 6

5. Permanent Reference Electrode
B. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Owner’s requirements. Shop drawings to include specific anode core to lead wire connections.

C. An electronic submittal will be accepted only in the following format:

1. The file shall be in pdf format.

2. Each project submittal shall be a separate file.

3. Each file shall be labeled in the following sequence:
a. Owner’s Name/Project Name
b. Submittal No.
c. Description

1.4 MANUFACTURERS
All materials furnished under this specification shall be standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products and equipment and shall be the manufacturer’s latest design that complies with the specification requirements. All materials shall be manufactured in the USA where feasible.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 ANODE HANDHOLE COVERS
Anode hole covers shall be circular 3/32" (min.) thick galvanized, cadmium plated or zinc plated mild steel or bare stainless steel, six (6.0) inches in diameter, with a 1/2" diameter centered stainless steel through bolt. A galvanized or cadmium plated steel bar or 1/2" thick FRP (fiberglass reinforced plastic - not PVC) bar shall be utilized to hold the cover in place and shall be dimensioned as shown in the Plans. The bar shall be factory drilled and tapped to accept the 1/2" cover bolt. The end of the bolt shall be peened or saw cut with a slot to prevent the bar from coming off the bolt. A 6" dia., full face, 0.100" thick (min.) neoprene rubber gasket with a 9/16" diameter center hole shall be provided under the cover to seal the cover to the anode handhole in the roof plate. An additional EPDM or neoprene rubber grommet shall be provided between the roof plate and the neoprene cover gasket to facilitate future removal of the cover.

2.2 ANODES
A. ASTM B107 Magnesium Rod, Galvorod Alloy (Dow Chemical) Certified (Standard Potential - 1.4/1.5 VDC – max. open circuit voltage to CSE) or approved equal. High potential (primary grade) anodes shall not be utilized for this project. Anodes shall be NSF/ANSI Standard 61 certified with accompanying certification paperwork.

1. Chemical composition of the anode shall be as follows:
a. Aluminum 2.5-3.5% maximum
b. Manganese 0.20% minimum
c. Zinc 0.7-1.3%
d. Silicon 0.05% maximum
e. Copper 0.01% maximum
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 26 42 00 – CATHODIC PROTECTION BY GALVANIC ANODES 3 of 6 f. Nickel 0.001% maximum
g. Iron 0.002% maximum
h. Other (each) 0.05% maximum
i. Other (total) 0.30% maximum
j. Magnesium Remainder
Bare Anode Weight: 20 pounds (min.) for 20-foot-long rod (1.315" dia.)

2. Anode Diameter = 1.315 inches O.D. ± 0.020"
Rod anodes shall be continuously cast or extruded with a centrally located 0.135" diameter iron wire core and shall be supplied with the anode lead wire conductor both factory silver soldered and hydraulically crimped or split bolted to the core. The entire soldered/crimped connection shall be completely encapsulated in a waterproof heat shrinkable sleeve followed by an epoxy potting compound contained within an additional PVC sleeve or an overall heat shrinkable sleeve.

3. Anodes must be NSF 61 certified with accompanying NSF paperwork and approved manufacturers are Galvotec Alloys, Inc., Timminco Limited, MaxMag, Mag Specialties or other approved equal.

2.3 ANODE LEAD WIRES
Anode lead wires shall be AWG #8 stranded copper conductors, ASTM D-1248 Type 1, Class A, Type CP, HMW/PE insulated (black), insulation thickness 0.110", not less than 20' in length and extend to the roof plate connection without splicing.

2.4 POTENTIAL METER AND ENCLOSURE
An analog DC voltmeter shall be provided in an external enclosure to allow for measurement of interior structure-to-water potentials. The meter shall read from 0-2.0 volts DC (VDC) and have a minimum internal resistance of 100K ohms per volt (Ω/V) sensitivity. Meter shall be at least 2-1/2" square and the face of the meter shall be permanently marked with a “green arc” from -0.850V to -1.200V and a “yellow arc” from -

1.200V to -2.000V. The meter circuit shall be provided with an external “push-to-read” momentary switch, which is normally “off” or “open” (NO). The voltmeter and switch shall be mounted on a PVC or acrylic board as shown.

The enclosure for the meter shall be a polycarbonate or fiberglass (not steel) NEMA 3R (rain tight) box with a hinged cover. The box shall be similar to a Stahlin type or style with a gasket built into the cover for sealing. Box size shall be 8" x 8" x 4" and the cover shall have a hasp for padlocking the cover to the box. The meter and enclosure shall be the Model GMC-808-HPL as manufactured by GMC Electrical, Corona, California or approved equal.

2.5 PERMANENT REFERENCE ELECTRODE
The copper-copper sulphate permanent reference electrode shall be the “Staperm”, Model Cu-2-FW and shall be a 1-1/8" diameter x 8" long ABS (yellow) plastic housing with an internally coiled (spiral wound) 1/8" diameter 99.9% pure copper rod suspended in a saturated laboratory-grade copper sulphate (CuSO4) conductive paste. The electrode HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 26 42 00 – CATHODIC PROTECTION BY GALVANIC ANODES 4 of 6 shall contain a chloride-ion (Cl-) trap and utilize a ceramic electrolyte contact plug on the bottom end. The design life shall be a minimum of 20 years with a stability of ± 5 millivolt (mV) under a 3 micro-amp (µA) load. The electrode cable size shall be stranded AWG #14 copper with RHH-RHW (yellow) insulation and be of sufficient length to reach from the electrode to the external potential meter enclosure without splicing. The electrode shall be as manufactured by GMC Electrical of Corona, California or approved equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
The following installation procedures shall be accomplished with the tank wet or dry (Owner’s option). The anodes will be suspended from the interior roof plates as shown in the Plans and shall meet all requirements of NACE Standard SP0196-15.

3.2 ANODE HANDHOLES
The Contractor shall cut new, exactly circular, 5" diameter holes in the roof plates at the locations shown. Holes may be either flame cut or by the use of a magnet-mount motordriven hole saw. Coat the exposed edges of each cut hole with either matching roof paint or epoxy after grinding the edges smooth. Paint the exterior tops of all new handhole covers as directed by the Owner or as shown in the Painting Specifications.

3.3 ANODE INSTALLATION
A. Install each anode and lead wire at the indicated locations (by the use of the individual anode clevis assembly):

NOTE: DO NOT PERFORM ITEMS “C” AND “D” BELOW UNTIL AFTER THE 11th MONTH COATING WARRANTY INSPECTION HAS BEEN PERFORMED (BY OTHERS).

B. Suspend each anode from its clevis assembly as shown. Verify that the installed anode is the correct design distance (7' ± 6") off the tank floor. Cover the lead wire solderless lugs with three laps of rubber tape followed by three laps of vinyl electrical tape or other suitable waterproof covering to prevent corrosion of the connector until it is finally installed (connected to the roof plate).

C. Connect the individual lead wire copper conductors to the roof plate by the use of the solderless lug connector and S/S through bolt as shown after first either grinding the interior roof plate to bare metal or drilling and tapping the roof plate to accept the S/S bolt. Anode supplier to provide a sufficient length of anode lead cable to connect to the lug without splicing the cable.

D. After each connection is made, coat the exposed lug connector and any exposed cable copper conductor and interior bare steel roof plate with epoxy or other approved insulating coating to a thickness of at least 1/16". Slide each individual handhole cover centered and in place on the exterior roof plate and tighten the ½" S/S bolt until it is just snug. Do not over tighten.

3.4 METER ENCLOSURE
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 26 42 00 – CATHODIC PROTECTION BY GALVANIC ANODES 5 of 6 Mount the meter enclosure box on the exterior shell at the height shown and adjacent to the exterior ladder by the use of the mounting tabs provided on the box and pin-brazed studs or “Unistrut” or angle iron type mounting hardware welded to the shell as required by the Owner. Attach the box to the studs or mounting angles with stainless steel hexagonal bolts and nuts. Route ¾" rigid galvanized conduit from the box to the exterior roof plate and adjacent to the roof hatch. Terminate the conduit at the roof plate entry with a ¾" Type LB galvanized or zinc plated steel condulet fitting. Attach an AWG #14 THWN (black) insulated copper cable from the voltmeter negative (-) terminal to the switch and then to the grounding lug or provided grounding wire in the box as shown. Verify (by continuity testing) that the meter box is electrically continuous with the tank shell.

3.5 PERMANENT REFERENCE ELECTRODE
Suspend the permanent reference electrode from its own lead wire utilizing a ceramic pin insulator at the location shown on the plans. On knuckle style roofs, attach the #14 lead wire to the interior ladder with a galvanized or stainless steel beam clamp well above the high water line. Route the electrode lead wire up the interior tank shell adjacent to or behind the interior ladder and through the ¾" condulet fitting and inside the exterior ¾" steel conduit to the meter enclosure. Do not splice or nick the electrode cable. Connect the reference lead copper conductor to the voltmeter positive (+) terminal with a ring-tongue solderless connector. Fill both sides of the roof mounted LB condulet interior inlet and outlets and the conduit entry into the meter enclosure with a canned type expandable “foam sealant” to prevent condensation and humidity from entering the ¾" steel conduit and meter enclosure.

Locate the ¾" conduit entry to the monitoring box on the bottom of the box as shown on the Plans. Do not remove the protective bottom cap on the electrode until ready for use unless the tank has 100% continuous sufficient water depth to permanently completely cover the electrode.

PART 4 - TESTING AND WARRANTY

4.1 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM TESTING
The CP installation Contractor shall accomplish initialization structure-to-water testing of the galvanic anode cathodic protection system. Testing shall be accomplished after the internal coating warranty inspection has been performed (by others) and the tank refilled. Testing will be conducted per the requirements of NACE Standard SP0196-15. Testing shall consist of measuring (with a high-impedance digital DC voltmeter and a calibrated portable CuSO4 reference electrode) all individual anode open-circuit (unconnected) potentials, initially connected structure-to-water potentials (with all anodes connected) and final structure-towater potentials after at least a minimum of one-hour has elapsed. Structure potentials shall be measured from the roof hatch and down the interior shell and behind the interior ladder at 3'± (max.) intervals from the high waterline to the bottom. Contractor shall only be held responsible for supplying the specified anode material, permanent CuSO4 reference and/or monitoring equipment unless deficiencies are noted in any materials. Present a letter type report with all Results of the testing to the Owner.

4.2 WARRANTY
All materials, especially the anodes, shall be warranted for a period of at least twelve (12) months after the cathodic protection system has been energized (connected). Any deficiencies in the materials, especially in the initial measured anode open-circuit voltage HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 26 42 00 – CATHODIC PROTECTION BY GALVANIC ANODES 6 of 6 (to CSE) or lack of NSF certification, shall be cause to reject the entire lot of materials. The Contractor shall replace all deficient materials, including labor to reinstall and any retesting required, at no cost to the Owner.

4.3 CLEANUP
All debris, tools, storage materials, welding, cutting and painting materials shall be removed from the tank roof and from the premises at the completion of the work herein specified. Any cost incurred by the Owner to clean up debris or other materials resulting from this work shall be back charged to the Contractor.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 22 13 – EARTHWORK 1 of 8
SECTION 31 22 13 – EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
Earthwork describes the work including loosening, removing, loading, transporting, depositing and compacting in its final location of all materials, wet and dry, as required for purposes of construction of all Work shown; the furnishing, placing and removing of all sheeting and bracing necessary to safely support the sides of the excavations; all pumping, ditching, draining and other required measures for the removal or exclusion of water; the supporting of structures above and below the ground; all backfilling around structures and all backfilling of trenches and pits; the disposal of excess excavated materials, and all other incidental earthwork as shown.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01 11 00: SUMMARY OF WORK
B. Section 31 23 33: TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates B. ASTM D1556 Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method C. ASTM D1557 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort D. ASTM D2922 Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
E. ASTM D4253 Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using Vibratory Table F. ASTM D4254 Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density
G. Caltrans Test Method 216
H. Caltrans Test Method 217 Sand Equivalence

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit a copy of the excavation permit issued by the California Department of Industrial Safety.

B. A detailed plan for design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other excavation shall be submitted a minimum of 5 days before Contractor begins excavation.

C. The Contractor shall submit samples of all materials proposed to be used in the work.

D. An electronic submittal will be accepted in only the following format.

1. The file shall be in pdf format.

2. Each project submittal shall be a separate file.

3. Each file shall be labeled in the following sequence:
a. Owner Name/Project Name
b. Submittal No.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 22 13 – EARTHWORK 2 of 8
c. Description
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. GENERAL: Fill, backfill and embankment materials shall be selected or processed clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, free from grass, roots, brush, other vegetation or miscellaneous inorganic debris and inert rubble.

B. Fill and backfill materials shall be free of rocks or unbroken masses of earth materials having a maximum dimension larger than 3 inches.

C. Fill material shall have an Expansion Index (EI) less than 20.

D. Suitable Materials: Materials not defined as unsuitable below are defined as suitable materials and may be used in fills, backfilling, and embankment construction subject to the indicated limitations. In addition, when acceptable to the Engineer, some of the material listed as unsuitable may be used when thoroughly mixed with suitable material to form a stable composite.

E. Suitable materials may be obtained from on-site excavations, may be processed on-site materials, or may be imported. If imported materials are required by this Section or to meet the quantity requirements of the project, the Contractor shall provide the imported materials at no additional expense to the Owner, unless a unit price item is included for imported materials in the bidding schedule.

F. The following soil and backfill materials shall be defined and specified:

1. Pipe Zone Material – Material from below pipe to less than 12 inches above top of pipe shall be sand or gravel in compliance with ASTM D1557 minimum sand equivalence of 30 material free from shale, sod, stones and clods over 2 inches in diameter, roots, trash, organic material and other debris.

2. Trench Zone Material – Material in pipe trench above pipe zone and below street zone shall be suitable soil material in compliance with ASTM D1557.

3. Surface Zone Material – Material in upper 12 inches of trench to finish surface in unimproved or landscaped areas shall be suitable topsoil in compliance with ASTM D1557.

4. No material greater than two inches in any dimension shall be placed within one foot of any pipe, valve or structure.

5. All backfill within 24 inches of ductile iron fittings or valves shall be clean, washed sand.

2.2 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL
A. Soils which cannot be compacted sufficiently to achieve the density specified for the intended use.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 22 13 – EARTHWORK 3 of 8
B. Rocks larger than three (3) inches in the largest dimension shall not be placed within the fill. Rocks larger than one (1) inch shall not be placed within the upper 12 inches of subgrade soils.

C. Materials that contain hazardous or designated waste materials including petroleum hydrocarbons, pesticides, heavy metals, and any material which may be classified as hazardous or toxic according to applicable regulations.

D. Soils that contain greater concentrations of chloride or sulfate ions or have a soil resistively or pH less than the existing on-site soils.

E. When material for the excavation is unsuitable for use in backfill, it shall be disposed of off-site and suitable material that is capable of being compacted to the required relative density shall be arranged for and furnished by the Contractor at his expense.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXCAVATION – GENERAL
A. The existence and location of existing underground facilities shown on the plans were obtained by a search of the available records. To the best of our knowledge, no other facilities exist except as shown on the plans. The possibility exists of pipe and other underground improvements which may or may not be shown on the plans. Preserve and protect any such improvements whether shown or not. Where necessary to remove and replace or to relocate such improvements in order to prosecute the Work, they shall be removed, maintained and permanently replaced by the Contractor at his expense, except as otherwise provided in the Contract documents.

B. Control grading to prevent water running into excavations. Do not obstruct surface drainage. Provide swales, gutters temporary drains or other means of channeling flow without interruption around excavation.

C. Preserve existing drainage patterns except as otherwise shown. Where construction methods cause temporary obstruction of drainage patterns, provide temporary facilities adequate for expected flows and a means of emergency removal of the obstruction.

D. Provide and maintain ample means and devices and promptly remove and properly dispose of all water from any source entering the excavation or other parts of work.

Dewatering methods shall ensure preservation of final lines and grades of bottoms of excavations. Said methods may include well points, sump points, suitable rock or gravel placed below required bedding for drainage and pumping purposes, temporary pipelines, and other means that will not be detrimental to the proposed construction. Contractor is responsible for obtaining all water discharge permits required.

E. Do not place concrete footings or floors in water. Do not allow water to rise over Work until concrete or mortar has set at least eight hours.

F. During excavation, place the excavated material only within the working area. Do not obstruct any roadways or access ways.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 22 13 – EARTHWORK 4 of 8

3.2 SITE EXCAVATION
A. Stripping: Strip all vegetation such as roots, brush, heavy sods, heavy growth or grass and all decayed vegetable matter, rubbish and other unsuitable materials within area of Work prior to starting excavation or embankment. Trees and other natural growths outside the actual lines of construction operations shall not be destroyed and such measures as are necessary shall be taken by the Contractor, at his own expense, for the protection thereof.

B. After stripping, excavation of whatever substances are encountered within grading limits of the Work shall be carried to lines and grades shown. All suitable excavated material shall be used to meet embankment and backfill requirements of Work. Material in excess or not suitable for embankment or backfill shall be disposed of as specified herein.

C. Areas to receive embankment or fill shall be benched, if sloping, and scarified to a depth of 12 inches, then compacted to at least 90 percent of the laboratory maximum dry density.

All fill should be compacted at moisture content within three (3) percent of optimum moisture content. Do not deposit unsuitable material in fill areas where compaction is required.

D. Finish: All areas covered by the Work, including excavated and filled sections and transition areas, shall be uniformly graded to elevations shown. Finished surface shall be reasonably smooth, compacted, and free from irregular surface changes. Round edges of spoil and borrow areas to blend into natural contours. The degree of finish ordinarily obtainable from a blade grader will be satisfactory for open areas, but hand grading and raking will be required around structures and walkways. Finished surface shall be not more than 0.1 foot above or below established grade and sloped to prevent ponding.

3.3 OVER-EXCAVATION FOR TANK SUBGRADE
A. The area under the new tank shall require over-excavation, regrading and backfill in accordance with Section 33 16 19. The subgrade under the foundation of the tank shall be over-excavated 5 feet below existing grade and a minimum of 3 feet below the bottom of the new footing to competent material. The limits of the over-excavation should extend a minimum of 5 feet beyond the perimeter foundation, to property lines, or existing improvements, whichever is least. The over-excavation shall be recompacted in accordance with the plans, geotechnical reports and this Section.

B. The bottom and edges of the excavation shall be cleaned, squared-off and leveled.

Deeper over-excavation will be needed if soft, yielding soils or fill soils are exposed on the exaction bottom.

C. The fill material placed on the scarified and compacted soil should be compacted to 95 percent of laboratory maximum dry density, and the top 12 inches of fill underlining the tank and tank footing should be compacted to 95% of the laboratory maximum dry density.

All fill should be compacted and moisture-continued to within three (3) percent of the optimum for fine-grained soils. Scarified soil shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of the laboratory maximum dry density. Testing for compaction shall be in accordance with Section 31 23 33, “Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting”.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 22 13 – EARTHWORK 5 of 8

3.4 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Alignment and Grades: Alignment and grade for pipe shall be as shown. When flow line is shown, it shall be the invert or interior bottom of pipe. When top of pipe is shown, it shall be the exterior of pipe barrel. In absence of such profile grade, pipe shall be laid on a straight grade to permit complete drainage and to provide a minimum of 36 inches of cover to finish ground or street subgrade unless otherwise shown.

B. The Contractor shall excavate and expose buried points of connection to existing utilities where indicated on the Drawings for connections and before fabrication of pipe and the data obtained shall be used in preparing shop drawings.

C. In accordance with California Department of Industrial Safety requirements and The Greenbook, the Contractor is required to obtain a permit for the excavation of trench which is five feet or more in depth and into which a person is required to descend. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials required to design, construct and remove all sheeting, shoring and bracing or other equivalent method of support for the walls of open excavations required for the construction of this project.

D. Trench Width: Overall trench width measured at a level of one foot above the top of pipe shall not exceed the limits listed as follows:

1. Nominal Inside Pipe Diameter of 4" to 12" – Minimum width equal to OD plus 12" and Maximum width equal to OD plus 16".

2. Nominal Inside Pipe Diameter of 14" to 48" – Minimum width equals OD plus 16" and Maximum width equal to OD plus 24".

3. Excavation and trenching shall be true to line so that the pipe is centered in the trench.

E. Grade Trench Bottom: Provide smooth, firm and stable foundation such that each pipe section will be continually in contact with the bedding along the extreme bottom of the pipe. Excavation for pipe bells and welding shall be made as required. If excessively wet, soft, spongy, unstable or similarly unsuitable material is encountered at subgrade, it shall be removed and replaced by gravel of sufficient thickness to form an unyielding foundation. The Contractor shall maintain adequate dewatering procedures to ensure that an otherwise stable foundation will not be rendered unfit due to accumulation of water in trench.

1. Should large gravel, cobbles or rock be encountered at the trench bottom or pipe subgrade, they shall be removed from beneath the pipe and replaced with granular material which shall be compacted to provide uniform support and a firm foundation.

3.5 VAULT AND CATCH BASIN EXCAVATION
A. Vault excavation shall have a flat bottom conforming to the grade at which the existing pipe is laid. Vault bottom shall be laid upon firm soil cut true and even, so that bottom of the vault will have a bearing for its full length. Any part of the excavation cut below the needed grade by the Contractor shall be corrected with approved material and thoroughly HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 22 13 – EARTHWORK 6 of 8
compacted.

B. When the bottom material uncovered is soft and in the opinion of the Engineer cannot support the vault, excavate a further depth and/or width and refill to needed elevation.

Remove boulders and large stones and refill to grade with a material approved by Engineer, then thoroughly compacted.

C. Excavation for construction shall be carried out to lines and grades shown and as required to provide working clearance and safe construction slopes and to emplace shoring, sheeting, bracing and other Work required.

3.6 EXCAVATION IN VICINITY OF TREES
Except where trees are indicated to be removed, trees shall be protected from injury during construction operations. No tree roots over 2 inches in diameter shall be cut without express permission of the Engineer. Trees shall be supported during excavation by any means previously reviewed by the Engineer.

3.7 BACKFILL GENERAL
A. The fill material placed on the scarified and compacted soil should be compacted to 95 percent of laboratory maximum dry density, and the top 12 inches of the fill underlying the tank and the concrete ring foundation should be compacted to 95 percent of the laboratory maximum dry density.

B. All fill should be compacted at moisture condition to within three (3) percent of optimum for fine-grained soils.

C. Flooding, ponding or jetting shall not be used for fill around tank foundation.

D. Equipment weighing more than 10,000 pounds shall not be used closer to foundation than a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the fill at that time. Hand operated power compaction equipment shall be used where use of heavier equipment is impractical or restricted due to weight limitations.

E. Material for mechanical compacted backfill shall be placed in lifts which shall not exceed the following depth:

1. Impact, free fall or stomping equipment – maximum lift depth of 3 feet. Not permitted over rigid or cement mortar lined pipe.

2. Vibratory equipment with smooth contact surface – maximum lift depth of 2 feet.

3. Rolling equipment, including vibratory interrupted surface equipment – maximum 1 foot.

4. Hand directed mechanical tampers – maximum lift depth of 6 inches.

3.8 STRUCTURAL BACKFILL
Do not place backfill until structure footings or other portions of structure of facility have HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 22 13 – EARTHWORK 7 of 8
been inspected by the Owner’s representative and approved for backfilling. Do not deposit backfill material against back of concrete retaining walls, foundations or reinforced concrete structures until concrete has developed strength of not less than 75% of full strength using specified test procedures. Place backfill in horizontal layers, moistened and thoroughly tamped, rolled or otherwise compacted. Water settling will not be permitted. Place backfill such that no additional unbalanced loading may occur during placement.

3.9 TRENCH BACKFILL
A. The pipe bedding is defined as the portion of the trench between the trench subgrade and the bottom of the pipe. After compacting the bedding, the Contractor shall perform a final trim using a string line for establishing grade, such that each pipe section when first laid shall be continually in contact with the bedding along the extreme bottom of the pipe.

Excavation for pipe bells and welding shall be made as required.

B. After pipe has been properly laid, exterior joints grouted and inspected, backfilling shall be commenced. Compaction method or methods used shall result in obtaining the compaction of the backfill in the various specified zones and within the maximum lifts specified. Compaction methods used shall not damage pipe, adjacent ground, existing improvements or improvements installed as part of Work.

C. If a moveable trench shield is used during excavation, pipe installation, and backfill operations, the shield shall be moved by lifting the shield free of the trench bottom or backfill and then moving the shield horizontally. The Contractor shall not drag trench shields along the trench causing damage or displacement to the trench sidewalls, the pipe or the bedding and backfill.

D. Water settling may be used in pipe zone and trench zone in lieu of mechanical compaction, only where material being backfilled is sufficiently sandy and permeable so that specified compaction is achieved. Compaction by saturation shall be accomplished by inserting a pipe, through which water is being supplied under pressure, to the bottom of the lift of material to be consolidated and applying to each square yard or lesser surface area in this manner sufficient water to completely saturate the backfill, there over and cause obvious settlement.

1. Vibrating compacting equipment may be necessary to supplement water saturation process where required densities cannot be attained by saturation alone.

2. If water does not readily drain from trench, it shall be removed by sump pump.

E. Trench Backfill by Zones: Backfill shall be constructed by zones, regardless of compaction method used. The compaction requirements for each zone shall be as follows, unless otherwise specified.

1. Pipe Zone Backfill: Backfill from below pipe to less than 12 inches above top of pipe. The pipe shall be backfilled with the specified material per Section 2.1 F. to 90% compaction. The Contractor shall exercise care to prevent damage to the pipeline coating, cathodic bonds and the pipe itself during the installation and backfill operations. Backfill shall be placed in layers simultaneously on each side HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 22 13 – EARTHWORK 8 of 8
of the pipe for full trench width. In placing and compacting backfill give particular attention to underside of pipe and fittings to provide firm support along full pipe length.

2. Trench Zone Backfill: Backfill in pipe trench above pipe zone and below Surface Zone. The zone shall be backfilled with the specified material per Section 2.1 F. to 90% compaction. Backfill may be either mechanical compaction or water settling, based on characteristics of material.

3. Surface Zone Backfill: Upper 12 inches of trench to finish surface. Zone shall be backfilled with the specified material per Section 2.1 F. If finish surface is in unimproved or landscape area, 80% compaction is sufficient. If finish surface is within travel way compaction shall be 90%. If finish surface is to be paved, compaction shall be 95%.

3.10 FIELD TESTING
Compaction testing method for pipelines shall be per the Standard Specifications.

Compaction testing method for structural foundation shall be per the five (5) layer test ASTM Standard D-1557 of the latest edition. Compaction test will be performed by the Water Company as required. The Contractor shall pay all costs for any retesting of work not conforming to the Specifications and the Contract Drawings.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 23 17 – SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING 1 of 3 SECTION 31 23 17 – SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
This Section specifies requirements for sheeting, shoring and bracing of trenches and excavations greater than 5 feet in depth. The Contractor shall select the means and methods for providing support of the excavations in accordance with safety requirements, plans and these specifications.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
Section 31 22 13: EARTHWORK

1.3 REFERENCES
This section references the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

Reference Title
Cal/OSHA State of California Construction Safety Orders California Labor Code

1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall design sheeting, shoring and bracing in accordance with Article 6 of Cal/OSHA and the California State Labor Code. The standards of design referred to in the Labor Code shall be those of Cal/OSHA. The shoring procedure designed by the Contractor shall be suitable for the site subsurface conditions and project operation constraints.

B. The design, planning, installation, and removal of all sheeting, shoring, lagging, and bracing shall be accomplished in such a manner as to maintain the required excavation or trench section and to maintain the undisturbed state of the soils below and adjacent to the excavation.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall conform to 00 72 13 General Conditions, Article 6 Contractor’s Responsibilities Section 6.7 Submittals and 6.8 Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Procedures. Three hard copies or a pdf electronic file of detailed shop drawings of field work and detailed design calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer for review for all sheeting, shoring and bracing. Drawings or sketches shall contain sufficient details to clearly define work to be accomplished. Submitted drawings and calculations shall be stamped and signed by a California licensed Structural or Civil Engineer. Fabrication or erection shall not be commenced prior to review and approval of shop drawings or sketches.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 23 17 – SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING 2 of 3 B. An electronic submittal will be accepted in only the following format.

1. The file shall be in pdf format.

2. Each project submittal shall be a separate file.

3. Each file shall be labeled in the following sequence:
a. Owner Name/Project Name
b. Submittal No.
c. Description
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. The design, planning, installation and removal, if required, of sheeting, shoring, sheet piling, lagging and bracing shall be accomplished in such a manner as to maintain the required excavation and to maintain the undisturbed state of soil adjacent to, above, or below the trench or excavation.

B. Contractor shall provide support of existing structures where shown, specified, and at all other locations where excavation side slopes are greater than 1-1/2:1 or where excavation infringes upon a 1-1/2:1 slope extending from the bottom of the footing or adjacent structure being protected.

C. Stockpiling of excavated materials is not allowed within 40 feet of any installed shoring.

The area around installed shoring shall be graded to prevent surface runoff from entering shored excavations.

D. Horizontal deflection of the shoring system into the excavation shall be limited to one inch.

If the deflection exceeds one inch, the Contractor shall stop the excavation and take immediate corrective actions to prevent further inward movements.

E. Excavations shall be so braced and supported in accordance with the recommendations of a competent geotechnical engineer to prevent the ground, adjacent to the excavation, from sliding or settling.

F. Where sheet piling, shoring, sheeting, bracing, lagging or other supports are necessary, they shall be furnished, placed, maintained and, except as otherwise shown or specified, shall be removed.

G. During placement of backfill around structure walls without support at the top; such walls shall be continuously braced and shored from the bottom to the top at intervals as required but not to exceed 9 feet between lines of support.

H. Where sheeting, shoring, and bracing cannot be removed without resulting in damage to the adjacent structure or where such sheeting, shoring, or bracing is specified to remain, is shall be cut off five feet (5') below the finish grade and the cut off portions shall be removed from the site. Any wood shoring and cribbing that is left in place shall have been pressure treated to minimize decay. All voids which exist behind the sheeting or shoring HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 23 17 – SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING 3 of 3 left in place, together with all other sheeting or shoring, shall be backfilled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer.

3.2 SITE RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Regardless of what has been specified herein, the ultimate responsibility and liability of the reservoir excavation and backfill shall be that of the Contractor. Under no circumstances shall slopes of embankments be steeper that those approved by Cal/OSHA. Contractor shall obtain and keep active all necessary permits required by Cal/OSHA and local authorities to perform the excavation and backfill.

B. The design of the shoring system, method of construction, and stability monitoring of the shored excavations by surveying methods shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall ensure that all the integrity of the existing structures is maintained and that the appropriate construction techniques are employed at all times to protect existing structures. In the event the shoring becomes unstable or large surface settlements occur, the Contractor shall be responsible for implementing corrective measures. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any and all liability that arise from the failure to provide adequate shoring or sheeting as necessary to support the excavation under any and all of the loading conditions that may exist or arise during construction.

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining a safe work site and shall protect workers and the public health and safety from the consequences of its operations. The Contractor shall provide fencing and barricades around shored excavation to prevent unauthorized persons to access the shored excavation during non-working hours.

Trenches shall be covered and barricaded after completion of the day’s work, weekends, and other times as necessary.

D. The Contractor shall appoint a project safety supervisor, other than the Project Superintendent who shall be experienced in the installation, maintenance, and removal of the selected support system. The project safety supervisor shall have full authority over the work in all job safety matters and shall be on the job at all times when work is in progress in excavations and trenches.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 23 33 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 1 of 8 SECTION 31 23 33 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
This Section describes materials, testing, and performance of trench excavation, backfilling, and compacting.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
A. Without limiting the general aspects or other requirements of this specification, work and equipment shall conform to applicable requirements of municipal, state and federal codes, laws and ordinances governing the work, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition, manufacturer’s printed instructions, subject to Engineer’s approval.

B. The Engineer’s decision shall be final as to interpretation and/or conflict between any of the referenced codes, laws, ordinances, specifications and standards contained herein.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The following submittals are required:

1. Drawings showing excavation and shoring, bracing, or sloping for worker protection.

2. Copies of a report from a testing laboratory verifying that backfill material conforms to the specified gradations or characteristics for pea gravel, granular material, imported sand, rock refill for foundation stabilization, and water.

B. An electronic submittal will be accepted in only the following format.

1. The file shall be in pdf format.

2. Each project submittal shall be a separate file.

3. Each file shall be labeled in the following sequence:
a. Owner Name/Project Name
b. Submittal No.
c. Description

1.4 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND FACILITIES
A. General: Be responsible for the care and protection of all existing sewer pipelines, water pipelines, gas mains, storm drains, culverts, or other facilities and structures that may be encountered in or near the area of Work.

B. Damage: In the event of damage to any existing facilities during the progress of the work due to the failure of the Contractor to exercise the proper precautions, be responsible for the cost of all repairs and protection to said facilities. Owner may stop the Contractor’s work until repair operations are complete.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 23 33 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 2 of 8

1.5 PROTECTION OF LANDSCAPING
A. General: Protect all trees, shrubs, fences, and other landscape items adjacent to or within the site unless directed otherwise on the Drawings. In the event of damage to landscape items, replace the damaged items in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.

B. Restoration: After the completion of Work in planted or improved areas within public or private easements, restore such areas to original condition. Restoration shall include regrading, placement of 5 inches of topsoil, reseeding, and replacement of landscaping.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 DEFINITION OF ZONES
A. Pavement Zone: The pavement zone shall include the asphaltic concrete and aggregate base pavement section placed over the tank site.

B. Street Zone: The street zone shall consist of the top 18 inches of the trench immediately below the pavement zone in paved areas or areas to be paved.

C. Trench Zone: The trench zone shall include the portion of the trench from the top of the pipe zone to the bottom of the street zone in paved areas or to the existing surface in unpaved areas.

D. Pipe Zone: The pipe zone shall include the full width of trench from the bottom of the pipe or conduit to a horizontal level 12 inches above the top of the pipe. Where multiple pipes or conduits are placed in the same trench, the pipe zone shall extend from the bottom of the lowest pipes to a horizontal level above the top of the highest or topmost pipe.

E. Pipe Base: The pipe base shall be defined as a layer of material immediately below the pipe zone and extending over the full trench width.

2.2 NATIVE EARTH BACKFILL--TRENCH ZONE
Excavated native earth backfill shall be fine-grained non-organic materials free from peat, roots, debris, and rocks larger than 3 inches, and which can be compacted to the specified relative compaction.

2.3 BACKFILL--PIPE ZONE AND PIPE BASE
Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, the pipe base and pipe zone backfill material shall be imported sand as specified herein.

2.4 IMPORTED SAND--PIPE ZONE AND PIPE BASE
Imported sand used in the pipe zone or for the pipe base shall have the following gradation:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 23 33 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 3 of 8 Percent Passing
Sieve Size by Weight
3/8-inch 100
No. 4 75 - 100
No. 30 12 - 50
No. 100 5 - 20
No. 200 0 - 15
Minimum sand equivalent shall be 30 per ASTM D 2419.

2.5 GRAVEL AND CRUSHED ROCK--PIPE ZONE AND PIPE BASE
Gravel or crushed rock material shall conform to the Standard Specifications, Section 200-

1.2 and shall meet the following gradation:

Designated Material Size
1-1/2-Inch 1-Inch 3/4-Inch 3/8-Inch
Percent Percent Percent Percent
Sieve Sizes Passing Passing Passing Passing

2 inches 100 --- --- ---
1-1/2 inches 90 - 100 100 --- ---
1 inch 20 - 55 90 - 100 100 ---
3/4-inch 0 - 15 30 - 60 90 - 100 ---
1/2-inch --- 0 - 20 30 - 60 100
3/8-inch 0 - 5 --- 0 - 20 90 - 100
No. 4 --- 0 - 5 0 - 5 30 - 60
No. 8 --- --- --- 0 - 10

2.6 REFILL MATERIAL FOR FOUNDATION STABILIZATION
Refill material below the pipe shall be either material conforming to the 1½-inch size requirement for gravel or crushed rock, or naturally occurring rock having the following gradation:

Percent Passing
Sieve Size By Weight
3 inches 100
1-1/2 inches 70 - 100
3/4-inch 60 - 100
No. 4 5 - 55
No. 30 0 - 30
No. 200 0 - 10

2.7 SAND-CEMENT SLURRY REFILL MATERIAL FOR FOUNDATION STABILIZATION IN

PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE
Sand-cement slurry shall consist of one sack (94 pounds) of Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and sufficient moisture for workability.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 23 33 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 4 of 8

2.8 PEA GRAVEL
Pea gravel shall be defined as gravel, uniformly graded from coarse to fine with less than 10% passing a No. 200 sieve, less than 50% passing a No. 4 sieve, and having a maximum particle size of 3/4-inch.

2.9 WATER FOR COMPACTION
Water used in compaction shall have a maximum chloride concentration of 500 mg/l, a maximum sulfate concentration of 500 mg/l, and shall have a pH of 7.0 to 9.0. Water shall be free of acid, alkali, or organic materials injurious to the pipe coatings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TESTING FOR COMPACTION
A. Methods: Determine the density of soil in place by the sand cone method, ASTM D 1556, or by the nuclear method, ASTM D 2922 or D 3017.

B. Soil Moisture-Density Relationship: Determine the laboratory moisture-density relations of soils shall be determined per ASTM D 1557.

C. Cohesionless Materials: Determine the relative density of cohesionless materials by ASTM D 4253 and D 4254.

D. Sampling: Sample backfill materials per ASTM D 75.

E. Relative Compaction: Express “relative compaction” as the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the in place dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density.

F. Compaction Compliance: Compaction shall be deemed to comply with the Specifications when none of the tests falls below the specified relative compaction. When tests are to be conducted by the Owner, notify the Owner 24 hours in advance of when backfill lifts are ready for testing, and pay the costs of any retesting of Work not conforming to the Specifications.

3.2 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings or otherwise described in the specifications for the particular type of pipe installed, relative compaction in pipe trenches shall be as follows:

1. Pipe Base and Pipe Zone: Pipe base and pipe zone--90% relative compaction.

Note 95% relative compaction requirement in specific areas shown on the plan and profile drawings.

2. Trench Zone - Not Beneath Paving: Backfill in trench zone not beneath paving-- 90% relative compaction.

3. Trench Zone - Paved Areas: Backfill in trench zone in paved areas--90% relative compaction.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 23 33 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 5 of 8

4. Street Zone: Backfill in street zone in paved areas--95% relative compaction.

5. Foundation Stabilization: Rock refill material for foundation stabilization--90% relative density.

6. Over-excavation: Rock refill for over-excavation--90% relative density.

7. Material Testing: Test all imported or native materials before the start of compaction operations to determine the moisture density relationship for materials with cohesive components, and the maximum density for cohesionless materials.

Variations in imported or native earth materials may require a number of base curves of the moisture-density relationship.

8. Testing Intervals: Unless noted otherwise, perform compaction tests at random depths and at 200-foot intervals, and as directed by the Engineer.

3.3 MATERIAL REPLACEMENT
Remove trenching and backfilling material which does not meet the Specifications and replace at no additional expense to the Owner.

3.4 SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING OF TRENCHES
Trenches shall have sheeting, shoring, and bracing conforming to Cal/OSHA requirements. Base lateral pressures for design of trench sheeting, shoring, and bracing on type of soil exposed in the trench, groundwater conditions, surcharge loads adjacent to the trench, and type of shoring that will be used in the trench.

3.5 TRENCH WIDTHS
Pipe Diameter 12 inches and Greater: Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, trench widths in the pipe zone shall be equal to the pipe outside diameter plus 12 inches on each side of the pipe. Trench width at the top of the trench shall not be limited except where width of excavation would undercut adjacent structures and footings. In such cases, width of trench shall be such that there is at least 18 inches between the top edge of the trench and the structure or footing.

3.6 GRADE
Excavate trenches to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings with allowance for pipe thickness and for pipe base. If the trench is excavated below the required grade, refill the portion of the trench excavated below the grade with refill material at no additional cost to the Owner. Place the refill material over the full width of trench in compacted layers not exceeding 6 inches deep to the required grade with allowance for the pipe base. Remove hard spots that would prevent a uniform thickness of pipe base. Before laying pipe sections, check the grade with a straightedge and correct any irregularities. The trench bottom shall form a continuous and uniform bearing and support for the pipe at every point.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 23 33 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 6 of 8

3.7 PIPE BASE THICKNESS
Show thickness of the pipe base on the Drawings or as otherwise described in the Specifications for the particular type of pipe installed, but in no case shall the thickness be less than 4 inches.

3.8 DEWATERING
A. Means and Devices: Provide and maintain suitable means and devices to continuously remove and dispose of all water entering the trench excavation during the time the trench is being prepared for the pipe laying, during the laying of the pipe, and until the backfill at the pipe zone has been completed. Dispose of water in a manner to prevent damage to adjacent property. Do not drain trench water through the pipeline under construction. Do not allow groundwater to rise around the pipe until jointing compound has firmly set.

B. Notification: Notify the Owner 48 hours prior to commencement of dewatering. Methods employed shall be in conformance with the Owner’s existing NPDES permit.

3.9 STORAGE OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL
During trench excavation, store excavated material only within the Work area. Do not obstruct roadways or streets. The safe loading of trenches with excavated material shall conform to Laws and Regulations.

3.10 LENGTH OF OPEN TRENCH
The length of open trench shall be limited to 600 feet in advance of pipe laying or amount of pipe installed in one working day. Complete backfilling and temporary or first layer paving so that not more than 500 feet of trench is open in the rear of pipe laying. Backfill or adequately bridge sidewalks, driveways and other traveled ways to provide safe access and egress at the completion of each day’s Work.

3.11 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION
After the required excavation has been completed, the Engineer shall inspect the exposed trench subgrade to determine the need for any additional excavation. It is the intent that additional excavation shall be conducted in all areas within the influence of the pipeline where unacceptable materials exist at the exposed subgrade. Over-excavation shall include the removal of all such unacceptable material that exists directly beneath the pipe base and to the depth required. The presence of unacceptable material may require excavating a wider trench. Show the width and depth of known areas to be overexcavated on the drawings. Backfill the over-excavated portion of the trench to the subgrade of the pipe base with refill material for foundation stabilization. Place foundation stabilization material over the full width of the excavation and compacted in layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth, to the required grade.

3.12 TRENCH BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION
A. General: Trench backfill shall conform to requirements of the detailed piping specification for the particular type of pipe and following.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 23 33 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 7 of 8 B. Pipe Base: Place the specified thickness of pipe base material over the full width of trench.

Grade the top of the pipe base ahead of the pipe laying to provide firm, uniform support along the full length of pipe.

C. Bell Holes: Excavate holes at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of the entire joint.

D. Pipe Zone: After the pipe has been bedded, place pipe zone material simultaneously on both sides of the pipe, keeping the level of backfill the same on each side. Carefully place material around the pipe so that the pipe barrel is completely supported and that no voids or uncompacted areas are left beneath the pipe. Particular care shall be taken in placing material on the underside of the pipe to prevent lateral movement during subsequent backfilling. Compact material placed within the pipe zone by hand tamping only.

E. Trench Zone: Deposit carefully backfill material onto the backfill previously placed in the pipe zone. Do not permit free fall of the material until at least 2 feet of cover is provided over the top of the pipe. Do not drop sharp, heavy pieces of material directly onto the pipe or the tamped material around the pipe.

F. Trench Backfill: Compact trench backfill to the specified relative compaction. Perform compaction by using mechanical compaction or hand tamping equipment. Unless specified otherwise, do not consolidate by jetting or flooding. Do not use high impact hammer-type equipment except where the pipe manufacturer warrants in writing that such use will not damage the pipe.

G. Equipment: Do not use axle-driven or tractor-drawn compaction equipment within 5 feet of walls and structures.

H. Street Zone Backfill: Street zone backfill shall be done in accordance with the requirements and to the satisfaction of the agency having jurisdiction.

3.13 IMPORT OR EXPORT OF BACKFILL MATERIAL
A. Excess Material: Remove and dispose of excess excavated soil material off the sites at no additional expense to the Owner. Dispose of excess soil material in accordance with Laws and Regulations.

B. Imported Material: Import, place and compact any additional backfill material necessary to return all grades to plus or minus 0.2 feet from the grade encountered at the beginning of construction or as shown on the Contract Drawings, at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.14 MOISTURE CONTENT OF BACKFILL MATERIAL
During the compacting operations, maintain optimum practicable moisture content required for compaction purposes in each lift of the backfill material. Maintain moisture content throughout the lift at a uniform level. If placement is discontinued and proper moisture content not maintained, bring the upper layer back to proper moisture content by sprinkling, cultivating and rolling the backfill material before placing new material. At the time of compaction, the water content of the material shall be at optimum water content plus or minus two percentage points. Do not work material which contains excessive HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 31 23 33 – TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 8 of 8 moisture to obtain the required compaction. Material having excessive moisture content may be dried by blading, discing, or harrowing to hasten the drying process.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 1 of 23 SECTION 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION AND SCOPE
A. Contractor shall furnish all pipe, fittings, thrust blocks, materials, equipment, and labor and perform all operations necessary to construct pipelines and appurtenances as specified by the Owner as shown by the Drawings. Drawings shall consist of construction drawings, standard drawings and detailed drawings.

B. The Work shall consist of all utility location and verification (excavating, exposing, and verifying locations, depths, and dimensions of utility facilities); all pavement removal and disposal; all earthwork (including trenching, shoring, dewatering if required, blasting if required, bedding, backfilling, and compacting); furnishing and installing all pipe, fittings, appurtenances, and making all related connections; protecting in place or removing and replacing all existing utilities and public and private improvements; removing and replacing all asphalt and disinfecting and testing all pipelines; disposing of excess soil and rock material; and restoring all areas and improvements to pre-construction conditions.

C. Contractor shall, upon completion of pipeline construction and appurtenances required herein, initially operate all components of the Work installed or furnished and installed by him, and make any additional adjustments, corrections, repairs, replacements, and reconstructions necessary to provide the Owner with complete, correctly operating pipelines and appurtenances.

1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Complete fabrication, assembly, and installation drawings, together with details and data governing materials used and other accessories furnished, shall be submitted for approval. Data shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

B. Welded Steel Pipe - Contractor shall furnish an Affidavit of Compliance in accordance with Section 1.12, AWWA C200, latest, and Section 1.7 AWWA C205, latest. Contractor shall also furnish certifications of the following:

1. Material Certification
a. Steel Skelp
b. Flanges
c. Nuts and Bolts
d. Flange Gaskets
e. Rubber Gaskets
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 2 of 23

2. Manufacturing Certification
a. Pipe Mill Reports
b. Production Weld Test Reports
c. Hydrostatic Test Reports
d. Outlet Reinforcement Calculations
e. Pipe Wall Thickness Calculations

3. Unless specified otherwise, Contractor shall furnish detailed layout and shop or fabrication drawings showing pipe, lining, coating, reinforcement, joints, fittings, appurtenances, and station and elevation for each fitting and outlet and for each pipe joint at each change in pipe class, alignment, or slope. Contractor shall submit detailed layout and shop or fabrication drawings to the Owner for acceptance in all cases in time sufficient to allow review and acceptance, and to accommodate the Contractor’s construction schedule.

C. Ductile Iron Pipe

1. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to ANSI A21.51 (AWWA C151) class to thickness designed per ANSI 21.50 (AWWA C150), Tar (Seal) coated and cement mortar lined per ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C104) unless otherwise specified, with bolted mechanical joints as indicated on the plans or special provisions. The minimum laying lengths for DIP shall be 18 feet. Cut sections of pipe (pups) shall not be less than 2 feet in length for pipe diameters 16 inches and smaller and not less than 3 feet for pipe diameters 18 inches and larger. Delivered pipe to include 5% +/- short joints.

2. Ductile iron pipe shall be minimum pressure class 350 for pipe diameters 16-inch and smaller, Class 250 for 18-inch and larger unless indicated differently on the plans.

3. Fittings shall be ductile iron and shall conform to ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110) or A21.53 (AWWA C153), and ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111). Fittings shall be bolted mechanical joints. All bends shall use mechanical joints for 12-inch and above.

Fittings shall be tar (seal) coated and cement mortar lined per ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C104). Above grade fittings shall be flanged and from the Approved Materials List.

D. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe

1. Contractor shall furnish an Affidavit of Compliance in accordance with Section 6.3, AWWA C900 and C90S (latest). Contractor shall also furnish certified copies of test reports containing results of all physical and chemical tests on pipe and HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 3 of 23 coupling showing compliance with AWWA C900 and AWWA C90S (latest) as modified herein.

2. Unless specified otherwise, Contractor shall prepare detailed installation or laying drawings showing pipe, fittings, appurtenances, station and elevation for each fitting, and each change in alignment or slope. Contractor shall submit the detailed installation or laying drawings to Owner for approval in all cases in time sufficient to allow review and approval, and to accommodate the construction schedule.

3. Revisions shown on the shop drawings shall be considered changes necessary to meet the requirements of these Specifications and shall not be taken as the basis of claims for extra charges. Contractor shall accept such revisions or submit others for acceptance. When delays are caused by resubmissions of shop drawings, Contractor shall not be entitled to any damages or extensions of time for delays.

4. The Owner’s acceptance of detailed layout and shop or fabrication drawings shall apply only to general arrangement and general compliance and not to specific details and dimensions and their correctness and compatibility. Contractor shall correct any misfits due to any errors in the detailed shop or fabrication drawings.

Any fabrication in advance of receipt of detailed layout and shop or fabrication drawings marked “Accepted” or “Furnish as Corrected” shall be at Contractor’s risk. Contractor shall furnish the Owner six sets of all accepted layout and shop or fabrication drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL
A. Contractor shall furnish only approved materials as listed in the specifications. All materials shall be new and of the best quality for their intended use. All like materials shall be of one manufacturer for any particular project.

B. Contractor shall, in addition to furnishing other data herein required, submit three signed and dated copies of the list of materials to be used in pipeline and appurtenance construction including but not limited to pipeline installations, pipeline valve installations, air valve installations, blowoff installations, manway installations, service installations, fire hydrant installations, and related appurtenances.

2.2 WELDED STEEL PIPE (CEMENT MORTAR LINED AND COATED)
A. All welded steel pipe shall conform with applicable provisions of AWWA C200, C205, C206, C207, and C208, latest, and applicable portions of M11 “Steel Pipe Manual”, latest, as modified herein, by the Drawings, or by the Owner.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 4 of 23 B. All welded steel pipe shall be manufactured by organizations with at least ten years successful experience in manufacturing, fabricating, lining, and coating the type of pipe specified. Owner shall approve manufacturer’s methods, equipment, facilities, and operations before performance of and work and manufacturer’s completed product before its use.

C. Standard or special pipe sections and standard or special connections, outlets, and fittings may be manufactured at a single plant, or they may be manufactured at two separate plants (Plant 1: manufacturing of standard sections of lined, coated, and cured steel pipe consisting of steel pipe cylinder formation and lining, coating, and curing; Plant 2:
fabricating special pipe sections and standard or special connections. outlets. and fittings using standard sections of manufactured lined, coated, and cured steel pipe). Special pipe sections and standard or special connections, outlets, and fittings fabricated at a separate manufacturing plant shall be comprised of standard pipe cylinders that have been formed, lined, coated, and cured at a single manufacturing plant. The separate manufacturing plant shall use facilities and methods for lining and coating repair and curing equal to the facilities and methods of the manufacturer of the standard sections of lined, coated, and cured steel pipe.

D. Pipe and Fitting: All pipe and fittings furnished shall conform with applicable provisions of AWWA C200, C205, C206, C207, and C208, latest, and applicable portions of AWWA M11, “Steel Pipe Manual”, latest, as modified herein, by the Drawings, or by the Owner.

1. Pipe and fittings shall be Class 150 minimum. Minimum steel cylinder thickness shall be as noted by the construction drawings or specified by the Owner; it shall not be less than 10-gauge or as noted by the standard drawings. All pipe and fittings shall be machine cement mortar lined and machine cement mortar coated.

2. Curved alignment by use of pulled joints will be permitted. Maximum pull permitted from normal closure on one side of joint shall not exceed ½ inch for 8-inch pipe or smaller, 3/4 inch for 10-inch through 21-inch pipe, and 1 inch for 24-inch pipe and larger. Maximum joint deflections shall not exceed manufacturer’s recommendation or 3 degrees; the more restrictive or lesser deflection shall apply.

3. Where greater curvature is required, Contractor may use fabricated bends as specified by the construction drawings or ordered by the Owner. For the purpose of reducing angular deflections at pipe joints, Contractor may use pipe sections of less than standard length. Closing courses and short sections of pipe shall be fabricated and installed by Contractor as found necessary in the field.

4. All fittings shall be shop fabricated unless the construction drawings indicate that fittings may be field fabricated, Contractor describes methods of fabrication, and the Owner specifically approves field fabrication. All fittings shall be fabricated from HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 5 of 23 individual pipe sections, welded together, and lined and coated as described hereafter.

5. Lining of Fittings
a. The application of cement mortar lining to miters, angles, bends, reducers, and other special sections, the shape of which precludes application by the machine spinning process, shall be accomplished by mechanical placement, pneumatic placement, or hand application and finished to produce a smooth, dense surface.
b. If the interior of the fitting has not been previously machine lined, wire-fabric reinforcement or ribbon-mesh reinforcement shall be applied to the interior of fittings larger than 24 inches and shall be secured at frequent intervals by tack welding to pipe, by dips or by wire. Repaired areas of machine applied linings at miters, pipe ends, outlets, and other cuts made in the lining for fabrication of the fittings need not be reinforced if the width of the repair area does not exceed 12 inches. Repairs for widths exceeding 6 inches shall be bonded to the steel and adjacent faces of the lining with an approved bonding agent.
c. Immediately after lining has been completed, pipe and fittings shall be water cured without being disturbed for at least one day before applying the exterior coating, if such a coating is specified. If cement mortar coating is not specified, the lining shall be kept moist for four days before shipment.

In either case, the lining shall be cured for at least four days before shipment. To prevent moisture loss during the curing period, ends of the pipe sections shall be kept closed with plastic end caps or covers which will remain in place until time of installation. The date of lining and class of pipe shall be plainly marked on the inside of each fitting.

6. Coatings of Fittings: Mortar coating for pipe bends and other special sections not adaptable to the application of spiral-wire coating reinforcement shall be reinforced with wire fabric or ribbon mesh. The wire fabric or ribbon mesh shall be applied over the surface of the pipe to be coated, and may be held away from the pipe shell with self-furring mesh, furring clips, or an equivalent method. The application of the mortar coating shall be by mechanical or pneumatic means to the specified thickness, except that hand application may be substituted for all specials. After the outside coating has been applied, the pipe and fittings shall be kept continually moist by continuous spraying for at least four days. Provisions shall be made to protect the coating from erosion during sprinkling. The date of coating and class of pipe shall be plainly marked on the inside of each fitting.

E. Pipe Joints: Unless specified otherwise, joints shall conform to the following types. Joints HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 6 of 23 shall be as specified on the construction drawings or by the Owner. All joints shall be continuity bonded.

1. All rubber gasket joints shall conform with AWWA C200, latest.

2. Flanged Joints
a. All flanges 4 inches through 12 inches shall conform with AWWA C207, latest, Class E (ring) or ANSI 816.5 Class 150. All flanges larger than 12 inches shall conform with AWWA C207, latest, Class E (ring). All flange bolts shall be standard hex head machine and conform with ASTM A325.

All flange nuts shall be heavy hex cold pressed semi-finished steel and conform with ASTM A194-2, 2H.
b. All flanges shall be fully welded to pipe on both faces, one pass minimum on the inside, and two passes minimum on the outside. Pipe linings shall extend to mating faces of flanges. Bolt threads shall be lubricated with an approved anti-seize compound. Flanges together with bolts and nuts, shall be, once installed, coated with an approved bitumastic material.

3. Swedged Lap Welded Joints: Bell ends shall be formed integrally with pipe cylinders, being swedged out by machine. Bell ends shall be designed and fabricated to withstand design pressure of class of pipe specified and to permit spigot ends (plain end) to enter belled ends approximately 1 inch with clearance of approximately 1/32 inch.

4. Banded Lap Welded Joints: Where lap welded joints are required and swedged lap welded joints cannot be fabricated, belled ends shall be formed by welding steel bands to outside circumferences of plain ends of pipe. Bell ends shall be designed and fabricated to withstand design pressure of class of pipe specified and to permit spigot ends (plain ends) to enter belled ends approximately 1 inch with a clearance of approximately 1/32 inch.

5. Sleeve Couplings: Where sleeve couplings are required, they shall conform with the construction drawings. Pipe coatings at pipe ends shall be held back 12 inches and pipe shall have weld seams ground flush within 12 inches from pipe ends, unless specified otherwise. For above ground applications, pipe ends and sleeve couplings shall be painted. For below ground applications, pipe ends and sleeve couplings shall be coated with an approved bitumastic material. An approved bitumastic coating shall be substituted for mortar coating within 12 inches of pipe ends. After joints have been coupled, sleeve couplings shall be coated with an approved bitumastic material.

6. Cut-to-Fit Joints: Where cut-to-fit joints are required, they shall conform with the HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 7 of 23 standard drawings and the construction drawings. Pipe coatings at cut-to-fit joints shall be held back as required to permit construction of joints; pipe coatings shall thereafter be added in the field. Field applied pipe coatings shall match manufactured pipe coatings. Contractor shall provide, at his expense, cut-to-fit joints, in addition to those specified, if necessary to accommodate his work and schedule.

7. Shop Testing of Joints and Joint Ends: Every pipe section, standard, or special, shall be hydrostatically tested after joint ends have been completely shop formed and attached in place by welding, as applicable, or dye check tested provided pipe cylinders had been previously hydrostatically tested.

F. Cement Mortar Lining and Cement Mortar Coating: Cement mortar lining and cement mortar coating shall conform with AWWA C205, latest.

1. Surface Preparation: Prior to lining and coating, pipe shall be cleaned of all loose mill scale, moisture, rust, sand, dust, oil, grease, and other deleterious or objectionable matter both inside and outside.

2. Cement Mortar Lining
a. Mortar shall consist of one part Portland cement to three parts (by weight) clean, sharp sand. Unless specified otherwise, cement used for cement mortar shall conform with ASTM C-150, latest, Type II. Sand shall consist of clean, inert, sharp, durable material, maximum grain size being no more than one-half specified minimum lining thickness. Mortar shall be thoroughly mixed and made workable with clear, potable water. All cement mortar shall develop a minimum compressive strength of 2,600 psi minimum at seven days and 4,500 psi minimum at twenty-eight days. b. Cement mortar shall be applied to interior surfaces of pipe with equipment specifically designed for that purpose. Said equipment shall have a retracting feed line that will provide uniform cement mortar distribution throughout pipe length. Pipe shall be slowly rotated in horizontal position while cement mortar is being applied. Each end shall be provided with suitable end dam during spinning operation to control lining thickness and provide square-finished lining end.
c. Following application of mortar, pipe shall be rotated at sufficient speed to compact lining mortar. Said speed shall be maintained until all excess water has been forced to lining surface. During the spinning operation, surplus water shall be expelled from pipe by blower or other suitable means. Peripheral speed and spinning time shall be sufficient to obtain dense, well compacted lining with smooth surface free from defects.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 8 of 23 Minimum lining thickness shall be as shown by the standard drawings.

Immediately after lining has been completed, pipe shall be water cured without being disturbed for at least one day. Moisture loss shall be prevented during the curing period.

3. Cement Mortar Coating
a. Mortar shall consist of one part Portland cement to three parts (by weight) clean, sharp sand. Materials for cement mortar coating shall be the same as materials for cement mortar lining. All cement mortar shall develop a minimum compressive strength of 2,600 psi minimum at seven days and 4,500 psi minimum at twenty-eight days.
b. After pipe interior has been lined, cement mortar shall be applied to outside of pipe through fixed nozzles to form an even, dense, and tightly adhering coating. During coating operation, pipe shall be rotated and moved beneath said fixed nozzles to obtain uniform coating free from defects. Minimum coating thickness shall be as shown by the standard drawings. c. Cement mortar coating shall be reinforced with spirally wound steel (reinforcing) wire embedded midway within coating. Reinforcing wire shall be bright basic wire comprised of low carbon, open hearth steel, unannealed after the last draw, with an approximate ultimate tensile strength of 80,000 psi. Said wire shall be No. 14-gauge minimum and it shall be placed at a pitch of 1-1/2 inch maximum in the middle third of the coating.
d. Immediately after coating has been completed, each end of each section shall be cleansed to bare metal and cement mortar shall be troweled and shaped suitable for joint being used. All exposed bare metal shall be cleaned and coated and painted for protection against corrosion.

Completed pipe shall then be water cured for at least four days without being disturbed.

G. Manufacturing Inspection: The Owner shall at all times have the right to inspect Work and materials during the course of manufacture. Manufacturer shall furnish the Owner reasonable facility for obtaining such information as it may desire regarding progress and manner of work and character and quality of materials used.

H. Loading, Transporting, and Unloading Pipe and Fittings

1. After pipe and fittings have been manufactured as set forth above, they shall be braced at the plant with wooden struts of adequate size to protect against excessive deflection. Each set of struts (two struts minimum to a set) shall be HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 9 of 23 nailed together at right angles as a unit. Wooden wedges may be used to accomplish proper tight fit for the struts. Bracing shall be located 1 foot in from each end of each pipe section for pipe 24 inches and smaller, and additionally at mid-point for pipe 30 inches and larger.

2. After the struts have been installed, pipe shall be loaded on rubber-tired vehicles, adequately supported and choked to prevent damage during transportation, and delivered to Work site. All bracing shall remain in place until each pipe section has been bedded and backfilled to at least 1 foot above the top of the pipe for pipe 24 inches and larger.

3. Plastic end caps or covers shall be placed over the ends of pipe following installation of braces to prevent moisture loss during loading, transporting, unloading, and installing; they shall remain in place until installation. If the plastic and caps or covers are damaged (perforated), they shall be replaced immediately.

4. During loading, unloading, and stringing operations, pipe and fittings shall be moved with care to prevent damage thereto. They shall be moved with nylon chokers or straps of sufficient width, placed at third points (one-third length of pipe from each end), to prevent damage to exterior coating, and they shall be handled in such manner to prevent damage to interior lining. Steel slings shall not be used.

5. Unloading shall be accomplished in a workmanlike manner by Contractor and every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to pipe and fittings. Under no circumstances are pipe sections to be dropped or bumped in handling. Any pipe section that becomes damaged shall be repaired if possible and, if not possible in the opinion of the Owner, it shall be replaced with an undamaged pipe section.

When strung, pipe shall be adequately supported and chocked to avoid movement until it is installed. It shall also be placed to avoid damage during construction.

2.3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
A. All ductile iron pipe underground shall be encased with V-BIO polyethylene tubes in accordance with Method A as described in AWWA C105.

B. Installation of pipeline shall be per the latest edition of the “Standard Specifications for Public Work Construction” (SSPWC) unless supplemented by this specification.

C. The pipe shall be accurately laid to the alignment and grade shown on the Approved Plans or as established by the Owner’s Representative. Prior to placing the pipe in the trench, the contractor shall remove any material that may damage the pipe or the pipe polyethylene encasement including sharp rocks, lumber, nails, sheet metal or other sharp objects. The pipe ends shall be covered at the end of each day or when work activity has ceased on a particular section of pipe. The pipe is to remain free and clear of any dirt and HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 10 of 23 foreign objects. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting the pipeline from mud and trench water during the construction of pipeline.

2.4 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
A. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe furnished and installed under these Specifications shall conform to applicable AWWA Standards (latest), as modified herein, by the Drawings, or by Owner.

B. All pipe furnished shall be manufactured by an organization which has had not less than 10 years successful experience in the manufacture of the type of pipe specified. Owner shall approve manufacturer’s product before its use.

C. Pipe and Couplings: All pipe and couplings furnished shall conform to AWWA C900 and C905 (latest) and the following additional requirements:

1. Unless otherwise specified or shown on Drawings, AWWA C900 pipe and couplings (4" through 12" diameter) shall be minimum Class 150 (maximum dimension ratio of 18). Polyvinyl chloride pipe shall have same dimensions as ductile iron pipe and pipe bell and pipe spigot shall have same thickness as pipe barrel.
a. Standard lengths of pipe shall have nominal length of 20 feet, 0 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. Standard lengths of pipe shall be furnished with integral bells and spigots and with rubber gaskets. Couplings may be used for closures and curved alignments where permitted by Owner. b. Pipe shall have sufficient strength to withstand an internal hydrostatic pressure of four times rated operating pressure for its class per AWWA C900 (latest).

2. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, AWWA C905 pipe and couplings (14" through 36" diameter) shall have maximum dimension ratio of 18 (Class 235). Polyvinyl chloride pipe shall have same dimensions as ductile iron pipe and pipe bell and pipe spigot shall have same thickness as pipe barrel. a. Standard lengths of pipe shall have nominal length of 20 feet, 0 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. Standard lengths of pipe shall be furnished with integral bells and spigots and with rubber gaskets. Couplings may be used for closures and curved alignments where permitted by Owner. b. Pipe shall have sufficient strength to withstand an internal hydrostatic pressure of two times rated operating pressure for its class per AWWA C905, latest.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 11 of 23

3. Where restrained joints are required (specified or shown on the Drawings), the restraint system shall be a split ring installed on the spigot connected to a solid back-up ring seated behind the bell. Restraint system shall be Series 1350 UniFlange, Star Pipe Products Series 1100, or equal. The solid back and split rings shall apply even pressure around the pipe and provide 3600 contact. Restraint device shall be ductile iron with 316 stainless steel rods and nuts. Restraint device shall be rated for full working pressure of the pipe with 2:1 factor of safety.

D. Fittings: All fittings shall be Class 150 ductile iron unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings. Ductile iron fittings shall conform with AWWA C110, C111, and C153 (ANSI A21.10, A 21.11, and A21.53, respectively), latest. Unless specified otherwise, fittings shall be push-on joint and comply with AWWA C111 (ANSI A21.11). Fittings shall have an asphaltic outside coating in accordance with AWWA C11 0 or C 153 (ANSI A21.10 or A21.53), latest, and cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA C1 04 (ANSI A21.4), latest. Fittings shall have standard lining thickness and shall be seal coated with asphaltic material or other approved material. The lining process must produce a dense, compacted lining that shall be bonded to the interior of the fitting and have a smooth surface.

1. Where PVC fittings are specified on the Drawings or permitted as an alternative as specified on the Drawings, fittings shall be in compliance with AWWA C907 (4" through 8"). Affidavits and testing results shall be submitted as required for PVC pipe.

2. Where restrained joints are required (specified or shown on the Drawings), the system shall be suitable for mechanical joint fittings and be of split ring design providing even pressure around the pipe with 360-degree contact. The rings shall be ductile iron and threaded rods shall be 316 stainless steel. System shall be EBAA Iron MegaLug.

E. Testing: All pipe and couplings furnished shall be tested in the United States in accordance with Section 4, AWWA C900 and AWWA C905.

F. Manufacturing Inspection and Certification: Owner shall at all times have the right to inspect all work and materials in the course of manufacture. Manufacturer shall furnish Owner reasonable facility for obtaining such information as he may desire regarding the progress and manner of the work and the character and quality of materials used.

G. Loading, Transporting, and Unloading: After the pipe has been tested in accordance with Section 5 above, it shall be· loaded on rubber-tired vehicles, adequately supported and chocked to prevent any damage during transportation, and delivered to job site. All pipe and couplings (AWWA C900 and C905) shall be unloaded and stored in accordance with AWWA manual M23 (latest). During the unloading and stringing operations, the pipe shall be moved in such a manner as to prevent damage to the pipe and/or couplings. Unloading HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 12 of 23 shall be accomplished in a workmanlike manner as directed by the manufacturer. Under no circumstances are pipe sections to be dropped or bumped in handling.

H. Defective or Damaged Material: The pipe and couplings shall be carefully inspected for defects. Any pipe, coupling, sleeve, or rubber ring found to be defective in workmanship or material or so damaged as to make repair and use impossible shall be rejected and removed from the job site. In the event that pipe is damaged, the damaged portion may be removed, as approved by Owner, and discarded. Remaining sound portions may be used with ductile iron fittings or with couplings. Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage to material and he shall stand expense of repairing or replacing same.

Contractor shall take proper precautions to assure that the rubber gaskets are protected from oxidation or undue deterioration.

2.5 FASTENERS
A. Hex head bolts and nuts shall be carbon steel conforming to ANSI/ASME B18.2.1 and ANSI/ASME B18.2.2. All thread compound used on bolted connections shall be NSF 61 approved.

B. Flange insulation kits shall be used at all stainless steel bolts in contact with carbon steel.

Insulating flange kits shall include insulating sleeves, gaskets, and insulating washers for each flange bolt. Sleeves shall be full length and shall cover entire bolt. Insulating gaskets shall be full-faced. Insulating flange kit shall be as manufactured by PSI, Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. or approved equal.

2.6 DETECTABLE METALLIC WARNING TAPE
Warning tape shall be 6-inch wide blue detectable metallic utility warning tape. The tape shall be inductively locatable and conductively traceable using a standard pipe and cable locating device. The tape shall be composed of one layer of aluminum foil laminated between two layers of inert plastic film resulting in a minimum thickness of 4.5 mils. The tape shall have the following custom message printed at minimum 36-inch intervals:
“Caution Buried Water Line Below”. The tape shall have a minimum tensile strength of 15,000 psi. The tape shall be inert and not degrade when exposed to alkalis, acids, and other destructive elements commonly found in soil. The ink used to print the message on the tape shall be permanent and not be removable by normal handling or upon prolonged underground burial. The warning tape shall be “Terra Tape” as manufactured by Reed Industries, Inc., NorthTown Hytech Detectable Tape or approved equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
A. Pipelines and Appurtenances: Pipelines and appurtenances shall be constructed in accordance with these Specifications and the Construction Drawings, and as specified by HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 13 of 23 the Owner.

B. Valves and Appurtenances

1. Pipeline valves at pipeline intersections shall be connected directly to pipeline intersection fittings (cross or tee).

2. Unless specified otherwise, air valve installations shall be constructed at all pipeline high spots and blowoff installations shall be constructed at all pipeline low spots. Contractor shall construct, at his expense, air valve installations and blowoff installations in addition to those specified, if necessary to accommodate his work and schedule.

C. Pipeline Length: All pipeline lengths noted by the Construction Drawings or otherwise specified or referenced shall mean net horizontal constructed lengths and said lengths shall extend through all fittings and appurtenances including bends, outlets, tees, flanges, and valves. Contractor shall provide all pipe necessary to accommodate any vertical alignment of the pipeline and said pipe shall be represented by the net horizontal constructed length.

D. Pipeline Alignment

1. All pipelines shall be constructed with no basic variation in horizontal alignment as shown by the Drawings or as specified by the Owner. Pipelines may be constructed by the use of pulled joints, short joints, bevels, bends, and elbows, provided pipelines are constructed as specified.

2. In all non-critical areas and subject to the Owner’s approval, pipelines may be constructed at variance with vertical alignment as shown by the construction drawings by the use of pulled joints, short joints, bevels, bends, and elbows provided pipelines are constructed as specified at pipeline connections and underground interferences, and where pipeline cover is limited. The Owner will not approve any variation in vertical alignment until it has determined that proposed alignment is proper and modifications are in order.

E. Pipeline Tolerances

1. With regard to vertical alignment, pipelines shall be constructed so that actual flow line elevations, measured at pipe joints, are within 0.1 foot of design flow line elevations. Pipelines, when installed, shall have continuous slope upgrade or downgrade, corresponding with design slope, without any high spots.

2. With regard to horizontal alignment, pipelines shall be constructed so that actual pipeline centerlines, measured at pipe joints, are within 0.1 foot of design pipeline HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 14 of 23 centerlines. Pipelines, when installed, shall closely follow specified horizontal alignment.

3. Pipeline construction shall conform with Construction Drawings and layout, shop, fabrication, installation, or laying drawings (design drawings which show flow line elevations and pipeline centerlines) in accordance with the above specified tolerances. Contractor shall make or assist the Owner in making all necessary measurements, as determined by the Owner, to confirm or verify compliance with construction tolerances.

F. Pipeline Cover

1. Pipeline cover as shown by the Construction Drawings is hereby defined as design cover over pipeline. If field conditions determined during construction staking show that pipe grade changes are required to provide design cover, Contractor shall, at his expense, make required changes in pipeline grade and construct pipeline accordingly.

2. Pipeline cover from top of pipe to ground surface over pipeline shall not be less than 36 inches. Where future ground surface elevation over pipeline has been established and where actual ground surface is greater, pipeline cover shall be referenced to future (established) ground surface elevation, not actual ground surface elevation.

3.2 SURVEY MONUMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION STAKES
A. Contractor shall not disturb or destroy any existing monuments or benchmarks. If any survey monuments or benchmarks need to be removed and replaced, Contractor shall have all necessary services performed by a registered civil engineer or a licensed land surveyor. If Contractor fails to comply, the Owner will have said services performed at Contractor’s expense.

B. Before removing any monuments in preparation for construction, Contractor shall have a registered civil engineer or licensed land surveyor set at least four ties for each monument to be removed and replaced; after construction Contractor shall have the same registered civil engineer or licensed land surveyor replace each monument using the aforementioned ties and file a comer record for each replaced monument.

C. Unless specified otherwise, Contractor shall use construction stakes and cut sheets for pipeline construction and the Owner will use them for construction inspection. All construction stakes shall be set by a registered civil engineer or licensed land surveyor.

The Owner must approve cut sheets before actual construction. Contractor shall protect all construction stakes set for construction and he shall restore any construction stakes HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 15 of 23 destroyed or disturbed. If Contractor fails to comply, the Owner will have services performed at Contractors expense.

3.3 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES (SUBSURFACE INSTALLATIONS)
A. Where underground utility facilities (conductors or conduits for water, gas, sewer, telephone, electric power, cable television, or other utilities) are shown on construction drawings, Contractor shall assume that service facilities (services or laterals for water gas, sewer, telephone, electric power, cable television, or other utilities) extend from each utility facility to each parcel or property whether or not service facilities are shown.

B. At least two working days but no more than fourteen calendar days before commencing any excavation on the Work, Contractor shall request Underground Service Alert (1-800- 227-2600) and non-member companies or utilities to mark or otherwise indicate the locations of their subsurface facilities including, but not limited to, structures including vaults, main conductors or conduits, and service connections or facilities.

C. Contractor shall comply with applicable laws pertaining to subsurface installations, especially with respect to excavations and permits. Contractor shall specifically comply with applicable provisions of Sections 4215 through 4216.9 of the Government Code.

Contractor shall take all actions necessary to maintain a valid inquiry identification number during the Work.

D. At least ten days in advance, or 1,000 feet minimum ahead of pipeline trenching, Contractor shall excavate, expose, and determine (“pothole”) the exact locations, depths, and dimensions of each and every potential interference, including, but not limited to, all facilities shown specifically (depth and location) on construction drawings, or which have been marked by their respective Owner.

E. Upon learning of the existence or location of any utility facility omitted from or shown incorrectly on construction drawings, or improperly marked or otherwise indicated, Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner, providing full details as to depth, location, size, and function. Contractor shall immediately notify utility having jurisdiction over facility.

F. Contractor shall not interrupt or disturb any utility facility without written permission from the Utility or written order from the Owner. Where protection is required to ensure integrity of utility facilities located as shown on construction drawings or visible to Contractor or marked or otherwise indicated as stated herein, Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place all necessary protection at his expense.

G. Contractor is advised that the Owner has no knowledge or information about trench backfill conditions of utility facilities adjacent to or parallel with pipeline being constructed pursuant to these Specifications; therefore, Contractor shall protect against adjacent or parallel trench backfill failure. If adjacent or parallel trench fails, Contractor shall, at his expense, HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 16 of 23 remove and replace said backfill material in accordance with trench backfill requirements herein and remove and replace asphalt concrete pavement and any other improvements damaged in connection therewith.

3.4 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Unless specified otherwise, pipelines and appurtenances shall be installed in open trench excavations to the depth and in the direction specified by the construction drawings and the Owner’s Standard Specifications and Drawings. Excavation for trenches shall include removal of all material of any nature as required for installation of pipe, fittings, or appurtenances and shall include blasting, either sloping or shoring, and all necessary dewatering, if any, all at Contractor’s expense. Contractor is advised that unsuitable earth may be encountered during trenching operations. Where such material is encountered, Contractor shall, at his expense, remove such material, discard it at legal disposal site(s), and thereafter replace it with approved backfill material.

B. Excavation Safety Drawings: Before excavating any earth or soil to a depth of five (5) feet or more, Contractor shall, pursuant to Labor Code Section 6705, submit to the Owner detailed drawings (hereafter referred to as excavation safety drawings) showing design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker, individual, or property protection. Said excavation safety drawings shall comply with OSHA Construction Safety Orders (CaI/OSHA or Federal OSHA, whichever is applicable at time of construction) and shall be prepared and certified by a registered civil or structural engineer, engaged by Contractor at his expense, who shall affix his signature and seal to each sheet of said excavation safety drawings. Contractor shall not excavate until the Owner has received and acknowledged properly certified excavation safety drawings. Contractor shall comply with all other applicable requirements of Labor Code Section 6705 and, as therein provided, no requirements of that Section shall be construed to impose tort liability on Owner or Owner’s representatives, including Owner’s Engineer.

C. Trench and Bell Hole Sloping or Shoring: Trenches and bell holes shall be adequately sloped or shored so that earth will not slide or settle into trench, so that all existing improvements and utilities (above and below ground) will be fully protected from damage, and so that workers and individuals are protected from injury. At minimum, Contractor shall keep toe of trench spoil at least 5 feet from top of trench. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damages caused by inadequate sloping or shoring. Contractor shall make all necessary repairs or perform all reconstruction at his expense and he shall bear all other expenses resulting from such damages.

D. Unless specified otherwise, all pipeline trenches within pipe zone shall, wherever possible, have vertical sides and minimum widths as specified on the standard drawings, however, trenches shall be sloped or shored as required for worker, individual, and property protection.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 17 of 23 E. Whenever maximum allowable trench width, as shown by the Drawings, is exceeded for any reason, the Owner may, at its discretion, require Contractor, at his expense, to cradle pipe (Class B Portland cement concrete) or to provide higher class bedding to support pipe as required to limit load on pipe to allowable supporting strength. The Owner shall approve method of support prior to its use.

F. Trenches shall be excavated to depths specified by or shown on construction drawings or as otherwise directed by the Owner. If trench excavation is carried below grade without direction or permission, Contractor shall, at his expense, refill trench to proper grade with moist clean sand, sand and gravel, or other suitable material as approved by the Owner, tamped in place to 90 percent relative compaction minimum. Excess excavated material shall be incorporated in backfill or discarded at legal disposal site(s) by Contractor at his expense.

3.5 WELDED STEEL PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Pipe Installation

1. Pipe manufacturer, fitting manufacturer, and material supplier, in addition to the Owner and the Owner’s representative, shall have access to the Work during installation. Contractor shall use assistance provided by either manufacturer or supplier where required for proper installation of pipe, fittings, or materials; however, Contractor shall limit role of either manufacturer or supplier to advisory service.

2. Contractor shall not move pipe using dozer blades, backhoe buckets, or the like (sharp metal surfaces). Contractor shall use nylon chokers or straps, not steel slings, in moving, placing, or setting pipe. Nylon chokers or straps shall be placed at third points (one-third length of pipe from each end).

3. All out-of-round pipe shall be rejected and removed from the Work site immediately. Rejected pipe shall be replaced immediately. Contractor shall not use hammers, bars, wrenches, or other tools to modify pipe ends to accommodate installation.

4. All pipe ends shall be secured with plastic covers. Said plastic covers shall be left in place until pipe is prepared for installation. If any plastic covers are damaged or destroyed before pipe has been installed, they shall be immediately replaced.

5. All pipe and fittings shall be laid true to line and grade and at the locations shown by the construction drawings or as specified. Pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with applicable sections of AWWA M11, “Steel Pipe Manual”. Bell ends shall be placed uphill unless otherwise permitted.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 18 of 23

6. All flanges shall be fully welded to pipe on both faces, one pass minimum on the inside and two passes minimum on the outside. Pipe linings shall extend to mating faces of flanges and pipe coatings shall extend to backs of flanges, tapered as necessary for installation of bolts and nuts. All exposed steel shall be field coated with an approved bitumastic material.

7. Special care shall be taken to avoid damaging lining or coating during lowering of pipe into trench and making of field joints. Unless specified otherwise, field joints shall be bell and spigot rubber gasket joints, continuity bonded (two evenly spaced bonding clips per joint minimum). Flanged joints, welded joints, and mechanical joints may be required for particular applications.

8. After pipe has been set in trench, exterior of spigot and interior of bell shall be thoroughly cleaned. Lubricant as recommended by pipe manufacturer and as approved by the Owner shall be applied to rubber gasket, and said gasket shall then be snapped into place and excess lubricant removed. Lubricant shall be water soluble, nontoxic, shall impart no objectionable taste or odor to water, shall have no deteriorating effects on the rubber gaskets, and shall not support the growth of bacteria.

9. Before inserting spigots into bells, to make joints, bells shall be hand mortared with quick setting non-shrink commercial grout mixed with an approved bonding agent.

Once spigots have been inserted into bells, joints shall be gauged to ensure that gaskets have been properly seated.

10. For pipe 24 inches and larger, Contractor shall relieve (equalize) gaskets before laying to prevent gaskets from being tight on one side of pipe and slack on the other side, and adversely affecting seal. Contractor shall lift gaskets with a round blunt tool (like the shaft of a screwdriver) and roll it around the circumference of the spigot end at least once and preferably twice.

11. For pipe less than 24 inches in diameter, sufficient quantities of moist cement mortar shall be placed on interior joining ends of pipe to completely fill space between respective mortar linings. Moist mortar shall be placed only after respective mortar linings have been properly wetted. Moist mortar shall not be placed against dry mortar linings. Excess mortar shall be removed by drawing an approved pipe cleaning tool through the pipe after joints have been made (pipe sections have been joined). For fully welded joints, pipe sections shall be pulled together and restrained with come-along devices, or hoists with chains and slings, and mortar shall be allowed to set for twenty minutes before welding joint. Once joint has been pulled closed and cleaning tool has been drawn through pipe sections, pipe alignment shall not be adjusted, nor shall pipe be bounced or hammered. Come-along devices, or hoists with chains and slings, shall be removed only after joint has been fully welded.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 19 of 23

12. For pipe 24 inches in diameter and larger, cement mortar shall be placed on interior joining ends from inside pipe after it has been set. Moist mortar shall be applied only after mortar linings have been properly wetted. Moist mortar shall not be placed against dry mortar linings. Excess mortar and debris shall be removed by hand or by other means acceptable to and approved by the Owner.

13. For cement mortar coated pipe, joint exteriors shall be coated with cement mortar utilizing a joint diaper. Said diaper shall be furnished by pipe manufacturer and shall be centered over joint and securely fastened to pipe. Cement mortar joint mix consisting of one part Portland cement to two parts (by weight) clean, sharp sand, shall contain just enough water to allow mix to be poured into diaper and flow around circumference of joint. Said mix shall be allowed to set prior to backfilling around joint.

14. Joints shall be completed to provide continuous interior lining and exterior coating.

Field lining and coating must equal or exceed shop lining and coating when completed with respect to strength, uniformity, and density and there shall be no voids between lining or coating and steel cylinder.

15. If cement mortar lining has to be removed, Contractor shall scribe, chisel, and remove the lining using appropriate tools. If cement mortar coating has to be removed, Contractor shall first scribe, then saw cut said coating 3/4 of its thickness, and then remove coating using a chisel driven by a hammer, chipping gun, or other suitable tool. Impact shall be applied parallel with pipe barrel, not perpendicular thereto.

16. At the end of each day’s work, all openings in the pipeline shall be plugged with watertight, expandable plugs or approved equal. Said plugs shall be secured in place so that they cannot be removed by children or animals.

B. Field Welding

1. Whenever field welding is required, Contractor shall attach welding machine ground to pipe only with clamps or other means acceptable to the Owner unless an alternative means is specified.

2. Unless specified otherwise, field welded or thrust restrained joints shall consist of flanged joints or fully welded joints. All flanges shall be fully welded to pipe on both faces, one pass minimum on the inside and two passes minimum on the outside.

Welded joints shall be made with pipe having ends belled for welding, or alternatively, ends belled for rubber gasket joints, provided pipe manufacturer furnished filler rods of proper diameter, length, and curvature are installed in accordance with pipe manufacturer’s recommendations, as approved by Owner.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 20 of 23 Belled ends shall not be deformed to accomplish fully welded joints. Full welds for all joints shall be accomplished with two welding passes (beads) minimum.

C. Field Cement Mortar Lining and Cement Mortar Coating: Whenever field cement mortar lining and cement mortar coating is permitted by the Owner for either repair or fabrication, Contractor shall comply with the following procedures:

1. Cement Mortar Lining
a. Contractor shall square the edge of the remaining lining, leaving no feather edge, and shall clean metal surfaces with a stiff wire brush. b. Contractor shall apply approved bonding agent to both steel area and edges of adjacent lining. Cement mortar shall then be applied to the area being patched and worked and finished with a trowel until smooth.

Contractor shall brush on approved curing compound over the surface of the patch to prevent rapid evaporation of moisture. Otherwise, Contractor shall keep the patched mortar moist by covering it with wet burlap. The pipe shall not be moved until the cement mortar achieves its initial set, not less than three hours.
c. Cement mortar shall consist of not less than one part cement to three parts sand, thoroughly mixed before any water addition. Cement mortar may be approved commercial, packaged dry mortar mix. Cement mortar shall be mixed separately for each area to be patched. Quantity of water shall be just sufficient so that when mortar is firmly compressed into a ball, it will hold its shape without slump.

2. Cement Mortar Coating
a. Exterior coating which requires removal around the complete circumference of the pipe shall be repaired by removing the coating by chipping with a hammer or chisel, squaring the edges to accept repair patch. Wrapping the area with 2 x 4 x 14 GA self-furring wire mesh or an approved stucco netting and guniting the area being patched and hand troweling mortar onto the area being patched. Applying an approved curing compound to the patched area. Avoiding movement and protecting the pipe until the cement mortar achieves its initial set, not less than three hours. b. Exterior coating that does not extend around the entire circumference of the pipe shall be repaired by removing the coating by chipping with a hammer and chisel, squaring the edges to accept repair patch. Applying by brush an approved bonding agent to both the steel area and the edges of the remaining coating. Applying cement mortar to the area being patched HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 21 of 23 and thoroughly compacting it, with finished patch mounding up above and overlapping (at least 1 inch on all sides) the surrounding coating. Applying an approved curing compound to the patched area. If the repair patch is made on pipe in the ditch, it shall be covered with wet burlap, heavy cloth, or similar material, and dirt shall be placed around and over the patched area by hand before proceeding with placing backfill material. c. The cement mortar mix proportions shall be the same as for lining repair. d. If the area to be patched exceeds over half of the pipe circumference, 2 x 4 x 14 GA self-furring wire mesh or an approved stucco netting shall be attached to the pipe prior to the application of the cement mortar.

3. Installation of Repaired Pipe: After the repaired area has achieved initial set, not less than six hours, the pipe section can be installed, providing the patched area of the coating is backfilled with water saturated or wetted soil.

3.6 PVC PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Pipe manufacturer, fitting manufacturer, and material supplier, in addition to the Owner and the Owner’s representative, shall have access to the Work during installation.

Contractor shall use assistance provided by either manufacturer or supplier where required for proper installation of pipe, fittings, or materials; however, Contractor shall limit role of either manufacturer or supplier to advisory service.

B. All pipe shall be laid true to line and grade and at the locations as shown by the Construction Drawings or as specified. Pipe shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C605 and Manual M23, latest (including AWWA C905 pipe and couplings), applicable provisions of manufacturer’s installation guides, latest, and manufacturer’s directions.

Owner shall approve manufacturer’s product before its use. Contractor shall furnish Owner with two manufacturer installation guides for use during construction. Bell ends shall be placed uphill unless otherwise specified.

C. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, backfill within the pipe zone shall have a minimum sand equivalent of 50 as determined by ASTM D2419, latest.

D. After pipe has been set in trench, exterior of spigot and interior of bell shall be thoroughly cleaned. Lubricant recommended by pipe manufacturer and as approved by the Owner shall be applied to rubber gasket. Lubricant shall be water soluble, nontoxic, shall impart no objectionable taste or odor to the water, shall have no deteriorating effects on the rubber gaskets, and shall not support growth of bacteria. Excess lubricant shall be removed. Pipe ends shall be aligned, and spigot shall be pulled into bell with come-along devices, or hoists with chains and slings, unless permitted otherwise. If either the pry bar or the backhoe bucket method is permitted, a timber header shall be placed between the HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 22 of 23 pipe and the pry bar or backhoe bucket before the spigot is pushed into bell.

E. Curved alignment of AWWA C900 pipe shall be accomplished by longitudinal bending of the pipe. Minimum allowable bend radii shall be as specified by the pipe manufacturer.

Unless otherwise allowed by the pipe manufacturer and approved by the Owner, axial deflection at the pipe joints of AWWA C900 pipe is prohibited. Where closing sections are required, Contractor shall make all necessary measurements to select appropriate pipe lengths and closure couplings for correct installation.

F. Curved alignment of AWWA C905 pipe by use of longitudinal bending is prohibited; however, curved alignment by use of pulled joints will be permitted. Unless otherwise allowed by the pipe manufacturer and approved by the Owner, maximum joint deflection shall be one (1) degree. For purposes of reducing angular deflections at pipe joints and for closure sections, Contractor may install pipe sections of less than standard length.

Where closing sections are required, Contractor shall make all necessary measurements to select appropriate pipe lengths and closure couplings for correct installation.

G. Whenever cutting of pipe is required, it shall be done with a special cutting tool specifically made for cutting and machining PVC pipe. Cut ends and rough edges shall be ground smooth and beveled for push-on joints.

H. Pipe locator wire (No. 14 AWS insulated copper) shall be installed in trench with pipe where shown by the Standard Drawings unless it is specifically deleted by the Construction Drawings or by Owner. It shall be held in place by looping the pipe at 20-foot intervals maximum, or as specified.

I. As work progresses, a pipe cleaning tool as approved by Owner shall be drawn through the pipe to remove dirt, rocks, or other foreign material. At the end of each day’s work, all openings in the pipeline shall be plugged with watertight expandable plugs or Owner approved equal.

J. Unless specified otherwise, polyvinyl chloride pipe shall not be encased with concrete. If protection is necessary, it shall be accomplished by the use of conductor casing(s) as approved by Owner.

3.7 FIELD HYDROSTATIC TEST AND LEAKAGE TEST
A. Hydrostatic and Leakage Test shall be performed in accordance with Section 33 14 00.

B. Required test pressures shall be applied by pump connected to pipeline sections being tested. The Owner shall approve pump connections to pipeline before testing begins. As part of the Work, and unless specified otherwise, Contractor shall install, at his expense, top outlets (service taps) required for testing. Contractor shall provide calibrated meters for measurement of leakage, and all pumps, piping, fittings, bulkheads, plugs, valves, HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 11 13 – PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES 23 of 23 gages, power equipment, and manpower necessary for conducting all tests required, all at his expense. Contractor shall furnish the Owner three copies of all records of all tests performed.

C. Unless specified otherwise, Contractor shall test against test plates for pipelines 12 inches and smaller. Contractor shall not remove said test plates until pipelines have been tested, disinfected, and accepted by the Owner.

D. Contractor, at his expense, shall locate and repair leaks or other defects which may develop or become apparent during test. Contractor shall excavate, including removal of backfill already placed, and make all repairs necessary for required water tightness, and then replace all excavated material, after which Contractor shall retest repaired pipeline section. Pipeline sections shall be repeatedly repaired and tested until they meet requirements set forth herein.

E. Pipe manufacturer and fitting manufacturer shall have free access to the Work during testing. Any improper act on the part of Contractor which the pipe and fitting manufacturer may observe shall be reported to the Owner. Pipe and fitting manufacturer shall be free to observe and verify all tests.

F. After completed pipeline and appurtenances or test sections have successfully met test requirements to the satisfaction of the Owner, the entire pipeline or each test section shall be filled or shall remain filled with water until completion of the Work, unless otherwise ordered by the Owner.

3.8 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS
A. Connections to Existing Water Mains: The Contractor shall make all connections to existing water mains in the presence of Owner’s Inspector. Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to perform connection work including, but not limited to, isolation gate valve, fittings, and adapters.

B. Hydrostatic testing against isolation valves will not be allowed. Adjacent to the isolation valve, Contractor shall install a test plate for the aforementioned test and, after satisfactory test, remove said test plate and replace it with a 1/8-inch-thick minimum ring gasket. The use of any other test appurtenances shall be as approved by the Owner.

C. Field Painting: Contractor shall field paint all aboveground, bare, or exposed piping and appurtenances in accordance with the applicable specifications and drawings.

D. Plastic detectable warning tape shall be installed above the piping a maximum of 3 feet below grade.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 12 16 – MANUAL VALVES 1 of 10
SECTION 33 12 16 – MANUAL VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
This Section includes materials, testing, and installation of manually operated valves and check valves.

1.2 SUBMITTALS
Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of technical specifications and plans. The following submittals are required:

1. Manufacturer’s catalog data and detail construction sheets showing all valve parts and describing material of construction by material and specification (such as AISI, ASTM, SAE, or CDA)

2. Valve dimensions including laying lengths. Show dimensions and orientation of valve operators, as installed on the valves.

3. Valve linings and coatings
PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 GENERAL
Provide valves complete with operating handwheels, levers, chainwheels, extension stems, floor stands, worm gear operators, operating nuts, chains, and wrenches required for operation. Valves shall have the name of the manufacturer and the size of the valve cast or molded onto the valve body or bonnet or shown on a permanently attached plate.

1. All parts in contact with potable water shall be fabricated from approved no lead/ultra low lead material containing residual lead levels that shall not exceed a maximum of 0.25% weighted average lead content as per California Health and Safety Code Section 116875. Moreover, said parts in contact with drinking water supply shall be certified as suitable for contact with potable water in compliance with ANSI/NSF Standard 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. Parts not in contact with potable water shall comply with the requirements of ASTM B62 and ASTM B584 Copper Alloy Number C83600 or C84400, respectively.

2.2 VALVE OPERATORS
A. Operators for Exposed Valves Smaller Than 6 Inches: Provide lever or wrench operators having adjustable, open stop memory positions for exposed valves smaller than 6 inches.

B. Operators for Buried and Submerged Valves
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 12 16 – MANUAL VALVES 2 of 10

1. Provide direct acting 2-inch square AWWA operating nuts for all buried and submerged valves less than 6 inches, and for buried and submerged gate valves less than 24 inches.

2. Provide watertight shaft seals and watertight valve and actuator cover gaskets.

Provide totally enclosed operators designed for buried or submerged service.

C. Operators for Valves 6 Inches and Larger

1. Provide gear operators on butterfly, plug, and ball valves 6 inches and larger. Gear operators for valves 8 inches through 20 inches shall be of the worm and gear, or of the traveling nut type. Gear operators for valves 24 inches and larger shall be of the worm and gear type.

2. Enclose gear operators, suitable for running in oil, with seals provided on shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the operator. Gear operators for valves located above ground or in vaults and structures shall have handwheels. Minimum handwheel diameter shall be 12 inches.

3. Gear operators shall be of the totally enclosed design, proportioned to permit operation of the valve under full operating head with a maximum pull of 80 pounds on the handwheel or crank. Operators shall be provided with open and closed position stop limiting devices. Operators shall be of the self-locking type to prevent the disc or plug from creeping. Design operator components to withstand a pull of 200 pounds for handwheel or chainwheel operators between the input and stop limiting devices without damage, and an input torque of 300-foot-pounds for operating nuts when operating against the stops.

4. Self-locking worm gears shall be a one-piece design of gear bronze material (ASTM B 427), accurately machine cut. The worm shall be hardened alloy steel (ASTM A 322, Grade G 41500; or ASTM A 148, Grade 105-85), with thread ground and polished. The reduction gearing shall run in a proper lubricant. Operators shall be Limitorque Model T Series, EIM Model MG or approved equal.

5. Gear operators shall be able to rotate the valve element (disc, plug or ball) from the fully closed position to fully open in a number of turns of the operator not exceeding two times the valve diameter in inches (i.e., for a 12-inch valve, the number of turns of the operator shall not exceed 24).

D. Operating Torque Requirement for Buried Valves: Design operators on buried valves to produce the required torque on the operating nut with a maximum input of 150- foot pounds.

E. Opening Direction: Valve operators, handwheels, or levers shall open by turning counterclockwise.

F. Position Indicators: Provide valve position indicators for all above ground valves.

2.3 VALVE BOXES FOR BURIED VALVES
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 12 16 – MANUAL VALVES 3 of 10
A. General: Valve boxes shall be 8-inch Class 100 asbestos cement pipe, 8-inch Schedule 40 PVC pipe, or 8-inch SDR sewer pipe.

B. Valve Box Caps: Valve box caps shall be cast iron and shall be designed to rest without a frame on a cast-in-place concrete ring surrounding the valve extension pipe. Taper the cap skirt for a close fit inside the upper sleeve portion of the valve box. Minimum weight of nominal 10-inch cap shall be 40 pounds. Caps for potable water valve boxes shall be circular with the word WATER cast on the cap. Caps for reclaimed water valve boxes shall be triangular with the word “IRRIG” cast on the cap. Coat caps per manufacturer’s recommendation. Color for potable waterlines shall be OSHA-ANSI safety yellow. Color for reclaimed waterlines shall be purple (Pantone 512).

C. Manufacturers: Valve boxes for potable water lines shall be Brooks 3RT, Eisel Enterprises, Inc. H & C No. 10, or approved equal. Valve boxes for reclaimed water lines shall be Brooks 4TT, Eisel Enterprises, Inc. H & C 4TT, or approved equal.

2.4 EXTENSION STEMS FOR BURIED VALVE OPERATORS
Where the depth of the valve is such that its operating nut is more than 3 feet below grade, provide operating extension stems to bring the operating nut to a point between 24 to 36 inches below the surface of the ground and/or box cover. Extension stems shall be steel and shall be complete with 2-inch-square operating nut. Provide stem with a 1/8-inch center guide to keep stem centered. Do not use pinned couplings.

2.5 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS FOR FLANGED VALVES
Describe bolts and nuts for flanged valves in the detailed individual piping specifications.

2.6 PAINTING AND COATING
A. Above Ground Valves or Valves in Vaults: Coat metal valves (except bronze and stainless steel valves) located above ground or in vaults and structures in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Apply the specified prime coat at the place of manufacture. Apply intermediate and finish coats in field. Finish coat shall match the color of the adjacent piping. Handwheels shall receive the same coating as the valves.

B. Buried Valves: Coat buried metal valves and extension stems at the factory per the manufacturer’s recommendation.

C. Interior Coating: Coat metal valves 4 inches and larger on the interior metal parts, excluding seating areas and bronze and stainless steel pieces, per the manufacturer’s recommendation. Coating shall be applied at the factory by the valve manufacturer.

2.7 VALVES
A. Above Ground Gate Valves 3 Inches and Smaller: Above ground gate valves, 1/4-inch through 3 inches, for water service shall be non-rising stem, screwed bonnet, solid wedge disc type designed for a minimum working pressure of 220 psi. Valves shall have threaded ends. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 12 16 – MANUAL VALVES 4 of 10
Component Material Specification
Body, Bonnet, Disc Bronze ASTM B62
Stem Bronze or ASTM B62, B99
Copper (Alloy 651), B584
Silicon (Alloy C87600),
B371 (Alloy 694)
Stem material shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi and a minimum yield strength of 30,000 psi. Handwheels shall be brass. Packing shall be Teflon asbestos.

Valves shall be Crane 438, Stockham 103, or approved equal.

B. Buried Gate Valves Smaller Than 3 Inches: Buried gate valves for air or water service shall be non-rising stem type, double disc, parallel seat, and shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 200 psi. Valves shall have flanged, PVC, or threaded ends as required for the type of pipe used. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

Component Material Specification
Body, Bonnet, Cast Iron ASTM A126,
Operating Nut, Class B
stuffing box
Bonnet Bolts Steel, Cadmium ASTM A307,
Stuffing Box Plated Grade B; B766
Bolts Class 25, Type II
Discs, Disc Nut, Bronze ASTM B62
Disc Ring, Seat Ring
O-ring Synthetic Rubber ASTM D2000
Stem Copper Silicon or ASTM B584,
Manganese Alloys C86200,
Bronze C86300, C86400,
C87500, or C87600
Valves shall be Stockham G-736, G-739, or G-745; Kennedy Figure 597X or 561X; Mueller Series A2380; or approved equal.

C. Gate Valves 3 Inches and Larger: Valves shall conform to AWWA C500 and the following.

Valves shall be non-rising stem, parallel faced, bottom wedging double-discs, with O-ring seals. The minimum designated water working pressure shall be 200 psi for valves 3 inches through 12 inches and 150 psi for larger valves. Bronze for internal working parts, including stems, shall not contain more than 2% aluminum nor more than 7% zinc. Bronze shall be ASTM B 62 (85-5-5-5) bronze, except that stem bronze shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 30,000 psi, and a minimum of 10% elongation in 2 inches. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 12 16 – MANUAL VALVES 5 of 10
Component Material Specification
Body, Bonnet, Cast Iron ASTM A126,
Operating Nut Class B
Stuffing Box
Bonnet Bolts Stainless Steel ASTM A276,
Stuffing Box Type 316
Bolts
Disc, Disc Pin, Bronze ASTM B21,
Seat Ring ASTM B62
Stem Bronze ASTM B138
O-ring Synthetic Rubber ASTM D2000
Valves shall be Clow AWWA gate valves, Kennedy AWWA gate valves, Mueller Series A2380, or approved equal.

D. Butterfly Valves 4 Inches and Larger, Class 150B: Butterfly valves shall be short body, flanged type, conforming to AWWA C504, Class 150B. Do not use wafer style valves.

Unless otherwise noted, minimum working differential pressure across the valve disc shall be 150 psi. Valve ends shall be as shown on the drawings; flanged ends shall be Class 125, ANSI B16.1. Valve shafts shall be Type 304 or 316 stainless steel, or carbon steel with Type 316 stainless steel journals and static seals. Valve shafts shall be stub shaft or one-piece units extending completely through the valve disc. Test valve bodies at a pressure equal to twice the design working pressure. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

Component Material Specification
Body Cast Iron or ASTM A48,
Ductile Iron Class 40; ASTM
A126, Class B; or
ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12
Exposed Body Stainless Steel ASTM A276,
Capscrews, and Type 316
Bolts and Nuts
Discs Cast Iron ASTM 126, Class B
Stainless Steel 316
The rubber seat shall be an integral part of the valve body. Rubber seats fastened to the disc by any means are not allowed. Valves shall be Pratt Monoflange MKII or approved equal.

E. Ball Valves 2 Inches and Smaller: Ball valves, 2 inches and smaller, for water service shall be stainless steel, and shall be rated at a pressure of 300 psi WOG at a temperature of 150°F. Valves shall have plastic coated lever operators. Valves shall have full bore HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 12 16 – MANUAL VALVES 6 of 10
ports, screwed ends, and non-blowout stems. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

Component Material Specification
Body, Ball, Stainless Type 316, ASTM
Stem Steel A276
Seat, Seals Teflon
Valves shall be Stockham Figure S-127, or approved equal.

F. Ball Valves 2-1/2 Inches to 6 Inches: Ball valves 2-1/2 inches to 6 inches shall be rated for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi. Valves shall have flanged ends. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

Component Material Specification
Body, Ball Ductile Iron ASTM A395,
ASTM A445
Stem Carbon Steel ASTM A216,
Grade WCB
Seat, seals Teflon
Valves shall be Jamesbury Style 150F, Powell Figure 4222T, or approved equal.

G. Lubricated Plug Valves 4 Inches and Smaller: Lubricated plug valves of sizes 4 inches and smaller shall have carbon steel bodies and plugs and shall be short pattern with bolted glands and resilient packing. Plug coating shall be Teflon, permanently bonded to the plug. Unless noted otherwise on the drawings, valve ends shall be flanged, with face-toface dimensions conforming to ANSI B16.1, Class 125. Valves shall have a pressure rating of 200 psi WOG. Lubricate valves with manufacturer’s recommended lubricant for cold water service. Valves shall be Nordstrom Figure 1925, or approved equal.

H. Lubricated Plug Valves 6 Inches Through 20 Inches Class 125: Lubricated plug valves of sizes 4 inches through 20 inches shall have cast iron (ASTM A126, Class B) bodies and plugs. Valves shall be of the regular pattern with bolted glands and resilient packing.

Plug coating shall be Teflon, permanently bonded to the plug. Unless noted otherwise on the drawings, valve ends shall be flanged, with face-to-face dimensions conforming to ANSI B16.1, Class 125. Valve shall have a pressure rating of 200-psi WOG. Valves shall be enclosed worm gear operated and watertight for submerged service. Lubricate valves with the manufacturer’s recommended lubricant for cold-water service. Valves shall be Rockwell Figure 169, Powell, or approved equal.

I. Eccentric Plug Valves, 4 Inches Through 12 Inches: Eccentric plug valves, 4 inches through 12 inches, shall be of the non-lubricated type. Minimum pressure rating shall be 175 psi. Unless noted otherwise on the drawings, ends shall be flanged, Class 125 per ANSI B16.1. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 12 16 – MANUAL VALVES 7 of 10
Component Material Specification
Body Cast Iron ASTM A126, Class B
Plug Cast Iron ASTM A126, Class B
Ductile Iron ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12
Ni-Resist
ASTM A436
Plugs shall have neoprene facing to provide drip-tight shutoff. Valve body seats shall have a raised welded-in overlay of not less than 90 percent nickel. Packing shall be replaceable with valve body under full pressure and with valve in the fully open position. Plug shall be of the one-piece design. Valves shall be DeZurik Series 100, Figure 118, or approved equal.

J. Resilient Seated Gate Valves, 3 Inches Through 12 Inches: Resilient seated gate valves shall conform to AWWA 509 and the following requirements. Valves shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 200 psi, and shall be bubble-tight at that pressure. Valves shall have non-rising stems. Stem nuts shall be independent of the gate and shall be made of solid bronze. All internal working parts, including the stem, shall be all bronze containing not more than 2 percent aluminum or more than 7 percent zinc. Bronze shall be ASTM B62 (85-5-5-5) bronze, except that stem bronze shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 30,000 psi, and a minimum of 10 percent elongation in 2 inches. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

Component Material Specification
Body Operating Nut, Cast Iron ASTM A126, Class B
Bonnet, Seal Plate
Gate Cast Iron ASTM A126, Class B
Ductile Iron ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12
Bonnet and Seal Stainless ASTM A276, Type 316
Plate Nuts and Bolts Steel
O-Rings Synthetic ASTM D2000
Rubber
Provide low friction, torque reduction thrust bearings both above and below the stem collar. Stuffing boxes shall be O-ring seal type with two rings located in stem above thrust collar. Each valve shall have a smooth unobstructed waterway free from any sediment pockets. Encapsulate gates in Buna-S rubber or nitrile elastomer. Valves shall be Clow RW, Mueller A2360, American AVK, American Flow Control AFC500, and M&H Style 4067, or approved equal.

K. Check Valves 4 Inches and Larger:

1. Swing Check Valves: Swing check valves shall conform to AWWA C508, and shall be iron body, bronze mounted with the following materials of construction:

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 12 16 – MANUAL VALVES 8 of 10
Component Material Specification
Disc or Clapper, Bronze or ASTM B62, B16, or B584
Seat Ring, Valve Brass (alloys C84400 or
Body Seat Ring C87600)
Body and Cap Cast Iron ASTM A126, Class B
Disc and Hinge Cast Iron or ASTM A126, Class B
or Arm Bronze ASTM B62
Hinge Pin Stainless ASTM A276, Type 303,
Steel 304 or 410
Cover Bolts and Stainless ASTM A193, Grade B8M;
Nuts Steel ASTM A194, Grade 8M
Ends shall be flanged, Class 125, ANSI B16.1. Design valves for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi. Equip valve with outside lever and spring. Valves shall be Clow f-5340, M&H Style 259, or approved equal.

2. Silent Check Valves, Class 150: Design silent check valves to be installed between the flanges of the adjoining pipe. Equip valves with a spring mechanism to provide for non-slam closure of the valve without backflow, in any position, and shall not be dependent on gravity or backflow for closure. Materials of construction shall be as follows.

Component Material Specification
Body Cast Iron or ASTM A 126,
Ductile Iron Class B; or ASTM A 536,
Grade 65-45-12
Plug and Seat Bronze ASTM B 584,
Spring, Pin, Stainless Steel AISI Type 316
Stops
Sealing Element Buna-N
Valves shall be APCO Series 600, or approved equal.

L. Solenoid Valves 1-1/2 Inches and Smaller: Solenoid valves of sizes 1/4-inch through 1- 1/2 inches for water and air service shall have forged brass (Alloy C23000) or bronze (ASTM B 62) bodies with Teflon main seats. Internal plunger, core tube, plunger spring, and cage assembly shall be stainless steel (Types 302, 304, or 305). Solenoid enclosures shall be NEMA Type IV. Valve actuators shall be 120-volt AC. Seals shall be Teflon.

Valves shall have a maximum operating pressure and a maximum differential pressure of 250 psi. Energize solenoid valves to open or close, as required. Valves shall be ASCO “Red Hat”, or approved equal.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 12 16 – MANUAL VALVES 9 of 10
M. Tapping Valves: Tapping valves shall conform with the requirements for gate valves 3 inches and larger. Valve ends shall be flanged, and the flange at one end shall have slotted boltholes to fit standard tapping machines. Seat rings shall be oversized to permit the use of full-size cutters. Tapping valves shall be Mueller, Kennedy, or approved equal.

N. Tapping Sleeves: Tapping sleeves shall be cast iron or steel. Cast iron tapping sleeves shall be mechanical joint. Steel tapping sleeves shall be epoxy-coated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation. Gaskets shall be Buna-N rubber with a wide crosssection. Bolts, nuts, and washers shall be type 316 stainless steel. Tapping sleeves shall be Clow, Kennedy, Koppl CN-120 (with 1/4-inch wall thickness), Koppl AS-150, Mueller, Smith Blair CC-622, or approved equal.

O. Detector Check Valves: Detector check valves shall have flanged ends conforming to ANSI B16.1, Class 125. Pressure test valves to twice design working pressure. Valve casing shall be hot-dipped galvanized and body shall be tapped to accept by-pass meter piping. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

Component Material Specification
Body, Bonnet Cast Iron ASTM B126 Class B
Bonnet Bolts Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Type 304
Hinge Pin Stainless Steel ASTM A276
(Shaft) Type 304 or 316
Clapper Bronze ASTM B62
Clapper Seat Bronze ASTM B62
Ring (Tinned)
Clapper Seal Rubber
Weight Lead
The mainline valve shall automatically open, permitting unrestricted flow, when the pressure loss through the by-pass meter is approximately 1.5 psi. Valves shall be Hersey EDC II, Grinnel, Mueller A-2133-6, or approved equal.

P. Corporation Stops: Corporation stops shall be manufactured of bronze conforming to ASTM B62. The inlet fitting shall be a male iron pipe thread when used with a saddle and the outlet connection shall be a flare type unless otherwise specified.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 JOINTS
A. Flanged Joints: Bolt holes of flanged valves shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the pipe run to which the valves are attached. Clean flanges by wire brushing before installing flanged valves. Clean flange bolts and nuts by wire brushing, lubricate threads with oil and graphite, and tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. If HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 12 16 – MANUAL VALVES 10 of 10
flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket; reinstall or re-tighten the bolts and nuts; and re-test the joint. Joints shall be watertight.

B. Threaded Joints: Clean threaded joints by wire brushing or swabbing. Apply Teflon joint compound or Teflon tape to pipe threads before installing threaded valves. Joints shall be watertight.

3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Valves in Horizontal Piping: Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, install valves in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations 4'-6", or less, above the floor, with their operating stems vertical. Install valves in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations between 4'-6" and 6'-9" above the floor with their operating stems horizontal.

B. Valves in Vertical Piping: Install valves on vertical runs of pipe that are next to walls with their stems horizontal, away from the wall. Install valves on vertical runs of pipe that are not located next to walls with their stems horizontal, oriented to facilitate valve operation.

C. Buried Valves: Wrap buried valves with two layers of 8-mil polyethylene wrap per AWWA C105.

D. Valve Supports: Concrete supports are not required for valves bolted to flanged pipe or fittings.

3.3 VALVE BOXES
Firmly support valve boxes and keep them centered and plumb over the operating nut of the valve. Do not use beveled sections of pipe at the top of the valve extension pipe. The top cut shall be square and machine made. In new tracts, and where pavement has not been placed, the valve extension risers for “key valves” shall extend well above the ground level to permit ease of location in case of emergency shutoffs. The final valve box elevation shall be flush with the finished pavement surface or at the elevation noted on the plans.

3.4 TAPPING SLEEVES
Install tapping sleeves in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Thoroughly clean the pipe barrel with a wire brush to provide a smooth, hard surface for the sleeve.

Support the sleeve independently of the pipe during the tapping operation. The sleeve shall be pressure-tested in the presence of the Owner prior to tapping. Provide thrust blocks at the tapping sleeve.

3.5 VALVE LEAKAGE TESTING
Test valves for leakage at the same time that the connecting pipelines are tested.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 13 00 – CHLORINATION OF WATER MAINS FOR DISINFECTION 1 of 3 SECTION 33 13 00 – CHLORINATION OF WATER MAINS FOR DISINFECTION PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
This Section describes the disinfection of potable water mains, services, appurtenances, and connections by chlorination, in accordance with AWWA C601 and as specified herein.

1.2 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Discharge of chlorinated water into watercourses or surface waters is regulated by the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).

B. The rate of flow and locations of discharges shall be scheduled in advance and coordination with the Owner.

C. Potable water shall be used for chlorination. The water will be supplied from the onsite temporary tank with a chlorine concentration of 1.0mg/l to 2.0 mg/L.

D. Perform chlorination prior to hydrostatic testing for pipelines having a diameter of 8 inches and larger. See Subsection 3.1 of this Section for concurrent testing of smaller diameter pipelines.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LIQUID CHLORINE SOLUTION
Liquid chlorine solution shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA B301 and shall be injected with a solution feed chlorinator and a water booster pump.

2.2 CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE (DRY)
Calcium Hypochlorite shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA B300 and shall be dissolved in water to a known concentration in a container and pumped into the pipeline at a measured rate.

2.3 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (SOLUTION)
Sodium Hypochlorite shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA B300 and shall be diluted in water to desired concentration and pumped into the pipeline at a measured rate.

2.4 CHLORINE RESIDUAL TEST KIT
For measuring chlorine concentration, use a medium range, drop count, titration kit or an orthotolidine indicator comparator with wide range color discs. The kit shall be capable of determining chlorine concentration in the range 1.0 to 25 mg/L. Test kits shall be Hach Chemical, Hellige, or approved equal. Maintain an adequate number of kits in good working order and available for immediate test of residuals at points of sampling.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 13 00 – CHLORINATION OF WATER MAINS FOR DISINFECTION 2 of 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPELINES
A. General: Before placing them into service, chlorinate all pipelines and appurtenances.

Disinfect pipelines with a diameter of 10 inches or less by direct chlorine solution injection.

Disinfect pipelines with a diameter of 12 inches and larger by direct chlorine solution injection. Disinfect steel pipelines by direct chlorine solution injection. Disinfect steel pipelines by direct chlorine solution injection. Bacteriological testing after disinfection will be performed by the Owner.

B. Chlorination Contractor: Chlorination shall be performed by a certified chlorination and testing contractor. Chlorination shall be in accordance with the instructions of the chlorinator manufacturer.

C. Groundwater: In the event groundwater is encountered and it is impossible to prevent its entrance into the mains, or the mains are not free from dirt, thoroughly flush them prior to disinfection. Disinfection shall be by direct chlorine solution injection.

D. Services: Tightly shut off every service connection served by a main being disinfected at the curb stop before water is applied to the main. Care shall be taken to expel all air from the main and services during the filling operation.

E. Chlorine Solution Injection by the Continuous Feed Method:

1. Apply chlorine solution at the beginning of the section to be chlorinated and inject through a corporation stop, a hydrant, or other approved connection to ensure treatment of the entire system being disinfected. Install all required corporation stops and other plumbing materials necessary for chlorination or flushing of the main.

2. Introduce potable water into the pipeline at a constant measured rate. Inject chlorine solution into the potable feed water at a measured rate. Proportion the two rates so that the chlorine concentration in the pipeline is maintained at a minimum to maximum concentration of 50 mg/L to 100 mg/L, with a chlorine residual of 25 mg/L after 24 hours in the pipe. Check the concentration at points downstream of the injection point and at each end of the pipe periodically during the filling to ascertain that sufficient chlorine is being added and has reached all sections of the pipe.

F. Disinfection of Valves and Appurtenances: During the period that the chlorine solution or slug is in the section of pipeline, open and close valves to obtain a chlorine residual at hydrants and other pipeline appurtenances. Care shall be taken to ensure that no chlorinated water enters any active pipeline. The chlorine concentration shall not exceed 100 mg/l in copper tubing or in contact with copper.

G. Concurrent Testing (for Pipelines with Diameter of 10 inches or Less): Disinfecting mains and appurtenances and hydrostatic testing may run concurrently for the required 24-hour test period. In the event there is leakage and repairs are necessary, repeat disinfection of the pipeline by injection of chlorine solution into the line as provided in this Section.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 13 00 – CHLORINATION OF WATER MAINS FOR DISINFECTION 3 of 3 H. Confirmation of Residual: After the chlorine solution applied by the continuous feed method has been retained in the pipeline for 24 hours, take samples at air valves and other points of access to confirm that a chlorine residual of 25 mg/L minimum exists along the pipeline.

With the slug method, take samples as the slug passes each access point and as it leaves the pipeline in order to confirm that a chlorine residual of 25 mg/L minimum is present.

I. Bacteriologic Tests: Collect sample on two consecutive days at each air-release valve or for each mile where valve intervals are greater and deliver to the Engineer within six hours.

The Owner will perform a bacteriologic quality test to demonstrate the absence of coliform organisms in each separate section of the pipeline after chlorination and refilling.

J. Repetition of Procedure: If the initial chlorination fails to produce required residuals and bacteriologic tests, repeat chlorination and until satisfactory results are obtained.

K. Pipeline Flushing: After confirming the chlorine residual, flush excess chlorine solution from the pipeline until the chlorine concentration in the water leaving the pipe is within 1.0 to 2.0 mg/L of the replacement water. The flushed water shall be de-chlorinated prior to disposal in the drain.

L. Test Facility Removal: After satisfactory disinfection, replace air valves, restore the pipe coating and remove temporary disinfection and test facilities.

M. Connections to Existing System: Where connections are to be made to an existing potable water system, swab or spray the interior surfaces of all pipe and fittings used in making the connections shall be with a one percent hypochlorite solution before they are installed.

Start thorough flushing as soon as the connection is completed and continue until all discolored water is eliminated.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 14 00 – HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES 1 of 3 SECTION 33 14 00 – HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
This section describes the requirements and procedures for pressure and leakage testing of all pressure mains. Hydrostatic testing shall conform to AWWA C600 and these specifications.

1.2 REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO TESTING
A. All thrust blocks and anchor blocks shall be allowed to cure.

B. All piping, valves, fire hydrants, services, and related appurtenances shall be installed.

C. Pressure tests on exposed, aboveground and vault installed piping shall be conducted only after the entire piping system has been installed and attached to pipe supports, hangers or anchors as shown on the Approved Plans.

1.3 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PIPELINES
Hydrostatic testing of pipelines shall be performed prior to disinfection operations in accordance with Section 33 13 00, Chlorination of Water Mains for Disinfection. In the event repairs are necessary, as indicated by the hydrostatic test, the Owner’s Representative may require additional flushing.

1.4 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS
The Contractor shall install test plates at each valve that is connected to an active water main. Hydrostatic testing shall be performed prior to placing the facilities into service in the Owner’s system. Test plates shall be removed by the Contractor after the pressure test has been accepted. Owner authorization for connection to existing system shall be given only on the basis of acceptable hydrostatic testing, disinfection and bacteriological test results. Connection to existing mains shall be performed under direct Owner inspection.

1.5 VALVE LOCKS
The Contractor shall install valve-locking devices on all valves at stub-outs or where a valve connects directly to an active domestic water main. Locking devices shall also be installed on the control valves at newly constructed detector checks. The locking device shall be provided by the Contractor. At the time the new water system is progressed for service, locking devices will be removed by the Contractor under direct inspection by an Owner inspector.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WATER
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 14 00 – HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES 2 of 3 Potable water, supplied by a source approved by the Owner, shall be used for all hydrostatic testing of potable pipelines.

2.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Testing water shall be supplied through a metered connection equipped with a backflow prevention device at the point of connection to the potable water source used.

B. The Contractor shall provide any temporary piping needed to deliver potable water to the piping that is to be tested.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a minimum of 24 hours’ notice prior to the requested date and time for hydrostatic tests.

B. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for testing.

C. Test pressure shall not exceed rated working pressure of gate or butterfly valves.

D. Corporation stops shall be rated the same as the design pressure of the pipeline.

E. Temporary blocking during the test will be permitted only at temporary plugs, caps or where otherwise directed by the Owner’s Representative.

F. The test pressure shall not exceed the thrust restraint design pressure or 1.5 times the pressure rating of the pipe or joint, whichever is less (as specified by the manufacturer).

G. While filling the pipeline, care shall be taken to release all air within the pipe and appurtenances to be tested. Air shall be released through services, fire hydrants, air release valves, or other approved locations.

After filling the pipeline and before application of test pressure, test section shall be maintained at the working pressure for a minimum of one (1) hour to allow the pipeline to stabilize with respect to line movement under pressure, water absorption by the lining and for an initial leak inspection.

H. The pressure shall be increased to 1.5 times the stated system pressure, or 150 pounds per square inch (psi), whichever is greater, to a maximum of 300 psi. Pressure shall be measured at, or corrected to, the lowest point in the portion of the pipeline being tested.

The test pressure for the entire section under test (if no leaks have been found, or if found, have been repaired and re-subjected to test pressure) shall be maintained for four (4) hours between ±5 psi of the stated test pressure for the duration of the test. During the test time the amount of leakage shall be determined by measuring the quantity of water which must be added to maintain the test pressure.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 14 00 – HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES 3 of 3 If the leakage exceeds the allowable loss, the leak points shall be located and repaired as required by the Owner’s Representative. All defective pipes, fittings, valves and other appurtenances discovered shall be removed and replaced with sound material. The hydrostatic test shall be repeated until the leakage does not exceed the rate specified. All visible leaks shall be similarly repaired.

END OF SECTION
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 16 19 – MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS 1 of 9 SECTION 33 16 19 – MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 PURPOSE
This specification establishes methods and procedures for miscellaneous structural and safety modifications.

1.2 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. Welding and design shall be accomplished in conformance to the latest revision of AWWA D100 Standard for Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage. Where tolerances and details are not defined by the AWWA Standard, the applicable sections of the American Petroleum Institute (API) Standard 650 shall apply. Welders shall be certified to the procedure and process called for in the work, and certification papers shall be on file with the Contractor at the job site, or in possession of welders at all times.

B. Original plans and typical sketch drawings are included as specific references. Contractor is to submit shop drawings or sketches in detail of each item to be added, replaced or modified, as noted in 1.4.

1.3 CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall be licensed under the laws of the State of California in the classification of General Engineering “A”. He shall have a minimum of five years practical experience and successful history of similar new steel tanks. Contractor shall substantiate this requirement by furnishing a written list of references. The Owner reserves the right to contact references not on the written list provided by the Contractor.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Electronic submittals in pdf format of detailed shop drawings or sketches of field work and required calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer for review for all structural work.

Drawings or sketches shall contain sufficient details to clearly define work to be accomplished. Submitted drawings and calculations shall be stamped and signed by a California licensed Structural or Civil Engineer. Fabrication or installation shall not be commenced prior to review and approval of shop drawings or sketches.

B. An electronic submittal will be accepted in only the following format.

1. The file shall be in pdf format.

2. Each project submittal shall be a separate file.

3. Each file shall be labeled in the following sequence:
a. Owner Name/Project Name
b. Submittal No.
c. Description
HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 16 19 – MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS 2 of 9

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Welding procedures and welding operators shall have been qualified in accordance with AWWA D100 Standard. All butt joints shall be complete penetration and fusion of joints.

All completed welds shall be free of slag and all finish steel surfaces free from weld spatters. Examination of the welded joints shall be made as the work progresses in accordance with API 653 Section 10 (Revised), herein included as part of this specification.

PART 2 - MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION

2.1 GENERAL
A. All materials specified are those, which have been evaluated for the specific use. Any proposed substitutions must be submitted to the Engineer prior to the bid opening.

B. All steel plate components shall be fabricated from new ASTM A-36 material and all new carbon steel pipe shall be ASTM A-53 material. Contractor shall provide certified mill test reports for all steel plate and pipe.

C. Materials of construction not specified as noted herein, shall be as noted in applicable sections of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition.

2.2 PRODUCTS
A. Flexible Expansion Connection (FEC): The Force Balanced FEC shall be manufactured of ductile iron per ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53. The FEC shall have flanged connections on each end.

1. The force balanced FEC shall be an integral double ball and socket type flexible joint combined with a sliding barrel type expansion joint providing 15 degrees of lateral deflection at each socket. A minimum of 3" clearance shall be provided from the ground in the offset position. All pressure containing parts shall be lined with a minimum of 15 mils of Fusion Bonded Epoxy per ANSI/AWWA C213.

2. The unit shall be factory tested with all manufacturer’s specifications. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements.

3. The FEC shall be a “Flex-tend” manufactured by EBBA Iron Sales, Inc., Eastland Texas.

B. Vent Screening:

1. Screening: Shall be aluminum wire 20 mesh and 2 mesh from TWP or approved equal

2. Banding and Straps: Shall be ½" aluminum banding with aluminum wing seals from metrosupplycollc.com or approved equal

3. Tensioning Tool: Push Bar Tension for securing banding shall be from metrosupplycollc.com or approved equal.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 16 19 – MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS 3 of 9 C. Nuts and Bolts: All bolts and nuts used on the interior of the tank shall be ASTM A307 steel galvanized after fabrication or A325 for structural members.

D. Insulating Flange Kits: Insulating flange kits shall include insulating sleeves, gaskets, and insulating washers for each flange bolt. Sleeves shall be full length and shall cover the entire bolt. Insulating gaskets shall be full-faced. Insulating flange kit shall be as manufactured by PSI, Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. or approved equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. All work shall be executed in accordance with the requirements of the American Water Works Association Standard D100, latest revision, the Owner, and these specifications.

Where the foregoing standards, recommendations, and specifications are conflicting, said conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer.

B. All work shall be executed by skilled craftsmen qualified to accomplish the required work in a manner comparable with the best standards of practice. Resumes of personnel to be used on the project shall be submitted upon Notice of Award. Continuity of personnel shall be maintained and transfers of key personnel shall be coordinated with the Engineer.

C. The Contractor shall provide a Project Superintendent to be at the work site during all operations. The superintendent shall have the authority to sign any change orders, pay estimates coordinate work and make other decisions pertaining to the execution of their contract.

D. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner who may be conducting other operations on or near the tank.

E. All installation and repair work shall be accomplished in such a way as to minimize tank down-time. All repair operations shall be completed so as not to impair completion schedule for project, which includes subsequent recoating and repainting of tank by others.

F. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner at least seven (7) days before starting work at the site.

G. All equipment, piping, and surfaces of the tank shall be protected from all damage and dust or other deleterious material infiltration during the operations of the Contractor. Any items damaged by the operations of the Contractor shall be replaced in kind or acceptably repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.

H. All work shall be made accessible to the Engineer at all times. The Owner may use own forces, engage full-time independent inspection services, or perform inspections intermittently. The Contractor is to supervise the job properly between inspections.

I. The Engineer shall inspect the cleaning of pitted areas prior to welding and following post-weld repair applications.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 16 19 – MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS 4 of 9 J. Any burrs, weld spatter, sharp edges, corners, or rough welds that would cause difficulty in achieving a defect-free paint system shall be chipped or ground smooth in conformance to NACE Standard SP0178-latest edition. It is not the intent to have the welds or “scars” ground “flush”. The object of the grinding is to eliminate sharp edges, corners, and overlaps to provide a surface for the application of a uniform thickness of coating or paint without voids or other defects.

K. Should vents, holes, rigging attachments, or any other modification, cutting or welding be required to meet safety standards, they may be accomplished at the expense of the Contractor upon submitting of details in writing to, and with subsequent approval by the Engineer.

L. Where it is necessary to abrasively blast clean or chemically strip coated or painted areas prior to, and after, any welding operations, work will be coordinated with the Engineer.

M. Any remedial cleaning, coating, and painting application shall be accomplished in accordance with the requirements listed in Section 3.2.

N. Contractor shall provide approved sanitary facilities for all Contractor personnel, as no existing facilities will be available to the Contractor. Facilities shall be maintained during duration of project to complete standards of the Owner and shall be removed prior to Contractor’s departure from the site at completion of the project.

O. The Contractor’s equipment shall be designed for installation of materials specified and shall be maintained in first class working condition. Contractor’s equipment shall be subject to approval of the Engineer.

P. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, all necessary power and scaffolding required for his operations under the contract.

1. The interior of the tank will be recoated and the exterior repainted upon completion and acceptance of the structural modifications. Contractor may privately arrange for the coating and painting contractor to furnish scaffolding for accomplishment of all structural work prior to use of scaffolding for his work.

3.2 HEAVY METAL COMPLIANCE AND TESTING
Contractor shall comply with requirements of the California Department of Public Health Title 22 and Cal/OSHA Title 8 for worker protection during removal of paint and handling of hazardous wastes resulting from surface contamination and any removed paint particles. Contractor will remove existing interior coating and exterior paint where cutting, burning and welding will be accomplished. If any additional exterior paint is to be removed, submittal of a written plan of action for the project shall be accomplished by Contractor prior to start of project.

3.3 MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS
A. Preparation: Prior to removal, modification or installation of any materials or fittings, existing exterior paint within six inches of specified work will be removed by Contractor in conformance to regulations noted in 3.2. Contractor shall be responsible for removal of paint to a degree the existing paint will not interfere with any cutting, burning or welding HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 16 19 – MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS 5 of 9 operations.

B. Welding: Welding shall be accomplished as specified herein and in conformance to referenced standards and industry practice.

C. Drawings and Sketches: Available original site, piping and accessory drawings and miscellaneous typical sketch drawings are included as specific references. Contractor is to submit shop drawings or sketches in detail of each item to be added, replaced or modified, as noted in 1.4.

D. Lateral Bracing: Furnish and install 3 ½" x 3 ½" x 1/4" lateral bracing at the midspan of the rafters, in accordance with the plans.

E. Existing 24" Manholes: Remove and dispose of existing manholes and install insert plates in the existing shell openings. The replacement plate in the shell shall be welded with butt joints with complete penetration and complete fusion. The welds shall be in accordance with API Std. 650 5.1.5.1 through 5.1.5.3. The thickness of the replacement plate shall not be less than the thickness of the existing shell plate.

1. All welds will require X-ray examination to be supplied by the Contractor and included in the Contractor’s lump sum bid item.

F. New 36" Manholes: Furnish and install two (2) new 36" diameter bolted and hinged manholes and reinforcing plates per API 650, Section 5.7, Figures 5.7 and 5.8 and Tables

5.3 through 5.8. Location shall be per the plans and field verified by the Engineer. The determination for structural reinforcement of the existing tank shall be determined by a licensed California structural engineer, experienced in tank design, for the Contractor, including submittal of calculations.

G. New Manhole Ladders and Platforms: Fabricate and install a new fiberglass ladder and platform on the interior at each of the new manhole locations, in accordance with the plans.

1. The new fiberglass ladders, meeting Cal/OSHA requirements, shall be installed in accordance with the plans. Isolator sleeves and washers shall be installed where dissimilar metals are in contact.

2. The platform frame and braces shall consist of 3.5" x 3.5" x 3/8" angle and shall be installed in accordance with the plans.

3. The fiberglass grating shall span a maximum of 36" with a minimum rating of 100- pound distributed load over the platform and 300-pound concentrated load. The brackets/bolts used to secure the grating to the platform shall be either carbon steel or galvanized with insulators.

H. 12" Dia. Inlet/Outlet Flexible Expansion Connection: Furnish and install a double ball force balanced flexible expansion connection fitting as noted in Section 2.2 A. PRODUCTS on the 12" dia. inlet/outlet piping, as shown on the plans and Section 33 11 13, Pipelines and Appurtenances.

1. Remove and dispose of existing inlet/outlet piping to designated elbow below grade.

HARPER & ASSOCIATES AMADOR TANK PHASE II REHABILITATION July 2022 ENGINEERING, INC. 33 16 19 – MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS 6 of 9

2. Provide all piping, valves, flanges, and fittings as needed to install the flexible expansion connection, shell nozzle and tie-in to the existing piping.

3. Field measure piping layout prior to preparation of submittals.

4. New shell nozzle and reinforcing plate shall conform to API 650 Figure 3-4B – Details of Shell Manholes and Nozzles. The determination for the structural reinforcement of the tank shell shall be determined by a licensed California structural engineer, experienced in tank design, for the Contractor, including submittal of calculations.

5. Contractor shall furnish the adjustable pipe supports on 12" square and 6" thick concrete pad, as noted on the plans. The pipe supports shall not be bolted to the concrete pad.

6. Furnish and install two 7/8" dia. (A36) steel rods with threaded ends, one each located on both sides of flexible coupling and bolt four 7/8" plates to backside of flanges at 4 locations noted on plans. After the line has been energized, the steel rods are to be removed to allow proper functioning of the FEC. Rods should be placed back on the FEC whenever the pipe is being energized to prevent improper movement of the FEC.

I. Sample Tap: Furnish and install a 1-inch diameter 3000# full female threaded coupling nozzle 2' above the finish grade, in accordance with the detail on the plans.

Crescent City City CouncilJuly 18, 2022

Crescent City City Council
July 18, 2022